NATIONAL HIGHWAYS AUTHORITY OF INDIA NotMm Trmk ROL" in Mncit inba (bp( M&%p&uryon) Grand Trunk Road Improvement Project Environmentl Management Plan Package IVA t \' ~~N4rChz T">k Rouh5G E432 C -, Volume 10 Northws Tnk Read r- I O 1 iCeftury 'a , t4 ,¢,,- (G.T. Road) ;-Robad 1`44twofit S t s. / l r ; /h- r' d Propoead TrUOl4NU Mpoi -~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~- ( 2007aA.d.) / ~~FIL1E GOPY i ; _~ ss Siouth Asia Pvt. 'Ltd.- --_ AQVS WJ 99 ........ -----------..-.... .Nd SaN.V aNv 1nuinoLLsoH 5 S.C L I 99 ....................................I................................................................... NION3 1 4 VIC v 1, S9... --- --- ------- ------'-'-'S3UUiOnW.S NOIUV9 Z VCL' pg .....................-........I.......-..............----.--.-----.....-''........ ONIUM d0N'33 1 19 .-.--.--..-- ---- --- ----- --- - - W3O803NI3j B'£ V' I 85'9 ..', ,..... .-- -----'-'''-'-(DNWILLlH9 VH V NIELN~3o)WOUM flS0ISC 8 £ I 99 . .............................-.....................-----..-............................. .nS NOM Y3ON03 L£ i, .S---- --'oSM SMIDISI 9~ £ I .ZSilO I~~~~~ ~~~~~ ~~~~3s oo 00d dYwvc1 SC £ I 19 ...s~3juINmB~ Z£C 1 Z9 ., . ..I........"I,,'-", . ........ - - - - b1V'-'sM S-flre VCV i, .- _ _ - OM -J.N3VE14IN WJN3V4 NOAEN3 U0 SNLVOIO CII 94..n-------------------------- --SIN3V31N33 N*f~VN3 1VldAj Z. [K [ s., ... .. . ...... .. ... .-......- ......... . sno100W dN Zs .- -............................................................... ONMON 4p5 i, 6C- ..-.--- -.-. Q ~~ ~~ ~~~ ~~~~~~ ~~ NxO.LINOW ALflVfl 8aiVM £ 6- 1 8£ ... . * NIslOIfl (ow) )JJV A nO 8IV iN3EHWflZ' 6- I. " _~._._ _.--.- ---'--NV 9M12101NOW W1N3WNOUAlN3 6; I 9£ .....---- NINIVUJ 1'NoWUlaV tg. 5 9s --...... -.... -O. -..... --... ------------ - ................... .... s3Nn.OMR Y m Cv8, ts ............................................................. I..........................................S33HL DN 3 j S [ i SC... . ....-.... ......... . ....NlNlv 9 si -.................. ...................-... . ..V.S NON LOHN1LSNOdk e-.t. 5, S. .. . . .. . ....... I....... i......................................... *3LLI IN3I NO1 IAN3 9 9 ..''-.''''' '' '-. ''-''' 'SIflSSj I SJ.)VdF III )V W iO AllVFWIlS 4t S -------- -- -- --- --- -- -- - - -- - -- ...........N. ...... 'p ....---..-..-....-..-..-........-..-..-..-..-----1----.1N3- -dO1-A3C N OO9/unn 33LCNI 8C 6 L 4."--- --- -- -----s3flvA HSfl NVVInH C £ l es ......... ............................................. 1-11" ........ -)I JN V --VV A--nt -I 3 M Z-6- -- i,j9£ £.3SlON 4 £-1 £ - aNv-N ££l 9 . . ---- ---------..-- -------------- " . ..NlOLLNI 5. SlN31NO3:) 0 31SV± peivkJJuwAOw aSpaoUj yuni puews r/V G] PUd - uWed UewOuG3W Nawueouwd3 Environmental Management Plan - Package IV A Grand Trunk Road Improvement Project LIST OF TABLES TABLE 1 CONTRACT PACKAGES OF TNHP AND GTRIP ................... .................................. 1 TABLE 2 PROPOSED IMPROVEMENTS- PACKAGE IV A ..................................................... 2 TABLE 3 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN .......................... : : :.: 7 TABLE 4 PROPOSED TRAINING PROGRAM UNDER GTRIP ..................................................... 36 TABLE 5 NATIONAL AMBIENT AIR QUALITY STANDARDS .................... ..............__............ 38 TABLE 6 INDIAN STANDARD DRINKING WATER SPECIFICATION-IS 10500:1991 ................................... 39 TABLE 7 NOISE LEVEL STANDARDS (CPCB) .......... ............................. . ............ 41 TABLE 8 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PLAN ...... .............. ..... ........................... 42 TABLE 9 SUMMARY BILL OF QUANTITIES FOR SPECIFIC ENHANCEMENT LOCATIONS .............................. 44 TABLE 10 BILL OF QUANTITIES FOR TYPICAL ENHANCEMENT ELEMENTS ................................................ 45 TABLE 11 ENVIRONMENTAL BUDGET FOR CONTRACT PACKAGE IV A ................................................... 48 TABLE 12 GRADED STONE AGGREGATE ........ ............................... . ............ 55 TABLE 13 GRADING OF FINE AGGREGATE ..................................................... 56 TABLE 14 GRADING OF SAND FOR USE IN MASONRY MORTAR AS PER IS: 2116 ........................ ............. 57 TABLE 15 GRADING OF SAND FOR USE IN PLASTER AS PER IS: 1542 .................................................... 57 TABLE 16 ELONGATION PERCENTAGE OF MILD STEEL BARS ..................................................... 57 TABLE 17 PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF MILD STEEL BARS .................. ................................... 58 TABLE 1 8 TOLERANCES FOR FORMWORK ...................................................... 58 TABLE 19 STRIPPING TIME FOR FORM WORK ..... .............. .................................. 59 LIST OF APPENDICES APPENDIX 1 METHODOLOGY AND TECHNIQUES FOR TREE TRANSPLANTATION APPENDIX 2 TREES FOR TRANSPLANTATION APPENDIX 3 WELLS AND HAND PUMPS IDENTIFIED FOR ENHANCEMENT APPENDIX 4 CULTURAL PROPERTIES TO BE RELOCATED APPENDIX 5 LIST OF BORROW AREAS APPENDIX 6 RECOMMENDED QUARRY AREAS APPENDIX 7 WATER BODIES FOR ENHANCEMENT APPENDIX 8 PROPOSED TRUCK PARKING LAY-BYES ALONG THE GRAND TRUNK ROAD APPENDIX 9 MAJOR AND MINOR JUNCTIONS IDENTIFIED FOR ENHANCEMENT APPENDIX 10 LANDSCAPE PLANS APPENDIX 11 NOISE MITIGATION LOCATIONS APPENDIX 12 TABLE OF PROPOSED BUS STOPS ALONG GRAND TRUNK ROAD APPENDIX 13 CULTURAL PROPERTIES IDENTIFIED FOR TYPICAL ENHANCEMENT APPENDIX 14 CULTURAL PROPERTIES IDENTIFIED FOR SPECIFIC ENHANCEMENTS APPENDIX 15 REPORTING SYSTEM I ta ALtCrMis Environmental Management Plan - Package IV A Grand Trunk Road Improvement Project LIST OF DRAWINGS Specific Enhancement Drawinas 1 DESIGN FOR ENHANCEMENT OF TEMPLE IVA/317,45VRMII 2 DESIGN FOR ENHANCEMENT OF RELIGIOUS POND IVA/9.5VRM/2 3 DESIGN FOR ENHANCEMENT OF TEMPLE AND POND . IVA/25.6VRMI3 4 DESIGN FOR ENHANCEMENT OF MAZAR AND POND lVA/28.3VRM14 5 DESIGN FOR ENHANCEMENT OF DARGAH IVA123.7/5 6 DESIGN FOR ENHANCEMENT OF POND IVAI25.816 7 DESIGN FOR ENHANCEMENT OF POND IVA132.317 8 DESIGN FOR ENHANCEMENT OF RELIGIOUS POND IVAI41.618 9 DESIGN FOR ENHANCEMENT OF MAZAR IVA/NBP/9 10 DESIGN FOR ENHANCEMENT OF TEMPLE IVA148.8110 11 DESIGN FOR ENHANCEMENT OF POND IVA149.7111 Typical Enhancement Drawings 1 PREVENTING DIRECT ACCESS T - 1 2 RAMPED ACCESS T - 2 3 STEPPED ACCESS T - 3 4 SEDIMENTATION CHAMBER T - 4 5 CASCADES T- 5 6 CHAINLINK FENCING T - 6 7 BARRIER TO PREVENT GARBAGE DUMPING T - 7 a HANDPUMPTYPE I T - 8 9 HANDPUMP TYPE 2 AND TYPE 3 T - 9 10 NOISE BARRIERTYPEI AND TYPE2 T- 10 11 CONCEPTUAL DESIGN OF STRUCTURAL NOISE BARRIER T - 11 12 SEATING ARRANGEMENT T - 12 13 NOISE BARRIER(CONCEPTUAL) T- 13 14 OILINTERCEPTOR T- 14 15 PLANTER DETAIL T- 15 16 GABION STRUCTURE FOR SLOPE PROTECTION T - 16 17 GEOTEXTILE DETAIL T - 17 18 SEATING AROUND TREE 1(TYPE 1 & 2) T - 18 19 SEATING AROUND TREE 2(TYPE 3 & 4) T - 19 20 SEATING AROUND TREE 3(TYPE 5 & 6) T - 20 21 SEATING AROUND TREE 4(TYPE 7 & 8) T - 21 22 WELL SHAFT TOUCHING THE DITCH T - 22 23 WELL SHAFT WITHIN EMBANKMENT . T-23 A 24 WELL SHAFT WITHIN EMBANKMENT T-23 B 25 RECHARGING PIT FOR URBAN DRAINS T - 24 26 WASHING PLATFORM AT THE EDGE OF THE POND T - 25 27 STORAGE AREA FOR OIL AND GREASE T - 26 28 PAVING T- 27 29 RAILING DETAIL T - 28 30 LAYOUT FOR CONSTRUCTION CAMP T - 29 31 WASTE DUMPING SITE T - 30 32 CANOPY T- 31 33 LAYOUT OF BUSBAY T- 32 34 DESIGN FOR BUS 6TOP T - 33 35 DETAIL OF BUS STOP STRUCTURE T - 34 36 SLOPE PROTECTION DETAILS T - 35 37 BRICK PITCHING ON SLOPE T-35 A I C w,-ht List of Noise mitigation drawinqs NM - 4A - 1 Noise Mitigation for Ganga Ram Memorial hospital at Km. 12.200 (South) NM - 4A -.2 Noise Mitigation for Primary.school in katriya (Chandoli) at Km. 19.700 (North) NM - 4A - 3 Noise Mitigation for Senior Basic Vidyalaya Ganga Basni at Km. 23.200 (South) NM - 4A - 4 Noise Mitigation at Yamuna Shikjhad sansthan km 27.400 (North) NM - 4A - 5 Noise Mitigation at Green English school kartilo Km 27.400 (South) NM - 4A - 6 Noise Mitigation for Puruvai madyamic vidyalaya chandoli km 31.400 (North) NM - 4A - 7 Noise Mitigation for Primary school chandoli Km. 37.900 (South) Envkonerital Managwrart Plan - Pac*age IVA Grand Tn,n* Road In,amrnent Projet 1.1 INTRODUCTION The National Highway-2 (NH-2) connecting Delhi with Kolkata is one of the most important high- density comidors in the country. The existing highway is a two - lane carriageway with traffic bottlenecks and various highway deficiencies. To cater to the existing high vohlme of traffic, there is an urgent need for capacity augmentation of this highway. The Govemment of India (Gol), acting through the National Highways Authority of India (NHAI), a part of the Ministry of Road Transport and Highways (MRTH) is improving the Agra - Dhanbad porbon of the NH-2 with assistance from the World Bank. To facilitate the project preparation, the corridor stretch has been divided into five packages. Intematonal consultants have been appointed for the planning and design of each of these five packages, each about 200km lon g. Each contract package has been further divided into several contract packages. The 1400km long NH-2 falls in the Upper Gangetc Plain in northem India and traverses through the states of Delhi, Uttar Pradesh, Bihar and West Bengal. As part of the Delhi-Kolkata segment of the Golden Quadrilateral, the Delhi-Agra section (210km) at the west end, and Barwa Adda - Kolkata section (278km) at the east end of the NH-2 have already been 44aned with assistance from the ADB. For project preparation, the Agra-Barwa Adda secfion was divided inko 16 contract packages. Eight of the 16 contract packages were selected for Third National Highway Project (TNHP) (Table 1), depending on the project preparedness, progress on land acquisition and utility relocation. Of the remaining eight packages, seven are proposed to be taken up under the Grand Trunk Road Improvement Project (GTRIP). The Allahabad bypass (Contract Package Itt-B) has not been included as part of TNHP or GTRIP, wilt be taken up subsequently for constuction by NHAI wthh funding from the WB. Table I Contract Packages of TNHP and GTRIP Coutract From TO LandiV f Pacge (hage) (cae) (i Partof Prect I-A Agra- Shikohabd 199.660 25.800 S0.840 GTRIP I-a Shikohabd - Etowah Bypa (art) 20.00 307.500 69.020 GTRIP Etwah bypass 307.500 321.100 13.60 E1awah bypas I-C Etawshi pas (eM)- Shognipur 321.100 393.0 71025 GTP I1-A Ska B hair-t 393-000 470000 61600 TNHP t - B Shaunti - Fatbpur B3order 470D. 38.000 61.330 OTRIP 1I-C Fate Border- rx 38.000 115.000 77.000 TNHP 1i1- A Khaw Koklyal 115.000 158D00 43.000 TNKP 111- B Kokhro - Paharpur Vwge 158.000 245.000 87.000 Ahaed 8ypa Il- C Paharpur viage -Raja Ta4b 245.000 317.000 72.000 TNHP V -A Raja Talab - Mohana 317. 000 D76100 GTPiP IV -B Moaia-Sasma bypass 65.000 110.000 45.000 TNHP IV-C Sasarwn bypass 110.000 140.000 31.100 GTRPP IV-D Sone Rivwr-Atuangabed 140.000 180.000 40.000 TNHP V-A Auraiabad - Ranigail 180.000 240.000 60.00 TNHP V- B Ranlganj - Barakatha 240.000 32D.000 81.570 GTRiP V-C Barak* - BmaAdda (Dharbad) 320.000 398.750 78.750 TNHP Totl GTRiP 42Z780 Soune: NHAN, 2ao This Environmental Management Plan (EMP) pertains to Contract Package IV A, between Raja Talab and Mohania. ___________________________L.a~~ee--Ik - AsociOn Environmenta/ Management Plan - Package IV A Grand Trunk Road Improvement Project The EMP is an integral part of the Contract Document. The conditions stipulated by MoEF, SPCB and other Government Agencies on NHAI would also be a part of the Contract. 1.2 PROJECT DESCRIPTICN Package IV A starts at km 317.000 and ends at km65.000 in Mohania at Durgawati. In between, it passes through Varanasi bypass (km 318.942 - km 21.270) crossing River Ganga at km 15.000, Jagdish Sarai at km 29.000, Chandauli at km 32.000, Saidraja at km 41.000, Naubatpur at km 46.000. UP/ Bihar border at km 47.000 and Durgawati at km 58.000. The traffic volumes along the corridor are projected to be 70,693 PCUs by 2015 AD. A divided four- lane carriageway with overlay (for Varanasi Bypass) and flexible pavement has been proposed. Two carriageways of 7.25m each have been provided separated with' a 5.Om wide median. A 2.5m wide shoulder has been provided with at least 1.5m paved. Median has been narrowed down to 1.5m at bridge approaches to save earthwork costs. The proposed improvements planned as part of the GTRIP are presented in Table 2. - Table 2 Proposed Improvements - Package IV A E~ - S 1 p_i E X E E w~~~~~~ _ ! l 0 0 0~fl 4 tu. m 4) 4)04, U- 2. O~ O. fLU UJC>fc i (C X LLu (A 0 100.000 102.000 U 2x7.25 1.5 2x1.5 2x1.0 6.6 W(.5 2x.5 102.000 103.500 U 2x7.25 1.2 2x1.5 2x1.0 103.500 114.150 U 2x7.25 1.2 2x1.5 2x1.0 2x1.0 6.5 2x2.5 114.150 114.250 R 2x7.25 5.0 2x1.5 201.0 114.250 114.575 Toll Station _ 114.575 119.400 U 2x7.25 1.2 2x1.5 2xl.0 119.400 123.200 U 2x7.25 1.2 2x1 5 2x1.0 2x1.0 6.5 2x2.5 123.200 124.500 U 2x7.25 1.2 2x1.5 2xt.0 124.500 130.850 U 2x7.25 1.2 2x1.5 2x1.0 2x1.0 6.5 2x2.5 130.850 131.000 U 2x7.25 1 2 2x1.5 2x1.0 131.000 132.100 R 2x7.25 1.5 2(1.5 2x1.5 132 100 138.800 R 2x7.25 5.0 2x1.5 2x1.0 _ 138.800 143.800 U 2x7.25 1.5 2x1.5 2x1.0 5.5 2x2.5 2x2.5 143.800 153.750 R 2x7.25 5.0 2x1.5 2x1.0 153 750 156.200 U 2x7.25 1.5 2x1.5 2x10 9.0 2x2.5 2x2.5 156.200 156.800 R 2x7.25 5.0 2x1.5 2x1 0 156.800 167.975 R 2x7.25 1.5 2x1.5 2x1.5 158.075 158.750 R 2(.25 5.0 2x1.5 5_ 2 158.750 159.250 R 2x7.25 5.0 2x1.5 2x1.0 159.250 159.950 U 2x7.25 1.5 2x1.5 2x1.0 5.5 2x2.5 2x2.5 159.950 167.500 R 2x7.25 5.0 2x1.5 2x1.0 167 500 168.825 R 2x7.25 5.0 2(1.5 _ 21.5 _ _ 168.825 169.275 U 2x7.25 1.5 2x1.5 2x1.0 5.5 2x2.5 2I2.5 169.275 176.168 R 2x7.25 5.0 2(1.5 2(1.0 _ Source: Compiled From DPR of Package IVA, NHAI. I..ea Assocites 271~ 2 -~~~ "--~~~~~~ ~~~ \~~~ \ \-~~~~~~~ KEY MAP - - N,~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~5-O -Project Corridor ___Natiomal Highway p ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~State Boundary _____ afrt Boimdazy Talujk Boumdsx7 ____Railway lune ____Mw. Read ___IUamutulad Road MMITh All Chainaiges are according to PUD. chainages.- GRAND TRUNK ROAD IMPROVEMENT PROJECT I MGFD25i.mX251r - I '~~~~ MAP SHOWING CONTRACT PACKAGE - [VA mm []IL. A..OCh. othAl v Ld u Environmental Management Plan - Package IV A Grand Trunk Road Improvement Project 1.3 MAJOR FINDINGS OF THE EA 1.3.1 AIR Highest concentrations of SPM, CO and NO, are predicted for the beginning of Package IV A (km 317.000 -319.000). This urbanised stretch on the initial few kilometres of VRM bypass is the only stretch where CO levels are likely to exceed the 2000 pg/m3 limit for residential area at 25 m on either side of the corridor. The values for NOx are likely to exceed the limit of 80 pg/M3 in 2025 A.D., whereas in 2015 A.D., the values will exceed the limit only within 25 m from centreline. All the other urban sections but for Chandauli are being bypassed by the project. 1.3.2 WATER: HYDROLOGY AND DRAINAGE Since the soil type is sandy loam, the natural drainage of the area in general is good. Drainage structures in the urbanised areas are either non-existent or completely choked. In urbanised areas the road was observed to be laid at the ground level and at some places it is below the HFL resulting in overtopping. The problem is acute in the Naubatpur and Saidraja areas due to domestic and commercial waste water being let out on the corridor. This stretch of the corridor is being bypassed and hence further degradation is avoided. The Drainage system between Kaimur Range and flood planes of UP and Bihar faces severe floods. Such floods have been experienced thrice in last 15 years. Particularly the stretch between river Karamanasa and river Durgawati gets flooded in every five or six years during monsoons. On the existing alignment there are 2 two lane bridges Karamanasa at km 47.000 and Durgawati at km 58.000. The carriageway has been elevated by 1.0m to 1.5m within the urban areas to provide better drainage. Cross drainage structures have been examined for their hydraulic adequacy and further improvements or new structures have been proposed in the engineering design to solve the drainage problems along the alignment. 1.3.3 LAND The NH-2 in this package traverses over the highly fertile Indo-Gangetic plain. With provision of three bypasses at Syed Raja, Naubatpur and Dirkhil, the acquisition of land will be a significant issue since these tracts of productive soil will be put out of use permanently. 32.55ha of productive agricultural land needs to be acquired for the bypass and 12.97ha of agricultural land to be taken up for widening along the existing alignment. Slope stability is a problem at high embankment areas. Soil erosion against side slopes is a local problem. It has been adequately addressed through good engineering designs. Borrow areas for the project has been proposed mostly on non-productive lands. Redevelopment of these areas after the borrowing needs to be adequately addressed in the project. 1.3.4 NOISE For Package IV A, the highest noise values are predicted around Jagdishsarai and Chandauli (km 31.000 - 33.000) with highest levels around 84.5 dB(A). A raise of nearly 15 dB(A) is predicted for this package. The other high levels are expected near settlements of Dirkhili (km 62.000 - 63.000), Karmanasha (km 48.000). The lowest levels are predicted to occur along the VRM-bypass and from km 49.000 to km. 52.000. In 2025 A.D., it is predicted that the noise levels at many places within 25 I ea 4ssctatPe 3 Environmental Management Plan - Package IV A Grand Trunk Road Improvement Project m from the carriageway will be as high as 84 dB (A). Even as far as 500 m from the centerline. the noise levels will remaih at around 63 dB (A), 8 dB (A) above the daytime levels for residential areas. 1.3.5 FLORA Land on either side is agricultural or rural/residential. No endangered flora species has been reported along the highway. There is no reserve forest or protected forest along the project corridor. The impact of removal of trees however should be a concern. The roadside plantation in the state of Uttar Pradesh, declared as protected Forests, will need to be cleared for the project. A total of 15200 trees within the existing RoW need to be felled for the project. This will cause temporary inconvenience to the rmad users due to loss of shade trees. 1.3.6 FAUNA Domesticated animals constitute the major proportion of faunal density in the area. No wild life reserved forest; national park or Recreation Park is under the influence area of the project package 4A. Some water bodies abutting the highway do serve as a temporary/permanent habitat for the migratory or even resident avifauna. 1.3.7 HUMAN USE VALUES The dominant land use along the highway is agricultural. The major crops grown are wheat, maize, rice and pulses. 52.47ha of land needs to be acquired out of which 45.52 ha will be agricultural land. It is envisaged that the agricultural land along the highway will get converted to industrial/commercial use to realise the value of the improved connectivity of the area. A total of 7 schools/colleges and 6 office buildings abut the road. The proposed widening and strengthening will affect roadside amenities and some locations will be more vulnerable than before. Apart from these, 26 wells and 6 hand pumps are getting impacted and some of these have to be relocated. Increased vehicular speed along the highway will subject the residents of fringe areas of the road to increased risk from speeding vehicles. 1.3.8 INDUCEDIRIBBON DEVELOPMENT Varanasi city's present concentration trend is to the north of NH-2. A bypass (VRM bypass) has recently come up circumventing two more settlements nearby: Ram nagar and Mughal Sarai. Analysis of development trends along bypasses in other cities along NH-2 indicates that Varanasi will also register a decadal growth rate of 2.60% to 3.0% in the area between the prior NH-2 and the bypass within the design period. The VRM junction towards the east end of the bypass has attracted settlement concentration. All the settlements to the west of the city will be engulfed as a part of the urban agglomeration. In general all the settlements along the corridor are predicted to experience a sudden boom in activity and population with the start of operation of the 4/6 lane NH-2. 1.3.9 CULTURAL PROPERTIES There are no sites designated as 'Protected Monuments' protected by the Archaeological Survey of India along Package IV A. However, there are 15 small religious structures along the corridor of local significance. The detailed drawings of the measures suggested and the associated Bills of Quantities form a part of this EMP. I ea Ssto s 4 Environmental Management Plan - Package IV A Grand Trunk Road Improvement Project 1.3.10 QUALITY OF LIFE VALUES The proiect is expected to bring in substantial improvement in connectivity along the corridor. This will bring an influx of opportunities, ideas, materials, employment and movement. Thus an improvement in quality of life of the region is predicted. Presently, the traffic conditions are characterised by mixed traffic with bullock carts and high-speed truck jostling for space on the highway. These combinations create hazardous conditions for all the road users. With segregation of local and through traffic. by the provision of service lanes, flyovers, etc. the project will have a beneficial effect on road safety. However, real safety concerns have been raised with reference to the children using the highway to get to the numerous schools and other educational institutions that have direct access opening on to the NH-2. 1.3.11 RESETTLEMENT A total of 1089 families will be affected of whom 842 will be displaced. The entitlement framework of the GTRIP provides for distinct entitlements and assistance for each category of the displaced families/ persons. For details refer the Consolidated RAP Report and the RAP for Package IV A. 1.4 SUMMARY OF CRITICAL IMPACTS I ISSUES Issue Description Removal of road side trees | A total of 15200 trees need to be removed to accommodate the RoW Loss of productive top soil Acquistion of 45.52 ha of productive agricultural land is required High Air pollution levels Start of the VRM Bypass High noise levels Jagdish sarai and Chandauli Dralnage and Floodi Naubatpur, Saidraja 1.5 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT MEASURES PROPOSED A description of the various management measures during the various stages of the project is provided in the following sections. 1.5.1 PRE-CONSTRUCTION STAGE During the pre-construction stage, the management measures required will include, the clearance of the RoW, transplantation of the candidate trees identified, the measures for protecting/replacing community resources such as hand pumps and other utilities likely to be impacted. Their enhancement shall also be completed before construction actually starts so that the community can start using these while the construction activity begins. 1.5.2 CONSTRUCTION STAGE This will be the most crucial and active stage for the Environmental Management Plan. In addition to the monitoring of the construction activity itself to ensure that the environment is not impactod beyond permissible limits, the enhancement of cultural properties, mitigation and enhancement measures for water bodies will go on simultaneously as the construction progresses. To facilitate implementation qf the enhancement and mitigation measures suggested, working drawings of the same are provided in the Appendices. In addition, the need for a balanced evaluation and planning for risks associated with construction activities related to roads such as accidental spillages and consequent damage to the surrounding environment in terms of loss of flora and fauna, agricultural crop or worse fertile land, continues to ea- AWsmiat 5 Environmernal Management Plan - Package IV A Grand Trunk Road Improvement Project grow in importance. Other possible locations where a risk assessment' will be useful include the locations of Hot Mix plants (spillage of fuel, bitumen etc) and labour-camp sites. 1.5.3 OPERATION STAGE The operation stage will essentially entail monitoring activity along the corridor. The monitoring for pollutants specified in the Monitoring Plan will serve the two purposes. In addition to checking the efficacy of the protection/mitigation/enhancement measures implemented, this will help verify or refute the predictions made as a part of the impact assessment2 . Thus, it will complete a very important feedback loop for the NHAI. The measures adopted and/or to be adopted during the different stages of the project have been detailed in Table 3. The responsibility for implementation and supervision of EMPs are vested with four agencies, namely Contractors, NHA!, PIU' and Engineers. The Contractcrs herein mean the agency hired for execution of the construction works for the respective contract packages. NHAI would be the implementation agency at two levels one at Centre referred as NHAI and the other at Package level named as PIU, in the EMP. The term engineer refers to the Supervision Consultant. While risk management here deals exclusively with the physical environment, the Resettlement Action Plan addresses equally real risks on the socio-economic aspects. Contingency Planning may be adopted to set aside resources for the events for which there is no way of predicting severity and probability of occurrence with any great degree of confidence. Normally fixed proportion of the emergency response resource allocation is kept always on stand-by to counter such a situation. The inputs from this and other projects of similar nature will help improve the quality of the environmental management plans in subsequent projects or modify any future activities along this highway too. Risk Management during the operation phase of the project almost exclusively deals with the accidents of vehicles carrying fuel or other hazardous materials. At this stage too, a dispassionate weighing up of the severity and probability is a must to ensure that neither too many nor too few resources such as personnel, vehicles or communication facilities are available to tackle the situation whenever it arises. I ea SSiat.t 6 Environmental Management Plan - Package IV A Grand Trunk Road Improvement Project Table 3 Environmental Management Plan Environmental Reference to I Responsibility Mittgation Measures Contract Locations Time Frame6 Impact/Issue i Documents' Implementation Supervision P-1.0: Pre-construction Staae P.1 1 | Trees will be removed from the Corridor of Impact (or, Before Removal of tsite, in other words) before the commencement of Legal Corridoroflmpact. Construction I Contractor PIU NHAI Trees Construction with prior clearance from the Forest requirement starts. IDepartrnent. _.. . _.. _ _ Trees identified, as candidates for transplantation, shall trees selected by be transplanted at available incidental spaces. The the SC fromnthe list Beforethe site is Special Contractor/ P.1.2 Tree transplantation shall be completed prior to the Project thenSnrmtenist Before rth SpencilobntractUr/ Transplantation commencement of the construction. The methodology requirement given in Appendix 2 handed over to Agency to be identified PIU, NHAI and tchniqes tobe adpted or trnsplatatio areshall be considered for the contractor, for this purpose and techniques to be adopted for transplantation are taslnain presented in Appendix 1 of this report. transplantabon. The acquisition of land and private properties shall be NGOs Collaborating carried out in accordance to the RAP and entitlement Agencies p.1.3 | Framework for the project. It shall be ensured that all PIU, NHAI, Grievance P.n.d R&R activities be reasonably completed before the RAP and Before Redressal Cells (GRC) Land and construction activity starts, on any sub-section of Project Corridor of impact construction District Level PIU, NHAI Property project roads. requirement. starts Committee (DLC) Acquisition All grievances of the EPs will be reasonably redressed, C irtee(DC in accordance to the RAP implementation mechanism Distritiesei suggested for the project. I authorities All utilities will be relocated with prior approval of the Before Ut.y mconcerned agencies. Relocation will be reasonably Project I Refer utility relocation construct PIU, NHAI, PIU Relocation complete before construction starts, on any sub-section requirement. drawings. starts. Construction Agencies. e of the project road. Some of the mitigation measures are preventive in nature while some others include additional measures in terms of environmental conservation and involve physical annd construciion work The Contract Documents refer to the following: Ministry ot Surface Transport, Roads Wing (MoST), Government of India Specifications for Road and Bridge Works (Third Revision, 1995. Reprinted, 1998).Specific and general conditions of the contract. sUnless otherwise stated, the Project Site covers area beyond the Corridor of Impaci and/or the RoW, such as borrow areas, access roads, service roads and equipment storage sites (MoST 306.3). 6 Time frame refers to the duration or instant of time when the mitigation measures vwill be taken. Refer EIA Report of the project for required details or Ihe various mitigalion/management measures proposed. Lea Associates 7 CZtr Environmental Management Ptan - Package IV A Grand Trunk Road Improvement Project : Reference to Responsibility Mitigation Measures3 Contract Location5 Time Frame6 Impact/Issue Documents4 Implementation Supervision All community utilities such as community sources of water will be replaced at appropriate locations. List of community Removal of The relocation of hand pumps at new locations shall be i RAP utilities as hand Before Design ConsLultants PIU R carried out in accordance to details provided in Drawing pumps, wells etc are construction Community requirement. PILJNHAI No. T - 8 or Drawing No. T - 9 as applicable provided in Appendix starts. Utility , The replacement will be reasonably complete before 3. construction starts. All cultural properties within the Col shall be relocated I Refer list of cultural P 1. 6: at suitable locations, as desired by the community.R Relocation of | Local Community meetings, facilitated by local NGOs, Design Consultants/ Cultural will be held to discuss relocation aspects, siting of r PIUgNHAI C Property structures etc. requirement 4. starts. Relocation will be complete before construction starts. l Advance notice, as per RAP shall be given to the Notice to be P.1.7 encroachers. For squatters needing relocation, all R&R served at least Clearance of activities will be undertaken. Entitlements, as per NHAI RAP Within RoW four months PIU, NHAI PIU Encroachment/ Entitlement Framework the GTRIP will be complete requirement. before Revenue Authorities squatters before construction starts, on any sub-section of project scheduled start roads. of construction. I: C-1.0: Construc tion Stage :_____:.__ C.1.1 T(a) Debris generated due to the dismantling of the MoST: 1126 Generation of existing pavement structure shall be suitably reused in Debris the proposed construction, subject to the suitability of the material and the approval of the Engineer, as follows: * The embankment fill materials shall be reused for the proposed embankment. I MoST: 112 2 T Throughout Project During ~ENGINEER, . The sub grade of the existing pavement shall be ContractorNI used as embankment fill material Cordor. Construction CotrctrAI. i The existing base and sub-base'shall be recycled| as sub-base of the new road | The existing bitumen surface can be utilized for the paving of cross roads, e,-cess roads, and paving, works in construction sites and camps, temporary traffic diversions, haulage routes etc. - Lea Associates 8 Environmental Management Plan - Package IV A Grand Trunk Road Improvement Project Reference to Responsibility Environmental Mitigation Measures3 Contract Location5 Time Frame6 Impact/Issue I Documents4 Implementation Supervision (b) Unutilisable debris material shall be suitably disposed off by the contractor, either for the filling up of borrow areas created for the project or at pre- designated dump locations, subject to the approval of the Engineer. * For the utilization of the residual spoils as a borrowl area fill material, the contractor shall ensure that the filled area is covered with a layer of preserved l topsoil as envisaged in C.1.2. of the EMP. I At locations identified for dumping of residual bituminous wastes, the dumping shall be carried out over a 60mm thick layer of rammed clay so as to eliminate the possibility of the leaching of the wastes into the ground water. The contractor shall ensure that the filled area is covered with a layer of preserved topsoil as suggested in Drawing No. T - 30. (c) All arrangement for transportation during construction including provision, maintenance, dismantling and clearing debris, where necessary will be considered incidental to the work and should be planned and implemented by the contractor as approved and directed by the Engineer. d) Bentonite Slurry or similar debris generated from pile driving or other construction activities shall be disposed such that it does not flow into the surface water bodies or form mud puddles in the area. C.1.2 - (a) The topsoil from all areas of cutting and all areas to Throughout Project Loss of Topsoil be permanently covered shall be stripped to a specified MoST: 300 Corridor, where depth of 150mm and stored in stockpiles. At least 10% productive land is of the temporarily acquired area shall be earmarked for acquired. During Engineer, PIU MoST Borrow areas Construction ContraCtOr [ NHAI. (b) The stockpile shall be designed such that the slope 305.3.9 identified for the does not exceed 1:2 (vertical to horizontal), and the height of the pile be restricted to 2m. To retain soil and I in Appendix 5.pe to allow percolation of water, the edges of the pile shall ________________________ ___ _ Lea Associates 9 Q C Envoronmental Management Plan - Package IVA Grand Trunk Road Improvement Project Reference to Responsibitity Environmental Mitigation Measures3 j Contract Location5 Time Frame6 Impact/issue Documents4 Implementation Supervision be protected by silt fencing as detailed out in typical Drewing No. T - 17. j MoST: (c)Stockpiles will not be surcharged or otherwise loaded 305.3.3 and multiple handling will be kept to a minimum to i ensure that no compaction will occur. The stockpiles shall be covered with gunny bags or tarpaulin. (d) It shall be ensured by the contractor that the topsoil will not be unnecessarily trafficked either before stripping or when in stockpiles. (e) Such stockpiled topsoil will be returned to cover the disturbed area and cut slopes. Residual topsoil will be I distributed on adjoining/proximate barren/rocky areas as identified by the Er-gineer in a layer of thickness of 75mm - 150mm. Top soil shall also be utilized for redevelopment of borrow areas, landscaping along slopes, medians, incidental spaces etc, (a) Construction vehicle, machinery and equipment : C.1.3 shall move or be stationed in-the designated area (RoW MoST: 112.6 Compaction of or Col, as applicable) only. While operating on Throughout Project | During Engineer, Soil temporarily acquired land for traffic detours, storage, Corridor and all areas Construction Contractor. PUNHAI material handling or any other construction related or MoST: temporarily acquired. | incidental activities, topsoil from agricultural land will be 305.2.2.2 preserved as mentioned above. C.4 Borrowing i(a)Arrangement for locating the source of supply of MoST: t - -- of Earth material for embankment and sub-grade as well as 305.2.2 2 compliance to environmental requirements in respect of excavation and borrow areas as stipulated, from time to Itime by the MoEF and the local bodies, as applicable, At all borrow area ishall be the sole responsibility of the contractor. I locations suggested During , Engineer, (b)No borrow area shall be opened without permission of I MoST: fortheprojectin Construction Conracor PIU,NHAI. the Engineer. The borrowing shall not be carried out in 305.2.2.2 Appendix 5. cultivable lands, unless and until, it shall be agreed upon by the Engineer that there is no suitable uncultivable land in the vicinity for borrowing, or there are private land owners willing to allow borrowing on their fields. Lea Associates 10 ~Kt U[ 7_ Envioninental Management Plan - Package IV A Grand Trunh Road Improvement Project Reference to Responsibility Environmental Mitigation Measures3 Contract Location5 1mie Framne6 Impact/Issue Documents4 Implementation Supervision (c)Borrowing of earth shall be carried out at locations MoST: 305.2 recommended in Appendix 5. Non Cultivable lands Borrowing of earth will be carried out upto a depth of 1.0 m from the existing ground level. Borrowing of earth shall not be done continuously. The slope of the edges shall be maintained not steeper then 1:4. Ridges of not less than 8m width shall be left at intervals not exceeding 300 m. Small drains shall be cut through the ridges, if necessary, to ,facilitate drainage * Productive lands: Borrowing of earth shall not be carried out on productive lands. However, in the event of borrowing from productive lands, the contractor has to obtain the prior permission of the Engineer. At such locations, the preservation of topsoil shall be carried out as envisaged in C.1.2. At such locations, the depth of borrow pits shall not exceed 45 cm and it may be dug out to a depth of not more than 30 cm after stripping the 15 cm top soil aside. * Elevated lands: At locations where private owners desire their fields to be leveled, the borrowing shall be done to a depth of not more than 1 m or upto the level of surrounding fields. Borrow Areas near Settlements: Borrow pit location shall be located at least 0.8 km from villages and settlements. If unavoidable, they should not be dug for more than 30 cm and should be drained. (d) The Contractor shall facilitate inspection of all borrow areas by the PIU, NHAI and satisfy the Engineer of the environmental compliance. Any nun-compliance shall be made good by the Contractor at his own cost. C.1.5 a) Borrow pits shall not be eug continuously in a stretch.l Degradation of The location, shape and size of the designated borrow MoST: All borrow areas. During Co t o Engineer, Borrow Areas areas shall be as approved by the Engineer and in 1 305.2.2.2 A Construction PIU,NHAI accordance to the IRC recommended practice for borrow ________ ______ _____________________________ _ - - -- --- Lea Associates Environmental Management Plan - Package IV A Grand Trtnk Road Improvement Project Environmental Reference to Responsibility Mitigation Measures3 Contract Location5 Time Frarne6 lmpactllssue Documents4 Implementation Supervision pits for road embankments. b) Borrow pits shall be re-developed at such borrow locations, spoils shall be dumped with an overlay of MoST: 1111 stockpiled topsoil (as per the clauses of the EMP), in accordance with compliance requirements with respect to MoEF/UPSPCB (For the stretch in UP) and BSPCB (for the stretch in Bihar) guidelines. Redevelopment of borrow areas shall be taken up in accordance with the I plans approved by the Engineer's environmental specialist. ____________ C. 1.6 Soil a) On road embankment slopes, slopes of all cut, fill etc., Erosion shrubs and grass will be planted. On sections with high Design filling and deep cutting the side slopes will be graded requirement and covered with bushes and grass, etc., as per Ispecifications for stone pitching, grass and shrub given in the Bid Documents. b) In borrow pits, the depth of the pits shall be soa |regulated that the sides of the excavation will have a MoST: slope not steeper than 1 vertical to 4 horizontal, from the 305.2.2.2 edge of the final section of bank. . c) Along sections abutting water bodies, stone pitching Throughout Project needs to be carried out for slopes between lvertical: 4 Ccrridor, horizontal to 1 vertical to 2 horizontal as per typical MoST: 306.2 all borrow areas, During ContractorEngineer, details provided in Drawing Nc. T - 35 and Drawing No. service roads and Construction. PIU,NHAI. T - 35 A. Gabion structures shall be provided for slopes MoST 306.2 equipment storage steeper than 1 vertical to 2 horizontal, as per typical I sites, etc. details provided in Drawing No. T -16. d) The work shall consist of i-reasures as per design, or I as directed by the Engineer to control soil erosion, I sedimentation and water pollution, through use of berms, dikes, sediment basins, fiber mats, mulches, grasses, slope drains and other devices All temporary sedimentation, pollution control works and maintenance thereof will be deemed as incidental to the earth work or other items of work and as such no separate payment will be made for them. __________________________________________________________________ Lea AssocieaaAssociaes 1 2 Environrnental Management Plan - Package IV A Grand Trunk Road lmprovement Project Environmental 3 ! Reference to 5 Responsibil ty nvIronmentals Mitigation Measures Contract Locations Time Frame6 Impact/Issue Documents4 Implementation Supervision C. 1.7 a) Vehicle/machinery and equipment operation, Contamination maintenance and refueling shall be carried out in such a of Soil by Fuel fashion that spillage of fuels and lubricants does not Contract and Lubricants contaminate the ground. An "oil interceptor" will be document provided for wash down and refueling areas. Refer Drawing No. T - 26 for typical design details of the oil interceptors to be provided. Fuel storage shall be in proper bunded areas All spills and collected petroleum Throughout Project products shall be disposed off in accordance with MoEF, Corridor, During UPSPCB and BSPCB guidelines for the stretches falling all access roads, sites Contractor. ENgi in the respective states. temporarily acquiredPUNA b) Fuel storage and refilling areas shall be located at and all borrow areas. least 300m from all cross drainage structures and important water bodies or as directed by the Engineer. c) In all fuel storage and refueling areas, if located on agricultural land or areas supporting vegetation, the topsoil shall be stripped, stockpiled and returned after cessation of such storage and refueling activities as per EMP clause no. C.1.2. C.1.8 a) All spoils shall be disposed off in the manner as Contamination specified in EMP. Spoil from excavation of riverbed shall of Soil by be managed and disposed off as directed by the Construction Engineer. No new disposal site shall be created as part Wastes & their of the project, which is not treated as per EMP clause disposal C.1.1, except with prior and express approval of the T Engineer in the course of the project. Corridor, During C Engineer, all access roads, sites iCnrco b) All waste material shall be completely disposed as Construction PIU,NHAI !desired and the site shall be fully cleaned before MoST: 201.2 temporarily acquiredas i handing over. The Engineer will certify in this regard. c) All temporary acquired land shall be dealt in the manner as laid out in the EMP if dumping of waste is envisaged Any claim, arising out ofwaste disposal shall MoST be resolved by the contractor at his cost. 301.3.11 C 1.9 The Contractor shall obtain materials from quarries only MoST 111,3 All quarries During licensing Contractor Engineer, Quarry after consent of the DoF or other concerned authorities recommended to be and during PIUNHAI __L 3 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~Lea Assocites Environmental Management Plan - Package IV A Grand Trunk Road Improvement Project E Reference to Responsibility Mitigation Measures3 Contract Location5 Time Frames Impact/lssue , Documents4 Implementation Supervision Operations and only after development of a comprehensive quarry' used in the project are operation of the redevelopment plan, as per the Uttar Pradesh or Bihar given in Appendix 6. quarries for the Mining Rules Alternatively the Contractor shall acquire project the required material from quarries licensed by the UPSPCB and BSPCB for the respective states in which the quarry is in operation. The quarry operations shall be undertaken within the rules and regulations in force. C. 1.10 Loss of a) Filling of surface water bodies shall be compensated Water Bodies by digging an equal volume of soil for water storage. Design Such dug-up soil shall be used for spreading as tOpsOil. requirement. b) Wherever digging is undertaken, the banks shall be protected by means as designed or as approved by the Engineer, The excavation shall be carried out in a Whenever manner so that the side slopes are no steeper than 1 MoST. All water body encountered Contracto vertical to 4 horizontal, otherwise slope protection work 305.4.1 locations likely to be during Contractor PIU,NHAI. shall be provided, as approved by the Engineer and impacted. construction specified by EMP clause C.1.6. (c) As far as practicable, and as approved by the Engineer, excavation for replacement of water bodies shall be at the closest possible placellocation, with respect to the original water body or part thereof consumed by filling. C.1. 11 Loss of a) Any source of water (potable or otherwise) for the Other Water community such as wells, tube-well, etc., incidentally lost RAP Sources shall be replaced immediately. The location and siting of requirement. the replaced source of water shall be as per design, or MoST: 110.3 jas directed by the Engineer. In general, there should be Throughout Project Wev only lateral displacement (of the new site from the old). Corridor, encountered Engineer, b) Execution of enhancement measures at water body all access roads, sites during Contractor PIU,NHAI. locations identified for enhancement shall be completed temporarily acquired construction in accordance to the individual drawings, specified for MoST 301.5 and all borrow areas, [those locations. Refer Appendix 7 for the list of surface water bodies that are to be enhanced and the detailed drawings for those locations. c) The replacement shall be ready prior to demolition/ z7r-C! Lea Associates 14 'Q=7 Envwionrmental Management Plan - Package IV A Grand Trunk Road Improvement Project Environmental 3 Reference to Responsibility Impact/lssue Mitigation Measures Contract Location Time Frame6 Documents4 Implementation Supervision dismantling of the existing source This sub-clause covers the identified sources of water in the pre- construction stage. The relocation of the hand pumps shall be carried out as detailed in the typical design drawings presented in Drawing No. T - 8 or Drawing No. T - 9 as applicable Mitigation measures as detailed in Drawing Drawing No. T - 22, Drawing No. T - 23 A or Drawing No. T - 23 B shall be carried out at the various wells locations identified. Refer Appendix 3 for the list of wells where mitigation measures need to be provided. (d) For drains carrying run-off from the highways entering, into surface water bodies/channels, with a fall exceeding 1.5 m cascading shall be carried out as per the details provided in Drawing No. T - 5. Sedimentation traps shall be provided at drains location entering into the water bodies as per details in Drawing No. T - 4. t-- __ - -- __ ____ __ - _... .- - - --- __ . . C.1.12 Flooding a) In addition to the design requirements, the contractor I l shall take all desired measures as directed by the l lr.ec Engineer such measures to prevent temporary or Throughout project During I permanent flooding of the site or any adjacent area. cordor, all access Construction o Engineer, b) The scope for prevention of flooding includes 3053T.2 roads, s ates andctherDefects rntractoro PIU,NHA prevention of loss of use, loss of access of any land or .3. and all borrow areas Liability Period. property thereon resulting from flowing or stagnant water as direct/ indirect impact of construction. C.1.13 Siltation a) Silt fencing will be provided at the base of the into Water embankment for the entire perimeter of any water body MoT:6 T P Bodies (including wells) as per detail in Drawing No. T - 17. Throughout Project b) Siltation of soil into the water bodies will be prevented Corridor, all access as far as possible. The contractor will take all reasonable roads, sites Construction Contractor. PU,NHA measures as per EMP ClauseC. 1.6 temporarily acquired ,c) Construction materials containing fine particles shall MoST:306 and all borrow areas be stored in an enclosure such that sediment laden water does not drain into nearby watercourses _______ - ~ . ~ __________________ _ - ------- Lea Associates 15 5\tiZZ[ Envianomental Management Plan - Package IV A Gt-and Trunk Road lmprovetnent Project Environmental ~~~~~~~~~Reference to Responsibility Environmental Mitigation Measures3 Contract Locations Time Frame5 Impact/Issue Documents4 Implernentation supervision C.1.14 Torrent la) No tree or vegetation other than those designated for Run-off 'felling will be cut. MoST: 201.2 Throughout Project lb) The contractor shall take all necessary precautions Corridor, all access During Engineer I ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~roads, sites . Contractor.Enner jand construct temporary/permanent (as per C.1.6 or MoST: Construction. PIU,NHAI. C.1.13) devices to prevent water pollution (due to 306.2 & 4 and all borrow areas. silltation and increase of turbidity). l l C.1.15 a) In sections along water courses, and close to cross- Alteration of drainage channels, earth, stone or any other Drainage construction materials or appendage shall be properly MoST: Throughout Project disposed off so as not to block the flow of water. 305.3.7 Corridor, all access b) All necessary measures shall be taken to prevent roads, sites During Contractor. EngiNIeer, earthwork, stonework, materials and appendage as well temporarily acquired Construction. PU,NHAL as the method of operation from impeding cross- MoST: 306 and all borrow areas. drainage at rivers, streams, water canals and existing irrigation and drainage systems. . C.1.16 Retention ponds, surface water bodies will be created Ground Water as per drainage design. Tree and vegetation plantation Design As per Drainage During Cot Engineer, Depletion will be conserved and additionally planted as per requirement. Design. Construction. PIU,NHAI. design. Design- C.1.17 1 Increased MoST: 111.15 Entire Project Site. Run-off Retention work will be taken up on the roadside drainage During Contractor Engineer, channels as per the roadside drainage design. Construction. PIU,NHAI. I ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~As per Drainage Design Design. requirement C.1.18 a) All measures will be taken to prevent the wastewater Contamination tproduced in construction from entering directly into MoST: 306 Throughout Project of Water from streams, water bodies or the irrigation system, as i Corridor Construction directed by Engineer. MoST| During Engineer, Wastes b) Construction work close to the streams or water 111.13 all access roads, sites Construction PIU,NHAI. bodies shall be avoided during monsoon and measures adlloraro acrea as per EMP clause C 1.13 will be taken, c) The discharge standards promulgated under the Lea Associates 16 Environmental Management Pllan - Package IV A Grand Trink Road Improvement Project Environmental 3 R~~~~~~~~Eeference to Responsibility Mitigation Measures3 Contract Location5 Time Frame6 I cDocuments4 Implementation Supervision 'Environmental Protection Act, 1986 shall be strictly MoST: 111.1 adhered to. All waste arising from the project is to be I disposed off in a manner that is acceptable to the Uttar 1 ,Pradesh State Pollution Control Board (UPSPCB), Bihar 'State Pollution Control Board (BSPCB) and the iEngineer. C 119 (a) The work shall be carried out in such a manner that MoST: 111.4 Contamination pollution of natural watercourses, ponds, tanks and from Fuel and reservoirs is avoided. MoST: 113.13 . T P . Lubricants (b) Vehicle, machinery & equipment maintenance and refuelling shall be done in a manner as specified in Cordor, all access EMP clause C.1.7 to prevent pollution of water. roads, sites * At construction vehicle parking locations and at MoST: 111.1 temporarily acquired, Engineer all borrow areas and DuringEnier fuel/lubricant storage sites, oil and grease traps shall be truck lay-byes. Construction l Contractor PU,NHAi. iprovided to prevent the contamination of the soil and t nearby watercourses, as per designs annexed in Location of truck lay- Drawing No. T - 14. byes is given in (c) Waste products must be collected, stored and taken Appendix 8. to approved disposal sites in compliance of UPSPCB/BSPCB guidelines or any other relevant laws, and to the entire satisfaction of the Engineer. C.1.20 (u) Construction labourers' camps shall be located at Sanitation and least 200m away from the nearest habitation based on MoST: 111.14 waste disposal the conceptual plan provided in Drawing No. T - 29 and in construction details of which shall be approved by the Engineer. camps (b) The sewage system for a construction labourer's During camp shall be designed, built and operated so that no Establishment, pollution to ground or adjacent water bodies/ Operation and Contractor. Engineer, watercourses takes place. Compliance with the relevant D PIU,NHAI. legislation shall be strictly adhered to. Garbage bins All Construction Such Camps. of shall be provided in the camps and regularly emptied Worker's Camps S C and the garbage disposed off in a hygienic manner, to including areas in the satisfaction of the relevant norms and the Engineer. immediate vicinity. (c) In connection with underground, water resources, including percolating water, the contractor shall take all - Lea Associates 1 7 =: Environmentai Management Plan - Package IV A, Grand Think Road imptovement Project Reference to Responsibility Envimpactnmen , Mitigation Measures3 Contract Locations Time Frame6 Impact/Issue g ouets4 Iimplementation Supervision Documen necessary precaution to prevent interference with such water resources. MoST. 111.1 (d) All relevant provisions of the Factories Act, 1948 and the Building and other Construction Workers (regulation of Employment and Conditions of Service) Act, 1996 shall be adhered to. (e) Unless otherwise arranged by the local sanitary authority, arrangements for proper disposal of exereta by Composting at the workplace suitably approved by the local medical health or municipal authorities or as per directed by Engineer, shall be made. C. 1.21 Wastage (a) The contractorwill minimisewastage ofwater in the of construction process/operations. Project Water (b) The Contractor shall arrange for supply and storage requirement Throughout Project of water and no such supply and storage will be Corridor, all access I provided by the PIU, NHAI. The Contractor shall not roads, sites During Contractor. Engineer, open a new borewell or extract groundwater without temporirily acquired Construction. PIU,NHAI permission from the UP Ground Water Board. The and all borrow areas. Contractor may, however, use any existing borewell or any other source of water supply subject to necessary _ or relevant arrangement. ___ _ C.1.22 (a) The Contractor shall be responsible for arranging Disruption to adequate supply of water for the whole construction other Users of period. Throughout Project Water (b) While working across or close to perennial water Corridor, all access bodies, the Contractor shall not prevent the flow of roais, sites water. If for any bridgework, etc., closure of flow is temporarily acquired E required, the Contractor shall seek approval of the RAP and all borrowareas During Contractor Engineer, Engineer. The Engineer will have the right to ask the requirement. as well as the Construction C U,NHAI. Contractor to serve notice on the downstream users of | immediate water sufficiently in advance. surroundings of these (c) Construction over and close to the non-perennial areas. streams shall be undertaken in the dry session. Construction over the irrigation canals, if disruption to the flow, quality of water and adverse impact on the _ ___ _ -------. - .-.-.---..- - - Lea Associates 1 8 Environmental Management Plan - Package IV A Grand Trunk Road Improvement Project E-nvironmental .Reference to Responsibility ImpactSlsse Mitigation Measures3 Contract Location5 Time Frame6 Documents4 nmplennentation Supervision irrigation structure is expected (or probable in the view of the Engineer), will be undertaken at the obtaining necessary permission from the Department of Irrigation. (d) Construction work expected to disrupt users and j impacting community water bodies will be taken up | after serving notice on the local community. (e) The Contractor may use the natural sources of water subject to the provision that any claim arising out I of conflicts with other users of the said natural sources of water shall be dealt with entirely by the contractor. C.1.23 (a) All vehicles delivering materals to the site shall be MoST: 111.9 Generation of covered to avoid spillage of materials. Dust (b) The Contractor shall take every precaution to reduce the level of dust emission from the hot mix MoST 1115 ! plants and the batching plants up to the satisfaction of I the Engineer. (c) All existing highways and roads used by vehicles of MoST: 111.9 the contractor, or any of his sub-contractor or suppliers of materials or plant and similarly roads which are part of the works shall be kept clean and clear of all dust/mud or other extraneous materials dropped by Throughout Project such vehicles or their tyres. Corridor, all access D i (d) Clearance shall be effected immediately by manual roads, sites Co sweeping and removal of debris, or, if so directed by MoST 111.10 temporarily acquired [ PIUNHAI. the Engineer, by mechanical sweeping and clearing and all borrow areas. equipment, and all dust, mud and other debris shall be removed completely. Additionally, if so directed by the MoST: 118.1 Engineer, the road surfaces shall be hosed or watered using necessary equipment. (e) Plants, machinery and equipment shall be so handled (including dismantling) as to minimise Contract generation of dust. document (f) All earthwork shall be protected in a manner i acceptable to the Engineer to minimise generation of dust. 19____________________________________________________________ _- -------- Lea Associates 19 77= Environmental Management Plan - Package IV A Grand Trunk Road inprovement Project Envilronmental 3 Reference to 6 Responsibility Impact/rssue Mitigation Measures3 Contract Location Time Framee R Documents4 Implemnentation Supervision (g) The hot-mix plants shall be fitted with dust extraction units in order that the exhausts comply with the requirements of the relevant current emission control legislation. C 1 24 Emission (a) Hot mix plants and batching plants shall be located from Hot-Mix jsufficiently away from habitation, agricultural operations Plants and or industrial establishments. Where possible such Batching Plants plants will be located at least 1000m away from the nearest habitation. MoST: 111.5 (b) The exhaust gases shall comply with the During Erection, requirements of the relevant current emission control All Hot-mix and Testing, Engineer, legislation. All operations at plants shall be undertaken Batching Plants. Operation and Contractor. PIUNHAI in accordance with all current rules and regulations MoST: 111.5 DSsmantsing of Iprotecting the environment. Such Plants. (c) Monitoring of the pollutants shall be carried out by the agency identified for Environmental Monitoring as detailed in the Environmental Monitoring Plan for the _________ project. _ _ C.1.25 Odour (a) Construction labourers' camps shall be located atl from least 200m away from the nearest habitation to avoid Construction conflicts and stress over the infrastructure facilities, with ; labourer's the local community. Contract All Construction During camps (b) The waste disposal and sewage system for the Ctrat Labourers'Camps and Establishment, Engineer, camp shall be properly designed, built and operated so i sronigOperation and Contractor. that no odour is generated. Relevant provisions as the Dismantling of Factories Act, the Building and other Construction areas Such Camps. Workers (regulation of Employment and Conditions of Service) Act, 1996 and all other relevant legislations shall be strictly adhered to. C.1.26 Emission (a) The discharge standards promulgated under the Contract from i Environment Protection Act, 1986 shall be strictly requirement I Throughout Project Construction adhered to. All vehicles, equipment and machinery roads sDuring C rEngineer Vehicles, 4 used for construction shall conform to the relevant Construction. PIU,NHAI. Equipment and Bureau of Indian Standard (BIS) norms. temporarily acquired Machinery (b) All vehicles, equipment and machinery used for 20____ __________ _________________ __-_ -_____________________ Lea Associates 20 12 C Environmental Management Plan - Package iV A Grand Trunk Road Improvement Project i Reference to Responsibility Environmental Mitigation Measures3 Contract Locations Time Frame6 Impact/Issue Documents4 Implementation Supervision construction shall be regularly maintained to ensure Contract that pollution emission levels comply with the relevant requirement requirements of UPSPCB or BSPCB (for the stretches in the respective states) and the Engineer. C.1. 27 Pollution (a) All crushers used in construction shall conform to I from Crusher relevant dust emission control legislations. Clearance i for siting shall be obtained from the UPSPCB for the Contract stretch in UP and BSPCB for the stretch in BSPCB. requirement Alternatively, only crushers already licensed by the UPSPCB and BSPCB for the respective regions shall During Erection, be used. All Aggregate Tpesationg adEngineer, (b) Dust screening vegetation will be planted on the Crushing Plants. Operation and Contractor. PIUNHAI edge of the RoW for all existing roadside crushers. Design Such plantsl (c) The suspended particulate matter contribution value requirement. pat at a distance of 40m from a controlled isolated as well MoST: 111. 1 as from a unit located in a cluster should be less than 5OO1ig/m3. The monitoring is to be conducted is envisaged in the monitoring plan. C.1.28 Noise (a) The plants and equipmert used in construction MoST: 111.13 from Vehicles, (including the aggregate crushing plant) shall strictly Plants and conform to the Gol noise standards. Equipment (b) All vehicles and equipment used in construction MoST: 111.13 shall be fitted with exhaust silencers. During routine servicing operations, the effectiveness of exhaust silencers shall be checked and if found to be defective Throughout Project shall be replaced. Notwithstanding any other conditions Corridor, all access I Engieer of contract, noise level from any item of plant(s) must roads, sites DuringContractor. PIUNHA comply with the relevant legislation for levels of sound MoST. 111.1 temporarily acquired I emission. Non-compliant plant shall be removed from and all borrow areas. I site. (c) Noise limits for construction equipment used in this project (measured at one metre from the edge of the equipment in free field) such as compactors, rollers, MoST: 111.13 front loaders, concrete mixers, cranes (moveable), vibrators and saws shall not exceed 75 dB(A), as *-s ~ed -n th~evrME inm-ent(ProTeatro-n) RuTes, T956' __ __ _ __ __ _ __ _ __ __ _ __ __ _ __ _ __ __ _ __ __ _ __ _ __ __ _ __ __ _ _ _ Lea A ssociates 21 Ewvironmental Management Plan - Package IVA Grand Trunk Road Improvement Project Environmental 3 Reference to Responsibility Impact/issue Mitigation Measures Contract Location Time Framer R Documents4 Implementation Supervision specified in the Environment (Protection) Rules, 1986. (d) Maintenance of vehicles, equipment and machinery shall be regular and to the satisfaction of the Engineer, to keep nioise from these at a minimum. (e) Workers in vicinity of loud noise, and workers MoST: 111.6 working with or in crushing, compaction, batching or concrete mixing operations shall wear earplugs. C. 1.29 Noise (a) Blasting shall be carriad out only with permission of from Blasting or the Engineer. All the statutory laws, regulations, rules Pre-splitting etc., pertaining to acquisition, transport, storage, Operations handling and use of explosives shall be strictly followed. MoST: 302.1 (b) Blasting shall be carried out during fixed hours During (preferably during mid-day), as permitted by the All Blasting and Pre- Preparation, Engineer, Engineer. The timing should be made known to all the splitting Sites. Closure of Such Contractor. PIUNHAI people within 500m (200m for pre-splitting) from the Sites. I blasting site in all directions. People, except those who MoST: 302.4 actually light the fuse shall be excluded from the area of 200m (50m for pre-splitting) from the blasting site in all | directions at least 10 minutes before the blasting. l C.1.30 Loss or (a) All works shall be carried out in such a fashion that Engineer, Damage of the damage or disruption to the flora is minimum. Trees Entire Project Site. During Contractor PIU,NHAI. Vegetation or shrubs will only be felled or removed that impinge As encountered ucto directly on the permanent works or necessary Contract During Construction temporary works with prior approval from the Engineer. requirement Engineer, PIU,NHAI (b) The Engineer shall approve such felling on the As decided by the i PIU,NHAI. advice of the PIU, NHAI, and only when the PIU, NHAI DoFDuring DoF. receives a "clearance" for such felling from the DoF, as I Construction applicable. Design PIU,NHAI. (c) Trees felled shall be replaced as per the requirement. As per DoF compensatory afforestation criteria in accordance with Existing the Forest (Conservation) Act, 1980. Programmes Contractor DoF, PIU, NHAI C. 1. 31 Disruption to vegetation shall be minimised and the Contract Entire Project Site. During Contractor. Engineer, Compaction of contractor shall ensure that the construction vehicle, requirement Construction PIU,NHAI Lea Associates 22 V _ Environmental Management Plan - Package IV A Grand Trunk Road Improvement Project Environmental 3 I Reference to Responsibility EnvIronmental Mitigation Measures Contract Locations Time Frames lmpacttlssue Documents4 Implementation Supervision Vegetation machinery and equipment shall move or be stationed in the designated area (RoW COI, as applicable) only. During construction, at any point of time, if a rare/ C.1.32 Damage threatened/endangered flora species is found, it shall E or Loss of be conserved in a suitable manner. The Engineer, on Throughout Project Curing Chance-found Cons'ruction ~~~~~~~~~~IContractor, Engineer. PIUJ,NHAI. Chance-found ! specific advice from the PIU, NHAI shall approve | Area. ConE'ruction Important Flora detailed conservation processes, plans and designs as well as associated modification in the project design. l_I, C. 1. 33 (a) All works are to be carried out in such a fashion that Contract . i During Contractor. Engineer, Loss, Damage the damage and disruption to fauna is minimum, requirement All along the Project Construction. PIU,NHAI or Disruption to (b) Construction workers shall be instructed to protect roads, sites Fauna. natural resources and fauna, including wild animals and temporarily acquired & aquatic life. Hunting and unauthorised fishing are _ prohibited. _ all borr_.area.. C.1.34 During construction, at any point of time, if a rare/ Damage or endangered / threatened fauna species is spotted, the Contract During Contractor, Loss of Chance- contractor shall make all arrangements to intimate the requirement Entire Project Site. Constructioni Engineer PIU,NHAI. found Important wild life authorities and measures will be taken for its Fauna. conservation during the operation period also. C.1.35 Loss of (a) The Contractor shall provide safe and convenient Access passage for vehicles, pedestrians and livestock to and from side roads and property accesses connecting the MoST: 112.7 project road. Work that affects the use of side roads and existing accesses shall not be undertaken without providing adequate provisions to the prior satisfaction of All along the Project During Engineer, the Engineer. corridor. Construction Contractor PIU,NHAI. (b) The works shall not interfere with or cause inconvenience to public or restrict the access to use and occupation of public or private roads, railways and any other access footpaths to or of properties whether public or private. C.1.36 Traffic (a) Detailed Traffic Control Plans shall be prepared and l l Delays and submitted to the Engineer for approval, 5 days prior to MoST: 112.1 All along the Project DuigContractor i Engineer. Congestion commencement of works on any section of road. The Corridor, Construction traffic control plans shall contain details of temporary Lea Associates 23 7 Envirornmental Management Plan - Package IV A Grand Trunk Road Improvement Project Environmental Reference to Responsibility Impact/Issue Mitigation Measures3 Contract Location5 Time Framef mn Documents4 Imple-nentation Supervision diversions, details of arrangements for construction under traffic and details of traffic arrangement after cessation of work each day (b) Temporary diversion (including scheme of temporary land acquisition) will be constructed with the MoST: 112.5 approval of the Engineer. While approving temporary diversion construction, the Engineer will seek endorsement from the PIU, NHAIl I(c) Special consideration shall be given in the MoST 112 2 ipreparation of the traffic control plan to the safety of o pedestrians and workers at night. (d) The Contractor shall ensure that the running surtace MoST: 112.5 is always maintained in running condition, particularly during the monsoon so that no disruption to the traffic flow occurs. (e) The temporary traffic detours shall be kept free of dust by frequent application of water, if necessary. C-1-37 Traffic : (a) The Contractor shall take all necessary measures Control and for the safety of traffic during construction and provide, Safety erect and maintain such barricades, including signs, markings, flags, lights and flagmen as may be required l by the Engineer for the information and protection of MoST: 112.4 traffic approaching or passing through the section of the Entire Project corridor During Contractor Engineer highway under improvement. . Construction (b) All signs, barricades, pavement markings shall be MoST: 112.1 as per the MoST specification. Before taking up construction on any section of the highway, a traffic control plan shall be devised to the satisfaction of the . Engineer. C.1.38 Risk The Contractor is required to comply with all the from Operations Iprecautions as required for the safety of the workmen as per the International Labour Organisation (ILO) Contact E During t Convention No. 62 as far as those are applicable to this requirement EntIre Project site Construction Contractor Engineer contract. The contractor shall supply all necessary safety appliances such as safety goggles, helmets, 24 _______________________ _ - -Lea Associates 24 -=CZ7L Environmental Management Plan - Package IV A Grand Trunk Road Improvement Project Environmental 3 Reference to E Responsibility EnvimpactIenl Mitigation Measures3 Contract Locations Time Frames ImpactUIssue . Documents4 Implementation Supervision m,asks, etc., to the workers and staff. The contractor has to comply with all regulation regarding safe scaffolding, ladders, working platforms, gangway, stairwells, excavations, trenches and safe means of entry and egress. C.1.39 Risk Adequate precautions will be taken to prevent danger from Electrical from electrical equipment. No material or any of the Equipment sites will be so stacked or placed as to cause danger or inconvenience to any person or the public. All necessary fencing and lights will be provided to protect During ithe public. All machines to be used in the construction MoST: 106 Entire Project site. Construction Contractori Engineer. will conform to the relevant Indian Standards (IS) codes, will be free from patent defect, will be kept in good working order, will be regularly inspected and properly maintained as per IS provisions and to the satisfaction of the Engineer. C.1.40 Risk at (a) All workers employed on mixing asphaltic material, Hazardous cement, lime mortars, concrete etc., will be provided Activity with protective footwear and protective goggles. MoST: 111.1 Workers, who are engaged in welding works would be provided with welder's protective eye-shields. Stone- breakers will be provided with protective goggles and clothing and will be seated at sufficiently safe intervals. (b) The use of any herbicide or other toxic chemical shall be strictly in accordance with the manufacturer's During Engineer instructions. The Engineer shall be given at least 6 MoST: 111.6 Entire Project site. Construction Contractor PIU,NHAI working days notice of the proposed use of any herbicide or toxic chemical. A register of all herbicides and other toxic chemicals delivered to the site shall be kept and maintained up to date by the Contractor. The register shall include the trade name, physical properties and characteristics, chemical ingredients, health and safety hazard information, safe handling and storage procedures, and emergency and first aid procedures for the product. 25_______________________________ _ - - _ ______ ____- Lea Associates 25 Envixonmentai Management Plan - Package IV A Grand Trunk Road Improvement Project Environmental 3 Reference to Responsibility Impact/Issue Mitigation Measures Contract Lccation5 Time Frame6 Document s4 jImplementation Supervision C. 1.41 Risk of No man below the age of 18 years and no woman shall Lead Pollution be employed on the work of painting with products containing lead in any form. No paint containing lead or I lead products will be used except in the form of paste or I During Engineer, readymade paint. Face masks will be supplied for use MoST: 111.1 Entire Project site Construction Contractor PU,NHAI. by the workers when paint is applied in the form of spray or a surface having lead paint dry rubbed and scrapped. - . All reasonable precaution will be taken to prevent C.1.42 Risk i danger of the workers and the public from fire, flood, Engineer, caused by drowning, etc. All necessary steps will be taken for Contract Entire Project site During Contractor lngi Force' Majure prompt first aid treatment of all injuries likely to be requirement Construction PIU,NHAI , sustained during the course of work. C.1.43 Risk (a) Except as may be provided in the contract or from Explosives | ordered or authorised by the Engineer, the Contractor i shall not use explosives. Where the use of explosives is so provided or ordered or authorised, the Contractor shall comply with the requirements of the following Sub- Clauses of this Clause besides the law of the land as applicable: (b) The Contractor shall at all times take every possible precaution and shall comply with appropriate laws and regulations relating to the importation, handling, All blasting and Pre- During Contractor Engineer transportation, storage and use of explosives and shall, splitting Sites. Construction o at all times when engaged in blasting operations, post MoST: 302.4 sufficient warning flagmen, to the full satisfaction of the Engineer. (c) The Contractor shall at all times make full liaison with and inform well in advance and obtain such permission as is required from all Government I Authorities, public bodies and private parties whomsoever concerned or affected or likely to be concerned or affected by blasting operations. 0.1.44 Malarial The Contractor shall, at his own expense, conform to all Contract Entire During Engineer, risk anti-malarial instructions given to him by the Engineer, requirement Pro1ect site Construction Contractor PIU,NHAI. __ ----- _ _ _ __ ...Lea Associates 26 Environmental Management Plan - Package IVA Grand Trunk Road Improvement Project Environnnental . . 3 t ~~~~~~~~~~~Reference to Responsibility Environmental Reeenet Mitigation Measures3 Contract Location iTime Framer epnidt Impact/Issue Documents Implementation Supervision including filling up any borrow pits which may have I been dug by him. C. 1.45 First Aid (a) At every workplace, a readily available first aid unit including an adequate supply of sterilised dressing 1 material and appliances will be provided as per the Factory Rules of Bihar or Uttar pradesh. (b) Workplaces, remote and far away from regular During Engineer hospitals will have indoor heath units with one bed for MoST: 1207.6 Entire Project site. Construction Contractor PIU,NHAI every 250 workers. Suitable transport will be provided to facilitate take injured or ill person(s) to the nearest applicable hospital. At every workplace and construction camp, equipment and nursing staff shall be provided. C. 1.46 Potable (a) In every workplace at suitable and easily accessible Water places a sufficient supply of cold potable water (as per IS) will be provided and maintained. If the drinking water is obtained from an intermittent public water supply then, storage tanks will be provided. (b) All water supply storage shall be at a distance of not less than 15m from any latrine, drain or other source of pollution. Where water has to be drawn from an existing well, which is within such proximity of any latrine, drain ontract Entire Project site. Engineer, requirement ~~~~ConstructionPINHI or any other source of pollution, the well shall be r chlorinated before water is drawn from it for drinking. (c) All such wells shall be entirely covered and provided with a trap door, which shall be dust proof and waterproof. A reliable pump shall be fitted to each covered well. The trap door shall be kept locked and opened only for cleaning or inspection, which shall be done at least once a month. C.1.47 Hygiene (a) The Contractor during the progress of work will Contract provide, erect and maintain necessary (temporary) requirement All Construction Durng C Engineer living accommodation and ancillary facilities for labour Labourers' Camps Construction DurinAIContractor EN . to standards and scales approved by the resident I Engineer. Lea Associates 27 Environmental Management Plan - Package IV A Grand Trunk Road Improvement Project Environmental Reference to Responsibility Impact/Issue Mitigation Measures3 Contract Location5 Time Framem Documents4 :rIplemertation Supervision (b) There shall be provided within the precincts of every workplace, latrines and urinals in an accessible place, I and the accommodation, separately for each for these, as per standards set by the Building and other Construction Workers (regulation of Employment and Conditions of Service) Act, 1996. Except in workplaces provided with water-flushed latrines connected with a water borne sewage system, all latrines shall be provided with dry-earth system (receptacles) which shall be cleaned at least four times daily and at least twice during working hours and kept in a strict sanitary condition. Receptacles shall be tarred inside and outside at least once a year. If women are employed, separate latrines and urinals, screened from those for men (and marked in the vernacular) shall provided. There shall be adequate supply of water, close to latrines and urinals, (c) All temporary accommodation must be constructed and maintained in%uch a fashion that uncontaminated water is available for drinking, cooking and washing. The sewage system for the camp must be designed, built and operated so that no health hazard occurs and no pollution to the air, ground or adjacent watercourses takes place. Compliance with the relevant legislation must be strictly adhered to. Garbage bins must be provided in the camp and regularly emptied and the garbage disposed off in a hygienic manner. Construction camps are to be sited at least 200m away from the nearest habitation and adequate health care is ito be provided for the work force. I (d) Unless otherwise arranged for by the local sanitary Iauthority, arrangement for disposal of exoreta by incineration at the workplace shall be made by means of a suitable incinerator approved by the local medical a health or municipal authorities. Alternatively, excreta may be disposed off by pufting a layer of night soils at Lea Associates 28 Environmental Management Plan - Package IV A Grand rrunk Roacn improvement Project Environmental 3 Reference to Responsibility Impact/issuen Mitigation Measures3 Contract Location5 Time Frame6 Impact/issue Documents4 Implementation Supervision the bottom of a permanent tank prepared for the purpose and covering it with 15 cm layer of waste or refuse and then covering it with a layer of earth for a fortnight (by then it will tum into manure). (e) On completion of the works, all such temporary structures shall be cleared away, all rubbish burnt, excreta or other disposal pits or trenches filled in and I effectively sealed off and the outline site left clean andi tidy, at the Contractor's expense, to the entire satisfaction of the Engineer. l_l C. 1.48 (a) All necessary and adequate care shall be taken to During i Contractor Engineer, Protection/Mitig minimize impact on cultural properties (which includes Construction PIU,NHAI. ation of cultural sites and remains, places of worship including I Religious temples, mosques, churches and shrines, etc., Structures and graveyards, monuments and any other important MoST: 301.5 Shrines structures as identified during design and all . . . properties/sites/remains notified under the Ancient Sites Design Entire Project site. and Remains Act). No work shall spillover to these requirement properties, premises and precincts. (b) All conservation and protection measures will be taken up as per design. Access to such properties from the road shall be maintained clear and clean. __________ ____________________________ _____ ___ -. __. _ __1 C.1.49 Chance (a) All fossils, coins, articles of value of antiquity and Contract found structures and other remains or things of geological or requirement Archaeological archaeological interest discovered on the site shall be property the property of the Government, and shall be dealt with as per provisions of the relevant legislation. (b) The contractor shall take reasonable precaution to prevent his workmen or any other persons from Entire Project site. Construction r Contractor PIU,NHAI removing and damaging any such article or thing and shall, immediately upon discovery thereof and before removal acquaint the Engineer of such discovery and carry out the Engineer's instructions for dealing with the same, awaiting which all work shall be stopped 100m l all directions from the site of discovery. Lea Associates 29 7a'=D7 Environmental Management Plan - Package IV A Grand Trunk Road Improvement Project Environmental Mitigati asures3 1Reference to Responsibility Impact/Issue Mitigation Measue rCo rntrat4 Location5 Time Frame6 Imlmnain uevso mDocuments4 mplerentation Supervision (c) The Engineer shall seek dcrection from the Archaeological Society of India (ASI) before instructing the Contractor to recommence work on the site. Road landscape plantaticn, re-vegetation of road Design Entire Project Corridor, embankments and other slopes, edge treatment of requirement as per the landscape C.1.50 water bodies shall be taken up as per either detailed or plan prepared. Roadside I typical landscape designs, plans prepared for the Intersections where During Contractor Engineer, Landscape project (Drawings in Appendix 10 detail the landscape landscaping is to be Construction PIUNHAI. I plans). Landscapes at the intersections according to the done are given in type are given in drawing Nos 3 to 5. Appendix 9. Provision, replacement, restoration of bus shelters Design inclusive of bus bays complete with seating requirement arrangement, infrastructure, etc., if any, as per designs shall be taken up. Entire Project Corridor, C. 1.51 Provision of truck lay byes as per the drawings provided as envisaged in the Roadside in design. DPR. Typical designs During Contractor Engineer, Amenities The design layout drawings and specifications of the of roadside amenities Construction lPU,NHAI. various roadside amenities shall be as per the are provided in the engineering design, A conceptual design of bus bay DPR. and bus stop is provided in Drawing No. T - 32 and Drawing No. T - 33. Details of the bus stop structure are I provided in Drawing No. T - 34. i C. 1.52 Noise a) Provision of barriers along the edge of the RoW at Design _ mitigation the locations indicated in Appendix 11 as per the design requirement details indicated in drawings for the respective locations to mitigate the rise in noise levels. Along the edge of the b) Provision of barriers around the locations given in RoW and at the 1 During C.t Engineer, Appendix 11 to decrease the noise levels as per the locations indicated in Construction PIU,NHAI. design details indicated in Drawings NM-4A-1 to NM- Appendix 11. 4A-7. Noise barrier shall be constructed as per the Drawing No. T - 10 or Drawing No. T - 11, which ever is suitable. C.1.53 Road (a) Road furniture including footpaths, railings, storm At locations as per the During Engineer, Furniture water drains, crash barrier, traffic signs, speed zone Design detailed design Construction Contractor PU,NHAI signs, pavement markers and any other such items will requirement _- Lea Associates 30 C\Ci7 Environmental Management Plan - Package IV A Grand Trunk Road Improvement Project Environmental Reference to Responsibility Impact/Issue Mitigation Measures3 Contract Location5 Time Frarme6 Documents4 Impleiefntation Supervision be provided as per design given in the Bid Documents. requirement i Location of bus stops (b) Intersections, rotaries, traffic islands, roadside for enhancements is protection and other structures or furniture shall be Design given in Appendix 12. constructed, complete with the landscape elements as requirement per landscape design. (c) Enhancement of bus stops as per the typical design drawings Draving No. T - 33 and Drawing No. T - 34. _ __._ _ __.__ C.1.54 (a) Enhancement of all cultural properties inclusive of Design At the locations Cultural all such properties relocated prior to commencement of requirement mentioned in Appendix During Contractor Engineer. Properties construction shall be completed as per design. 13 for typical Construction PIU,NHAI. (b) Signage giving information about the important Design enhancements and Icultural properties shall be erected as per design. requirement Appendix 14 for (c) Specific enhancement measures proposed for the specific enhancements. various cultural properties and the specifications are provided in Drawings IVA/317.45VRMI1 to IVA148.8/10. The.contractor shall work out the enhancement of the remaining cultural properties as per typical designs worked out in detailed Drawing No. T - 15, Drawing No. T - 18 to Drawing No. T - 21, Drawinq No. T - 27 and/or Drawing No. T - 28 as decided by the Engineer. (d) Details within the specific enhancement sites like washing ghat (Drawing No T - 25), Canopy (Drawing No. T - 31) shall follow the typical designs provided. _ __ ___.__ .__ 0-1.0: Operation Stage Contamination g up o_ of Soil and (a) Contingency plans to be in place for cleaning up of Framework at spills of oil, fuel and toxic chemicals. State and Sector Flying Squad of the Water Project Motor Vehicles Resources from (b) Spill of oil, fuel and automobile servicing units . Entire Project corridor. Level is Motor Vehicles Inspector Swithout adequate disposal systems in place to be r I expected to be Department. Spills due to discuae traffic & discouraged. developed. Accidents -- Project Beginnin ~~~~PIU,NHAI, Municipal PINA 01.2 (a) The drains will be periodically cleared to maintain Project Entire Project corridor, Beginning and PIU,NHAI, Maintenance of storm water flow. requirement especially in the Urban end of each Authorities. __----_----_--__---_---_-----__-_----------__-------__-- ------- LeaAssociates 31 Environmental Management Plan - Package IV A Grand Trunk Road Improvement Project E Reference to 1 Responsibility Envimpactnmen . Mitigation Measures3 Contract Locations Time Frame6 ImpacUlssue , O~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ocuments ImplementaiLion Supervision Storm Water (b) The urban authorities and local government bodies Stretches. monsoon. Drainage will be urged to maintain storm water drainage system Recharge pits shall be I System in working condition. Recharge pits for urban drains provided at every km shall be provided as per the design Drawing No. T - 24. in the urban areas through which proposed alignment L _ _________- _____--_____ ___ ______ _passe!. 0. D(a) Roadside tree plantations will be maintained. rc E P Through I (b) New afforestation projects adjacent to the project operation DoF, PIU,NHAI. PIU,NHAI. G road and in the surrounding will be encouraged. rum _ s u area period. 01.4 1 (a) Ambient Air concentrations of the various pollutants - - Atmospheric I shall be monitored as envisaged in the pollution I Pollution monitoring plan. Through I Pollution monitoring (b) Pollution under control (PUC) programmes to be Entire Project corridor Operation stage agency enforced adequately. and Surrounding areas . I (c) Atmospheric pollution will be monitored and Project Refer to the Air Starting E UPSPCB/BSP management plans to be developed if pollution crosses requirement Pollution Monitoring e l Motor Vehicles CB, PIU,NHAI management plans ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~alter CompletionMorVeilsC,PUNA threshold. Programme. of Construction Department, STA, DoF, (d) Roadside tree plantations will be maintained. IlPSPCB/BSPCB, (e) New afforestation projects adjacent to the project PIU,NHAI. road and in the surrounding will be encouraged. (f) Public awareness programmes to be undertaken. | i _ __ __ ._. 0.1.5 Noise (a) Noise pollution will be monitored. ltl tin (b) Based on the results of monitoring noise pollution in the operation stage, sound barriers and other measures i Refer to the Noise XfImmediately , Motor Vehicles shall be constructed as per details irn section 1.7.2 of reci nt Pollution Monitoring after Completion, DeUpartm/BSPCB, PIU, B PIU, C HAI the Noise Quality Assessment report, Through NHAI. (c) Noise control programmes to be enforced strictly. Operation stage. _ E_(d) Public awareness campaigns to be undertaken. - - j 0.1.6 Traffic (a) Depending on the level of congestion and traffic All along the Project I PIU,NHAI, Local and Accident hazards, traffic management plans will be prepared. Project I corridor and Through i Government Bodies, PIU,NHAI, I ~~~~~operation Safety I (b) Traffic control measures including speed limits to be { requirement surrounding areas. 4 sOtperation I Development FluUeNHAI I enforced strictly. Stage Authorities 32_______________________ ________ _______________ -_____- __. … - -- -- - - Lea Associates 32 Environmental Management Plan - Package IV A Grand Trunk Road Improvement Project Environmental S3 Reference to Responsibility Environmental Mitigation Measures Contract Location Time Frame6 Implementation Supervision Impact/Issue DocumentSampeetioSurvsn (c) Road control width to be enforced Local government bodies and development authorities will be encouraged to control building development along the highway. (d) Further encroachment and squatting on the public RoW will be discouraged. Along all At-grade (e) Barbed wire fencing on either side of the RoW to i prevent entry of cattle shall be erected. . sections of the corridor - - Compliance with the Hazardous Wastes (Management 0.1.7 and Handling) Rules, 1989 including: Accidents i For delivery of hazardous substances, permit license, involving 0.1.8 driving license and guidance license will be required. Hazardous Framework Hazardous Public security, transportation and fire fighting wastes All along the Project Expected to be PIU, NHAI, Materials departments will designate a special route for vehicles (Management corridor and During Early Vehicles Department Motor Vehicles delivering hazardous material. These vehicles will only and Handling) surrounding areas Operation Department. be harboured at designated parking lots. Rules, 1989. Stage. In case of spill of hazardous materials, the relevant i departments will be intimated at once to deal with it with the spill contingency plan. _ I g - - -- - - --------- Lea Associates 3 3 Enmnrmenta Managemen Plan - Padcge IV A Grand Tfunk Road hproement Pject 1.6 REPORTING ARRANGEMENTS The Monitoring and Evaluation of the management measures envisaged are critical activities in implementation of the Project. Monitoring involves periodic checking to ascertain whether activities are going according to the plans. It provides the necessary feedback for project management to keep the program on schedule. The rationale for a reporting system is based on accountabUlyto ensure that the measures proposed as part of the Environmental Management Plan get implemented in the project. The reporting system wil operate linearly with the contractor who is at the lowest rung of the implementetion system reporting to the Supervision Consultant, who in tum shall report to the PIU. All reporting by the contractor and Supervision Consultant shall be on a quarterly basis. The PIU shall be responsible for preparing targets for each of the identified EMAP activities. All subsequent reporting by the contractor shall be monitored as per these targets set by the PIU before the contractors move on to the site. The reporting by the Contractor will be a monthly report like report of progress on construction and will form the basis for monitoring by the PIU, either by its own Manager (Environment) or the Environmental Specialist hired by the Supervision Consultant. Desird Monitoring and Reporting Process and Resposibillties contrator Supervsion Consultant (SC: rd ko NHM (Cet) Wodd Bank otion No. Report to Desad~~vineefRepd I and Repoding Supervsio Repoalin to PIUJ FMel NFV C4m ReBo SouDesrdo Sbw N _ Iter o SC _zConialloe r Sue Trg Shee for EM PCI IR e TOne Time T__One rum_one time . One lime Reportg for EP PC2 ronghs ____Y _____ly QiF Y u, f Yealyv eoing for Tree PC3 r n_ __ _ ______ ______ 0rtel __u a R ullurel PWmperur M PC4 e Rt c MMh ouatn Oua Puadl 5o But R PCs Vlbpsf Ib Mrnh onhhY Qwater Quabej QUWW eocaion d Uily e. and c _____ _PC6Rs MDnhh MondilyQhO Qurev Quato r shad for EMP Wionaest o"o C2 Actions On Time __ _ One tme_ saglSet for 03 edubide Landscape Tie rumonme b e Onetim aret Shee fr C4 *j hxj r Ome Trme PM time ._ One__ time for EMP kC5 Target. On me F oqtnurhtWF n ___ F f Yawtv lbyd Yearly a mosf Acquisitkin j Land q W C7 DirOime mTi e Tim O Tu ne Time CS eion Te e Onn ime One rTu ene rTm rw___ C9 kdenicaon TOne rm r )neme Tm TnaOner O una _ _ __m_ s"up Work- cdo crme Ti Dme T amne TO e Tu ne r _ns oe __rum n_T As Per Pohllu as Pa pe C11 3oltiMLonitrng ii I schedule __ ______ R0en Roding at uTpnue C12 C.onalon Camp W^ J_ .___ Da0v _ _ ch 34 Enwronmental Management Plan - Packae IVA Grand TnmkRoadlmproement Proct World Bank Contractor Supervision Consultant (SC) Pro'ect hrneentaon N-M (Centre) WBa Staged F~ormat u Constru No. atn Implerentation Rport tol Water Required for C13 monstruaion Nee Neekty Monthly thly juartty dfr Yea ae Hag Yearsy Dust Suppresion at C14 Stock Yard Daiir Daily odhi Monthly bwErtr Haff ja Fff Yearly Dust Suppresnon at CIS Bonow Areas Daily Daily monthyy Monthly Ouarterby ji y Flf i Yearty Dust Suppresion at C16 QuarrvCmruw Sites Daiho Dailv Mon" Monthty Quartriav Yeart tHalf Yeadv Road Safety for Partia Closure of Two Lane Cit7 Carriayl One rime Daily Monhy Quarterty Chrterly tfYearly Ouarteri Half Yearly Road Safety at Detour rn Temporary C18 Divemsion 6lTime Daity Mode Qy tdalf Yeary QY t f summary itigationiEnhanoeme Ct19 ns Mt nightty 1Y Qluart erty Yb Irty Qrterly half Yearlr Enhancementlhaigaio n of Cutural C20 P f IY FyerY -!Y -Half Yeaft EnhanoementI1igatio C21 n of Waler Bodies h Fortnightl M iYe!t. Ouatedv. Yea,1 Enhancment of Road C22 Jurons v Fortr_nt_*_ r Quarterl Yearly arly Y Enl C23 of Bus Forthv Quabwb Qwtet Cuy Hd Yeaorl -Rep for Road C24 SWe Plartol1on y orbiliv Mn_t* ____r_ O_al fe Y_rly u tt Yeart lsuai Reportin d PAd Side C25 Lt.DC Qwwtr Qeady Ob HS Ye"y u t Repti for ed_laeat rif edeesteogmeunt of C~28 t_ _ _ *ly Y . QueresQ"b Quob H b H e Restoralon do of C29 CDsasio Sans l worit Qurbif aurw Qubrw Ylov Quw_r Ing Ybaf RDt of jiuwSur Reporting di wvwal Reportig for 03 Raed i SId Landcap __ __ __ _ _ YefS Q F[ 034 SMOLmxbmve As Per Podutim 04 Molbfio Mt o trig Plan IS_Nowndty Yeafty Yeaqd OQuara Note: Superon Consuttant vwould use th sam foat df the contactor to SC for Reporfing The formnats for the reporting of the various environmental issues through the various stages of the project Implementation are appended at the end of the Management Plan as Appendki 15. 1.7 INSTITUTIONAL ARRANGEMENTS The NHAI is responsible for implementation of all the miigation and management measure suggested n EMAP. The NHAI is also responsible for implementation the complete resettement and rehabilitation of all those affected by the project and is commited to ensure the income restoration of the project- affected and project-displaced famiies. 35 , Environmental Management Plan - Package IV A Grand Trunk Road Improvement Project The NHAI already has certain organizational and institutional capacity to be able to satisfactorily complete the implementation of the EMAP and RAP. The capacity was mainly created due to the requirements of implementing the Third National Highway project (TNHP). TNHP precedes the GTRIP, and the preparation and implementation of the RAP in GTRIP will benefit from that of the TNHP. The responsibilities of the NGO, the GRC and the District Level Committees is towards the irmplementation of RAP, However, for addressal of environmental issues the Manager (environment) at the PIU will interact with the NGO, the GRC and the District Level Committees. For details about the individual roles and responsibilities, refer to the section 10.2 of the Consolidated Environmental Assessment prepared for the project. 1.8 TRAINING The Environmental Unit at the NHAI headquarters and the PlUs, who would be responsible for the implementation of the. EMP, need to be trained on the effective implementation of the environmental issues. To ensure the success of the implementation set up proposed, there is a high requirement of training and skill upgradation. 1.8.1 TRAINING ALREADY PROPOSED UNDER TNHP As part of the TNHP, a training programme has been worked out incorporates the project needs as well as the intermediate-term capacity building needs of the NHAI. The programme consists of a number of training modules specific to target groups. The training would cover the basic principles and postulates of environmental assessment, mitigation plans and programmes (particularly the World Bank Operationa! Guidelines and National Policy Perspectives), implementation techniques, monitoring and management methods and tools. Looking into the potential requirements of each of the target groups, several training modules had been suggested as part of the TNHP. - Module l: Environmental Overview * Module Il: Environmental Regulations and Acts * Module Ill: Pollution * Module IV: Environmental Impact Assessment * Module V: Environmental management Plan * Module VI: Highway Projects and Environmental Issues M Module VIl: Environmental Issues in the Project Module VIII: The Environmental Management Plan for Highway Projects * Module IX: Environmentally Sound Construction Management * Module X: Planning for Environmentally Sustainable Operation of Highways * Module Xl: Long Term Environmental Issues in Highway Management 1.8.2 ADDITIONAL TRAINING The training under GTRIP has been devised taking into account the training already imparted under TNHP and the budgetary allocations. The training is focused on environmental issues related with road construction and both theoretical and practical aspects are covered. The Table 4 below gives the breakup of the proposed training under the GTRIP for various target groups: Table 4 Proposed training program under GTRIP _S. No. Target group Subject(s| Method Time Frame 1 1~~~3 working days; at All NHAI staff, Environmental Overview: Environmental 3 wongds at least 3 months before 1 , supervision consulants' Regulations, Highway retated provisions of Lectures the beginning of the Environmental various Acts, EIA notification, process and implementation of the Specialists rmethodology for EIA, EMPs and their use GTRIP __ .__ Y2C Lea Associates 36 z;_70 Envrronmental Management Plan - Package IV A Grand Trunk Road Improvement Project S. No. Target group Subject(s) Method Time Frame ~li anagrs (nv ~ Implementation of EMPs: NHAI (Ho & PIU), Basic features of an EMP, Planning, designing 3 working days; 2 Suprvison Cosultnts'and execution of environmental mitigation and Workshops and wokndas l Environmental enhancement measures, monitoring and Seminars onermon begins Spenvaironnta evaluation of environmental conditions- during construction begins Specialsts Iconstruction and operation Environmentally Sound Construction Practices: All Managers (Env,) @ Clean Highway construction technology, Alternative materials and techniques for NHAI (Ho & PIU), highways. Waste management and Seminars, 1 week, 3 Supenvironmental minimization in constrLuction, Pollution control Lectures and Just before the Spenialists,mContractors devices and methods for construction sites and Site visits beginning of st ff equipment. Environmental clauses in contract staft documents and their implications. Environmental monitoring during construction, Borrow ares & Construction camp management Monitoring Environmental Performnance All Managers (Env.) @ during Construction: NHAI (HQ & PIU), Air. Water and Noise Monitoring requirements Lectures, 2 days 1 4 Supervision Consultants' and techniques. Evaluation & Review of results. Workshops and During initial phases Environmental Performance indicators and their applicability, Site visits of construction Specialists corrective actions possible, reporting ___________________ requirements and mechanisms l Long-terrn Environmental Issues in Highway Management: Designing and implementing environmental surveys for ambient air, noise, biological and 3 days 5 All Managers (Env.) water quality surveys, data storage, retrieval Workshops and During NHAI (HQ & PIU) and analysis, contract documents and Seminars implementation of environmental clauses, Risk assessment and GTRIP management, contingency planning and management, Highways as assets- __________ management and value addition Short term forrnal training abroad: Environmental Impact Assessment- New 2 positions from all Methods and implications for highway projects, Seminars, Duration of the 6 Managers (Env.) @ modeling pollutant behaviour, cases may Workshops, site course (max. 3 NHAI (HQ & PIU) include implementation of EMPs and RAPs on visits months) similar projects-financed by the WB or other institutions. 1 position from all Full length formal training abroad: Formal Classes,Etrduainoth 7 Mngr(Ev) Environmental Assessment, Highway planning seminars, site Etr uaino h NHAI (HQ & PIU) and environment, infrastructure development visits course (I-2 years) NHAI (HO & PIU) and environmental implications, The cost for the entire training programme will be Rs.2.1 million which has been apportioned to the budget of each contract package equally. 1.8.3 Logistical Support Required The various items that need to be procured for the Environmental Unit are listed below: * The environment cell at the PIU will require a vehicle to inspect works on site. * Own equipments for pollution monitoring viz. noise meter, hand-held gas sensors, high volume samplers, water sampling kit etc. * The environmental cell at each PIU to be connected to the Documentation Unit at CNHAI by NHAI- wide LAN (WAN). * Adequate computing facilities to allow the documentation unit to be self-sufficient including the latest version of GIS software such as ARC Info, Mapinfo and Idrisi etc * All officials at the CNHAI to be provided their own PC, a common printer and an access to the Internet. In addition they should have access to one licensed copy of the latest version of the software useful for environmental wing. These could include Caline (for air pollution modelling from traffic pollution), Sound 32 (for traffic noise) and a fugacity-based model (for predicting the behaviour of volatile/hazardous material that might spill on the road). * A well-stocked library with books and manuals related to environmental impacts of infrastructure in general and roads in particular, would be an advantage. Lea Associates 37 Environmental Management Plan - Package IV A Grand Trunk Road Irnprovement Project 1.9 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PLAN The purpose of the monitoring programme is to ensure that the envisaged purpose of the project are achieved and result in desired benefits to-the target population. To ensure the effective imp!enentation of the EMP, it is essential that an effective monitoring programme be designed and carried out. The broad objectives are • To evaluate the performance of mitigation measures proposed in the EMP * To evaluate the adequacy of Environmental Impact Assessment * To suggest improvements in management plan, if required * To enhance environmental quality * To satisfy the legal and community obligations. 1.9.1 PERFORMANCE INDICATORS (PIS) The physical, biological and social components identified as of particular significance in affecting the environment at critical locations have been suggested as Performance Indicators (Pls), and are listed below. * Air quality w.r.t SPM, RSPM and CO * Water quality w.r.t DO,BOD and Coliform count. * Noise levels around sensitive locations. * Replantation success J survival rate * Erosion indices - Restoration of borrow pits - Sedimentation rate in the downstream where bridges, culverts, etc are built * Vital statistics on health * Accident frequency Following sub-sections describe each of these Pls in detail. 1.9.2 AMBIENT AIR QUALITY (AAQ) MONITORING Ambient air quality parameters recommended for road transportation developments are Respirable Particulate Matter (RPM), Suspended Particulate Matter (SPM), Carbon Monoxide (CO), Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx), Hydro-Carbons (HC), Sulphur Dioxide (SO2) and Lead (Pb). These are to be monitored at designated locations starting from the commencement of construction activity. Data should be generated over three days at all identified locations in accordance to the National Ambient Air Quality Standards. (Table 5) The location, duration and the pollution parameters to be monitored and the responsible institutional arrangements are detailed out in the Environmental Monitoring Plan (Table 8) Table 5 National Ambient Air Quality Standards Pollutants Time Sensitive Industrial Residential Method of measurement __ Weiqhted Area Area Rural &other Sulphur Dioxide (SO2) Annual' 15 jig/M3 80 ag/rm3 60 ,ug/r Improved West and Gaeke method 24 hours- 30 ua/m3 120 ua/m3 90 ualm3 Ultraviolet fluorescence Oxides of Nitrooen (No,) Annual& 15 ua/mr 80 hL.Um3 65 ual1m3 Jacob and Hochheiser ___ 24 hours- 30 ualm3 120 uIa/mL3 91 14ar3 Gas phase Chemiluminescence Carbon Monoxide (CO) 8 hours" 1000 5000 ultm3 2000 al/m3 Non dispersive infrared ______ ________ 1 hour 2000 1000 uam/m 4000 ua/m3 spectrascoppy Lead (Pb) Annual* 0_50 ,tg/m3 1.0 ,ug/rn3 0.75 jigIM3 AAS Method 24 hours after ____ __ _ _ 24 hours*' 0 75 g/m3 1 5jg/rn 1.00 uig/m3 sampling using EPM 20000 or 24 hours" 0.75 l.ig/rn 1.5 tLl3 10 gequivalent filter paper Respirable Particulate Annual' 50 ua/m3 120 aalm3 60 uo/m3 (RPM)- Size less then 10 24 hours" 75 jig/r3 150 jg/r3 100 pg/rn3 Lea Associates 38 Environmental Management Plan - Package IV A Grand Trunk Road Improvement Project Pollutants Time Sensitive Industrial Residential Method of measurernent Weiqhted _ Area Area Rural &other Suspended Particulate Annual* 70 La/m' 360 tale 140 ua/m3 Average flow rate not less than Matter (SPM) 24 hours" 100 Lta/rm 5Q0 oa/m3 200 UO/M3 1.1 cu.m / minute Sotuice Anon 1996-97 National Ambient Air Q6ality Monitoring Series NAQMS/a/I996-97, Central Pollution Contio Board, Delhi. 'Average Arithmetic mean of minimum 104 measurement in a year taken for a week 24 hourly at unitorm interval. **24 hourly/8 hourly values should meet 98 percent of the time in a year 1.9.3 WATER QUALITY MONITORING The physical and chemical parameters recommended for analysis of water quaEty relevant to road development projects are pH, total solids, total dissolved solids, total suspended solids, oil and grease, COD. chloride, lead, zinc and cadmium. The location, duration and the pollution parameters to be monitored and the responsible institutional arrangements are detailed in the Environmental Monitoring Plan (Table 8) The monitoring of the water quality is to be carried out at all identified locations in accordance to the Indian Standard Drinking Water Specification - IS 10500: 1991 (stated in Table 6) Table 6 Indian Standard Drinking Water Specification-IS 10500:1991 Permiissible St Substance or Requirement Undesirable Effect Linit in the Methods of No. Characteristic (Desirable Outside the Desirable Absenceof Test (Ret. To Remarks Limft) Limit Altemnate IS) Source Essential Characteristics 1 Colour, Hazen 5 Above 5, consumer 25 3025 (Part 4) Extended to 25 only if toxic units, Max. acceptance decreases 1983 substances are not suspected, in absence of altemate sources 2 Odour Unobjectionabl - 3025 (Parts a) Test cotd and when heated e 5):1984 b) Test at several dilutions 3 Taste Agreeable - 3025 (Part 7 Test to be conducted only and 8) after safety has been 1984 established 4 Turbidity NTU, 5 Above 5, consumer 10 3025 (Part 10) Max. acceptance decreases 1984 5 Ph Value 6.5 to 8.5 Beyond this range, the water No relaxation 3025 (Part 11) will affect the mucous 1984 membrane and/or water supply system 6 Total hardness 300 Encrustation in water supply 600 3025 (Part 21) (as CaCO.) structure and adverse 1983 MG/1, Max effects on domestic use 7 Iron (as Fe) 0.3 Beyond this limit 1 32 of 3025: mg/i, Max taste/appearance are 1964 affected, has adverse effect on domestic uses and water supply structures, and promotes iron bacteria 8 Chlorides (as Cl) 250 Beyond this limit, taste, 1000 3025 (Part mg/i, Max corrosion and palatibility are 32) affected 1988 9 Residual, free 0.2 - 3025 (Part 26) To be applicable only when chlorine, mg/i, 1986 water is chlorinated. Tested Min at consumer end. When protection against viral infection is required. it should be Mm 0.5 mg/i Desirable Characteristics 1 Dissolved solids 500 Beyond this palatabiliy 2000 3025 (Part 16) mg/i, Max decreases and may cause 1984 gastro intestinal irritation Lea Associates 39 Environmental Management Plan - Package IV A Grand Trunk Road Improvement Project 1 --- Permissible Si. Substance or Requirement Undesirable Effect Limit in the Methods of No. Characteristic (Desirable Outside the Desirable Absence of Test (Ref. To Remarks Linmit) Limit Alternate IS) Source 2 Calcium (as Ca) 75 Encrustation in water supply 200 3025 (Part 40) mg/1 Max structure and adverse 1991 effects on domestic use 3 Magnesium (as 30 Encrustation to water supply 100 16, 33, 34 of Mg), mg/l. Max structure and adverse IS 3025: 1964 effects on domestic use 4 Copper (as Cu) 0.05 Astringent taste, 1.5 36 of 3025: rmg/i, Max discoloration and corrosion 1964 of pipes, fitting and utensils I lwill be caused beyond this 5 Manganese (as 0.1 Beyond this limit 0.3 35 of 3025:- Mn) mg/l Max taste/appearance are 1964 affected, has adverse effects on domestic uses and water supply structures 6 Sulphate (as 200 200 Beyond this causes gastro 400 3025 (Part 24) May be extended up to 400 SO4) mg/l Max intestinal irritation when 1986 provided (as Mg) does not magnesium or sodium are exceed 30 present 7 Nitrate (as NO2) 45 Beyond this 100 3025 (Part 34) mg/i, Max methaemoglobinemia takes 1988 place 8 Fluoride (as F) 1 Fluoride may be kept as low 1.5 23 of 3025: mg/i, Max as possible. High fluoride 1964 may cause fluorosis 9 Phenolic 0.001 Beyond this, it may cause 0.002 54 of 3025:- compounds (As objectionable taste and 1964 C6HsOHI mg/i, odour Max 10 Mercury (as Hg) 0.001 Beyond this, the water No relaxation (see Note) To be tested when poliution is mg/i, Max becomes toxic Mercury ion suspected becomes toxic analyser 11 Cadmium (as 0.01 Beyond this, the water No relaxation (See note) To be tested when pollution is Cd), mg/i. Max becomes toxic suspected 12 Selenium (as 0.01 Beyond this, the water No relaxation 28 of 3025: To be tested when pollution is Se), mg/1, Max becomes toxic 1964 suspected 13 Arsenic (As As) 0.05 Beyond this, the water No relaxation 3025 (Part 37) To be tested when pollution is mgl/, max becomes toxic 1988 suspected 14 Cyanide (As 0.05 Beyond this limit, the water No relaxation 3025 (Part 27) To be tested when pollution is CN), mg/i, Max becomes toxic 1986 suspected 15 Lead (as Pb), 0.05 Beyond this limit, the water No relaxation (see note) To be tested when pollution is mg/i, Max becomes toxic suspected 16 Zinc (As Zn). 5 Beyond this limit it can 15 39 of 3025: To be tested when pollution is Mg/i, Max cause astringent taste and 1964) suspected an opalescence in water 17 Anionic 0.2 Beyond this limit it can 1 Methylene- To be tested when pollution is detergents (As cause a light froth in water blue extraction suspected MBAS) mg/I, method Max 1B Chromium (As 0.05 May be carcinogenic above No relaxation 38 of 3025: To be tested when pollution is Cr6-) mg/i, Max this limit 1964 suspected 19 Poly nuclear May be carcinogenic above aromatic this limit hydrocarbons (as PAH) gil, Max 20 Mineral oil mgl/, 0.01 Beyond this limit undesirable 0.03 Gas Max taste and odour after Chromatograp chlorination take place hic method 21 Pesticides mg/I, Absent Toxic 0.001 Max Lea Associates 40 Environmental Management Plan - Package IV A Grand Trunk Road Improvement Project - ,1- Perniissible Si. Sustance or Requirement Undesirable Effect Limit in the Methods of No. Characteristic (Desirable Outside the Desirable Absence of Test (Ref. To Remarks No. harateritic Limit) Limit Alternate IS) ____ ____ _ __ ____ ____ ____ __ { Source _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 22 Radioactive materials . 580of 3025:01964 23 a) Alpha emitters - 0.1 - Bq/1, Max 24 Beta emiters . 1 . pci/I, Max 25 Aluminum (as 200 Beyond this limit taste 600 13 of Al), mg/i, Max becomes unpleasant 3025:1964 26 Aluminum (as '0 03 Cumulative effect is reported 0.2 31 of 3025: Al), mg/i, Max to cause dementia 1964 27 Boron, mg/i, 1 5 29 of 302a: Max 1964 Source: Indian Standard Dnnkrng Water Speciricatfon-1S10500:1991 1.9.4 NOISE LEVELS MONITORING The measurements for monitoring noise levels would be carried out at all designated locations in accordance to the Ambient Noise Standards formulated by Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB) in 1989 (refer Table 7). Sound pressure levels would be monitored on twenty-four hour basis. Noise should be recorded at a 'A" weighted frequency using a " slow time response mode" of the measuring instrument. The location, duration and the noise pollution parameters to be monitored and the responsible institutional arrangements are detailed in the Environmental Monitoring Plan (Table 8). Table 7 Noise Level Standards (CPCB) Km. Noise level for Day Noise level for Time Leg d (A) Night Time d81Al Industrial area 75 70 Commercial area 65 55 Residential area 55 45 Silence zone 50 40 Day time - 6. 00 am - 9. 00 pm (15 hours) Night time - 9.00 pm - 6.00 am (9 hours) 1.10 MONITORING PLAN The monitoring plan for the various performance indicators of the project in the construction and operation stages is surmimarised in the Table 8. Lea Associates 41 Environmental Management Plan - Package IV A Grand Trunk Road Improvement Project Table 8 Environmental Monitoring Plan Envi Project MONITORING _ Institutional respons!pibility component Stage Parameters Special Guidance Standards Location (Chainage) Frequency Duration Implementation Supervision stage High volume sampler to be Air (Prevention Wherever the 3, 8-hr, samples RSPM, S02, located 50 m from The plant and Control of contractor decides to per day, once hotnours!o tor 1Conthrouhapporovd PnIUNeer N%, CO, in the downwind direction. Pollution) locate the Hot mix every' season for wor/o orin day l monthorigh agpoencygiee HC ~~Use method specified by Rules, CPCB, pat3 yearswokndamnirnggec located 40 m from the plant and Control of Stretch of the road 3 samples per Continuous 24 Contractor SPM, RSPM in the downwind direction. Pollution) whe're construction Is day, once every hours! or for 1 full through approved PIU, NHAIV Use method specified by Rules, CPCB, in progress site month for 3 years working day monitoring agency Engineer CPCB for analysis 1994 (i) Start of the corrdor @ km. 317.400 (ii) At toll plaza on the Air VRM bypass @ km. 11.000 3 samples per (iii) Extension of day, once every Air (Prevention Mughalsarai at the alternate years Operation RSPM, 2. High Volume Sampler to be and Control of end of VRM bypass § upto 2006, then Cniuu 4PU HINA Operation RSPM, O, located at 15 m from the Pollution) km. 23.500 every thir year Cotuus 24 PIU, NHAI NHAI stage NO, CO, edge of pavement Rules, CPCB, (iv) Chandauli town @ until 2015 and Pb, HC 1994 km. 30.700 then every 5th (v) On Saidraja year until 2025 at bypass @ km. 39.500 7 locations (vi) Karmnasha village @ km. 48.000 (vii) Durgavati village _______________ @~ km. 58.000 _- pH, BOD, Grab sample collected from (i) River Karmnasa @ COD, TDS, source and analyse as per Water qualit m 4.0 Once every year Contractor PIU, NHAII Consrucion TSS, O tnadMtosfr tnad yk.4.0 for 3 years at 2 through approved Engi'neer stage Oil & Examination of Water and CPCBstandrs km. 57.600 locations monitoring agency Grease and Wastewater k.5.0 ______ ______ Pb._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ End of summer before the onset Water of monsoon Ouality pH, Grab sample collected from (i) River Karmnasa Q every alternate Operatin . BOD,COD,T source and analyse as per Water quality km. 47.00 year until 2006, stagerb DOS,TSS, Standard Methods for standards by ) River Durgavati NHAI NHAI DO, Pb, Oil Examination of Water and CPCB km. 57.600 year until 2015 and Grease Wastewater and then every fifth year upto 2025 at 2 42 Environmental Management Plan - Package IV A Grand Trunk Road Improvernent Project Envl Project ____ _ _ MONITORING _ __ _ Institutional-responsib ily component Stage Parameters Special Guidance | Standards | Location (Chainage) _Frequenc Duration Implementation Supervision Frefedat 1 m from the Readings to be Noise levels equipment whose noise Noise As and then taken at 15 seconds Contractor Er NHAI on dB (A) lrevel fieldigsadrsb teqimn adeesr interval for 15 through approved Egne scale determined CPstndard b Ateupntyrsecsryminutes every hour monitoring agency Egne Construction ca determined and then averaged. __. _ __ _ stage Equivalent noise levels Once every four Readings to be Noiseleves usig anintegatednoise Nois As drectd bIthe oncehver four3 taken at IS5 seconds Contractor PIU NHAI/ ois Alevel vel meter kept at n se As directed b bythe monts fo 3 interval for 15 through approved onsca)llve mestaner kep at aro standardsby Engineer years at 7 minutes every hour monitoring agency Egne Noise levels pavement locations and then averaged. Once every alternate year Equivalent noise levels (i) Start of the corridor until 2006, then Readings to be Contractor Operation Noise levels using an integrated noise Noise @ km. 317/150(ii) In every third year taken at 15 seconds thrh aEin Operation on dB (A) level meter kept at a standards by Chandauli @ km. untg 2015 and interval for 15 aproug an ngieer, scale distance of 15 from edge of CPCB 30/700(iii) Durgawati then every 5th minutes every hour monitoring agency pavement village @ km. 581000 year until 2025 at and then averaged. 3 locations Threshold for each At productive each Sample of soil collected to contaminant At pcrducturalivle Ax of t Contractor Monitoring acidified and analysed set by IRIS agriultuigralf ladetus Ma fthrough an Engineer, Construction of Pb, Cr, using absorptidatabase of labung dvours ocations for eachapproved stage ofn asrpinUSEPA until and traffic diversions, of the 3 years mpponitrin agencyHA Cd spectrophotometry national to be identified by the monitoring agency standards are Engineer promulgated. Soil ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~Threshold for each Monitorin Sample o soil colected to contaminant At accident I spill A e h HI hog n NA Mongring Sampe o soi colecte to set by IRIS locations involving occuerrence ofAI,approved a NA Operation of heavy acidified and analysed database of bulk transport carrying sc i,rNncient mppon ge stage metals, oil using absorption USEPA until hazardous materials and grease spectruphotometry national standards are ~~~~~~~~~~~~~ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ._ _. _ _ _ _ p r o m u l g a t 7Ce d . As laid out in Pre- Monitoring It should be ensured that dDuring the felling Forest PU NA Construction of felling of only those trees that are Design for the Alaonthcridr ftes prmntIJ,NA Stage trees marked are felled. rIect ________ Road side ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~The survival plantation Survival rate The number of trees rate should be A oain fEeyya o planttion Operation of trees surviving during each visit at least 70% compensationsovry years fr NHAI NHAI stage Suessof should be compared with below which patto vegetation number of saplings planted~ replantation patto 43 y Environmental Management Plan - Package IV A Grand Trunk Road Improvement Project 1.11 BILL OF QUANTITIES 1.11.1 SPECIFIC ENHANCEMENT SITES The specific enhancement sites selected from the field survey have been treated with a view to retain their unique character while allowing the road-user to identify the continuum along the Grand Trunk Road. The enhancements have been based on certain common elements, which have been used throughout all the packages of the GTRIP. Based on the treatment envisaged, Eills of Quantities of various items have been prepared for each site. The Table 9 summarizes the various quantities for package IV A and can be used in conjunction with the dravwngs for construction on site. Table 9 Summary Bill of Quantities for Specific enhancement locations S. No. Description |unit I Qty. S. No. Description Unit Qty. Chainage 41.600 11 Debonix & salix Nos 124 1 Paving type 4 Sqm | 780.63 12 Shrubs Nos 120 2 Brick pitching Sqm 2100 13 Azadirachta indica Nos 44 3 P.C.C. (M 20) Cum 19.8 14 Tall shrubs Nos 44 4 Railing Rm 100 15 Magnifora Nos 7' 5 Tree sitting Nos 1 16 Parking Nos 2 6 Washing ghat Nos 1 Chainage 48.800 7 Neem Nos 21 1 Brick paving T-4 Sqm 235 8 Tamarind Nos 21 2 Brick paving type 2 Sqm 205 9 Bottle Brush Nos 66 3 Shrubs Nos 36 Chainage 25.600 4 Delonix /salix Nos 19 1 Paving type 4 Sqm 716.695 5 Magnifera indica Nos 15 2 Paving type 2 Sqm 95 6 Tree setting T-6 Nos 1 3 Stone pitching Sqm 980 7 P.C.C. (M 20) Cum 33 4 Azadirachta indica Nos 23 Chainage 25.800 5 Magnifera indica 05 23 ~1 Brick Paving T-4 Sqm -724 5 Magnif era indica Nos 23 2 Brick pitching Sqm 1432 6 Secia ixore Nos 97 3 Washing ghat Nos 7 Debonix region Nos 47 4 Parking Nos 1 8 P.C.C. (M 20) cu.m. 60.876 5 Shrubs Nos 88 Chainage 317.450 6 Amiatas tree Nos 48 1 Paving type 4 Sqm 237.7 7 Turfing Sqm 882 2 Paving type 2 Sqm 80.84 8 Canopy Nos 1 3 Brick edging Rm 32 9 P.C.C. (M 20) Cum 54,3 4 Turfing Sqm 338.08 Chainage 28.300 5 Shrubs Nos 56 1 Brick Paving T-4 Sqm 1611.6 6 Azadarchita indica Nos 1 0 2 Paving type 2 Sqm 374 7 Tall Shurbs Nos 12 3 Turfing Sqm 1583 8 Sitting type2 Nos 1 4 Brick pitching Sqm 2173 9 Sitting type7 Nos 1 5 Washing ghat Nos | 1 D P-C.C. (M 20) Cum 23.8905 6 Neem Nos 13 Chainage 32.300 7 Gulmohar Nos 13 1 Paving type 4 Sqm 1138.2 8 Sax Nos 13 2 Excavation Cum 21 9 PCC.(M20) Cum 148.92 3 P.C.C Cum 11.88 Chainage 23.700 1 Brick Paving T-4 Sqm 436.96 5 Brick work Cum 13.92 2 Tree sitting type 2 _ Sqm 2 6 Pavingtype 2 Sqm 196 3 Treesittingtype 7 Nos 2 7 Plaster Sqm | 80.64 4 Planter Nos 40 8 Steelt Kg 2800 S Neem Nos 15 9 Turfing Sqm 2003.7 6 Gulmohar Nos 15 10 P.C.C.(M 20) Cum 100.065 7 | P.( )C | 3 7 P.C. C. M20cum I . 44 L77 Environmental Management Plan - Package IV A Grand Trunk Road Improvement Project S. No. Description Unit Cty. S. No. Description Unit Qty. Chainage 49.700 9 Salix Nos 19 1 Brick Paving T-4 Sqm 1124 10 Amiatas Nos 19 2 Brick pitching Sqm 1148 11 Turfing Sqm 361 3 Washing ghat Nos 1 1 2 P.C.C. (M 20) Cum 9765 4 Neem Nos 48 Chainage NAUBATPUR Bypass 5 Flowering bed Sqm 718| 1 Paving type 2 Sqm 50.961 6 Parkinc Nos I1 2 Paving type 3 Sqm 15003.68 7 P.C C (M 20) Cum 84.3 3 Turfing Sqm 795.6 Chaina e 9.500 4 Parking Nos 1.0o 1 Brick pitching Sqm 2199 5 Arjuna Nos 15.00 2 Parking Nos 1 6 Gulmohar Nos 15 00 3 Paving type 2 Sqrr, 1302 7 Azardirachta Nos 7 00 4 Azardica indica Nos 82 8 Tamanndus Nos 7 00 5 Tamarindus indica Nos 82 9 Enerthemum Nos 150 00, 6 Tree sitting type 6 Nos 1 10 Hibiscus Shrubs Nos 256.00 7 j Washing ghat Nos 1 11 P.C.C. Cum 79.098 8 Gulmohar Nos 19 1.11.2 TYPICAL ENHANCEMENT ELEMENTS The typical mitigation/enhancement designs were prepared using information collected during the field visit with a view to allow the local communities and the road-users to enjoy the benefit of a better corridor of movement while ensuring their safety. An additional aim was to try and mitigate the potential negative impacts of the development of a wider, high-speed corridor on the host communities. All the designs created are attached with each Environmental Management Plan. Each corridor uses only a portion of all the designs created. The environmental management plan has referred to the particular drawing to be used for each package for environmental mitigation/enhancement. Other details of locations are available in the relevant appendices. The Table 10 below gives the quantities for the typical designs: Table 10 Bill of Quantities for Typical enhancement elements NSi., t Item Unit Quantity No. Item Unit Quantity Drawing T-1, Dog leg for access restriction 2 P. C. C. (1:3:6) Cu. m. 4.50 1 Excavation Cu. m. 3.67 3 P.C. C. (1:2:4) Cu. m. 5.40 2 P.C.C. (M 20) Cu. m. 0.78 4 Plaster Sq. m. 126.00 3 Brick bats Cu. m. T040 Drawing T-7, Barrier to prevent garbage dumping 4 Brickwork Cu. m. 403 1 Excavation Cu. m. 508.50 5 Cement tiles Sq. m. 2.26 2 Filling . Cu. m. 161.50 6 Plastering Sq. m. 20.48 3 Brickwork Cu. m 630.61 7 P.C.C. (M 20) Cu. m. 0.13 4 F. C. C. (M 20) Cu. m. 113.89 Drawing T-2, Ramped Access 5 Soil for vegetation Cu. m.'| 37.26 1 Excavation Cu. M. 5.25 6 R. C. C. Cu. m. 20.48 2 P. C. C. (M 20) | Cu. m. 2.97 7 Cement tiles Cu. m. 538.50 3 Cement Tiles | Sq. m. 20 8 Rammed Brickbats Cu m 536.50 4 Hume Pipe (0.9 m. C) No. (3.5 1 9 25mm 0 pipe m. 62.63 l_____ l__________________ | m long) _ Drawing T-8, Handpump Type - 1 Drawing T-4, Sedimentation Chamber 1 Excavation Cu. m. 2.65 I1 Excavation Cu. m. 27.24 2 P. C. C. Cu. m. 1.57 2 K__ P.C.C. Cu.m. 1.54 3 R. C.C. Cum. | 0.11 3 R C C. Cu. m. B.18 4 Brickwork Cu. m. 0.94 4 Iron rungs No, 7 5 Plaster Sq. m. 6.28 5 Plaster Sq. m. 2.44 6 P. V. C. pipe m. 1.0 6 C. I. Pipe (0.9 m. 0) I No. 1 7 1Aggregate (12mm) Cu. m. 0.30 7 R. C. C. pipe (0.9 m. 0) No. 1 8 IGeosynthetic Fabric Sq. m. 0.94 Drawing T45, Cascade (10 m wide) Drawing T-9 (i), Handpump Type - 2 1 t Brickwork | Cu. m. 27.00 1 Excavation Cu. m. 1.49 45 Environmental Management Plan - Package IV A Grand Trunk Road improvement Project SF. No. Item Unit Quantity S.Item Unitj Quantity ~2 N- P, C. C Cu.M. 1.49 3No P. C. C. (M 15) Cu.M. 0.55 3 Brickwork Cu. 0.56 -4 Brclwork Cu. M. 6.32 ~4 Plaster Sq. m. 8.54 5 Earth filling Cu. M. 9.18 DangT-9 (ii), Handpurmp Type - 6 Plaster ISq. m. 9.13 1 Excavation ___Cu. M. 1.86 7 Brick Paving Sm. 8.60 2 P. C. C. Cu. M. 1.66 Drawing T-20 (i), Seating type T-6 ___ 3 Brickwork Cu. M. 0.52 1 Excavation Cu. M. 24.03 4 Plaster Sq. M 17.2 2 P. C. C. (M 20) Cu. M. I16,59 Drawing T-12, Simple Seating _____ 3 Brickwork cu. M 15.91 1 JExcavation 1Cu. m. 0.55 4 P. C. C. (M 15) Cu. M. 0.30 2 P. C.C, Cu.M. 0.14 5 Earth filling Cu.M. 10,13 3 Brickwork Cu. M. 0.63 6 Pla~ster Sq. m. 14~53 4 Plaster Sq M. 2.22 Drawing T-20 (ii), Seating type T-6 _____Stone slab (25 mm th.) Sq. m. 0.96 Li -EcvtonCum. 73 Drawing T-14, Oil Interceptor 2 P. C. C. (M 20) Cu.M. 2.43 1 Excavation Cu. M. 57~54 3 Brickwork Cu. M. 10.04 2 jP. C. C. (1:3:6) Cu. M. 2.05 4 P. C. C. (M 15) Cu. M. 0.55 3 R.C.C, Cu. M. 11.82 5 Earth filling Cu. M. 5.41 4 M. S. pipe Kg 16 6 1Plaster Sq. m. 9.54 5 Manhole cover (1 .3x0.7) No. 1 Drawing T-21, Seating type T-7 6 Manhole cover No. I 1I Excavation Cu. mn- 1229 ____(1 .6ii.775) 2 P. C. C. (M 20) Cu. M. 2.64 7 Gravel Cu m. 1.72 ~~ ~~~~~~~~~~3 Brckwork Cu. M. 110.73 8 Sand Cu.M. 0.99 4 P. C. C. (M 1) Cu.M, 1,14 9 Ge-osynthetic fabric Sq. m. 1.39 5 Earth filling Cu. M. 6,00 Drawing T-15, Planter detail (for 10 sq. m.) _____ 6 PatrS.m 13 1 Excavation Cu. M. 4.66 Dravvng T-22, Well Shaft touching ditch ____ 2 jP. C.C. Cu.M. 0.75 1 P. C. C. (M15) Cu.M. 2.49 3 JCement Tiles Sq. m. 10.00 2 jP. C. C. (M 20) Cu. M. 0.38 4 Kerbstone No. 20 3 Brickwork Cu. M. 4.25 5 Earth filling Cu. M. 4.00 4 Plaster Sq. m. 46.79 Drawing T-16, Gabion Box Structure ____ Earth filling Cu. M. 5.0 1 Random Stone [Cu m. 6 .35 6 [ ..se090 o 2 Natural Soil [Cu. M. j0.85 OrawingT-23A & T-23B ________ 3 Wire Mesh box Sq. m. 6.40 1 P. C. C. (M 15) Cu. M. 0.77 Drawing T-17, Silt fencing (unit as per sketch) 2 P. C. C. (M 20) Cu. M. 0.16 1 Angles (25x25x3 mm) M. 4.43 3 Brickwor Cu. M. 303 2 Geosynthetic fabric Sq. m. 1.85 4 Plaster Sq. M. 20.70 3 Supportinig mesh Sq. m. 2.00 5 Gravel/Debric Cu M, 5,17 5 Binding wire Kg 0.25 7 Design Retaining wall No. 1~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~g 0257 esgnReaiin wll N Drawing T-18 ('i. Seating type T-1 ____Drawing T-24, Recharging pit for urban drain ____ I Excavation Cu. M. 20.90 1 Excavation fCu. M. 0.57 2 P C. C. (M 20) Cu. M. 3.89 2 P. C. C. (M 15) Cu. M. 0.37 3 P. C. C. (M 15) Cu. M. 2.65 3 Brickwork Cu. M, 1.32 4 Brickvwork Cu. M 15.96 4 Plaster ___Sq. m. 10.61 5 Earth filling Cu. M- 10.84 5 Aggregate Cu. M. 0.57 6 Plaster Sq. m. 1 5.18 6 1Geosynthetic fabric Sq. M. 7.54 Drawing T-18 (ii), Seating type T-2 _____ Drawing T-25, Washing platform ____ tl Excavation Cu. M. 14.65 1 Exaation Cu. M. 98 2 P. C.C, (M 20) Cu. M. 3.29 2 P. C. C. (MiS5) Cu. M. 2.56 P.C, C. (M 15) Cu.M. 1.35 3 R. C. C. Cu.M. 2.47 4 Brickwork Cu. M. 13.96 4 Stone Masonry Cu. M. 7.42 5 Plaster Sq. M. 10.54 Drawing T-26, Oil Interceptor for parking areas, etc. 6 Earth filling Cu. m. 12.20 1 Excavabon Cu. M. 0.47 7 Brick paving Sq. m. 8.32 P. C. C. (M 15) Cu. M. 0.49 Drawing T-19, Seating type T-3 3 Brickwork Cu. M. 0.40 ii - Excavation Cu. mn. .5.20 4 Plaster Sq. M. 2.34 L2 P. C C. (M 20) [um713 ie01m)m 5 Pipe (0. I mO) M. D.~~~~~ ur2 46 L7 Environmental Management Plan - Package IV A Grand Trunk Road Improvement Project No. Item Unit Quantity Si. Item Unit Quantity 6 Lid (M S. - 5 mm th.) No. 1 3 Length of railng m. 10 Drawing T-27, Typical paving with cement tiles(1O M2) Drawing T-31, Canopy I Excavation - Cu. m. 0.75 1 Excavation [ Cu. m. 38.88 2 P.C C Cum. M 0.75 2 P.C.C. Cu.m 4.62 3 Tiies Sq. m. 10 3 R. C. C. Cu m. 19.87 Drawing T-28, Railing 4 Floonng Sq. m. 25.0 1 | Excavation Cu. m. 0.13 5 Plaster Sq. m. 20.16 2 | P C C Cu. m. 0.13 6 Steel Kg 700 1.12 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT- BUDGET The environmental budget for the various environmental management measures proposed in the EMPF is detailed in Table 11. There are several other environmental issues that have been addressed as part of good engineering practices, the costs for which have been accounted for in the Engineering Costs. 47= GC7A 47 Enwivonniental Maniagenenrit Plani - Package IV A ___________ _Grand Trmnk Road Imnprovement Project Table 11 Environmental Budget for Contract Package IV A COMPONE NT |_ STAGE ITEM Unit Unit Cost (Rs) QUANTITY I Total Cost (INR) Mitigation I Enhancement costs Construction Dust Management with sprinkling of water, covers fori Km 30,000 76.1 Covered in Engineering Air vehicles transporting construction material Costs 0 eration Facilities/Arrangement for vehicular exhaust monitoring No. 3,00,000 1 300,000 IRelocation/E nha ncement of HandpumDs Handpump type 1 No. 25.000 _ 3 75.000 Handpump type 2 No. 3 500 1 _ _. . ____ 3.500 Hre-Consiruclion 1andpump type 3 _ No. 3.500 1 3,500 Pr-Cntrcio rotection/Enhancement measures for vrells__l Water Wy_t_pe A No. 30,000 4 120.000 Well type B No. 27,000 12 324,000 Well Iype C No. 30,000 10 300.000 Silt Fencing (20 m long) No. of location 7,400 20 148,000 Construction Oil Interceptors at Vehicle parking areas No. 2.000 2 4.000 Oil Interceptor No. 32,000 24 768.000 Recharge pits under Urban Drains No. 19.000 36 684,000 Soil Construction Turfing/Pitching sq. m. 5 Covered in Enginee ng costs Operation Redevelopment of Borrow areas sq. m. 150 60,052 9.007,812 Construction Double Glazing of windows at Sensitive receptors sq. m. 1.400 186.1 260.540 Barriers for reducing noise levels at sensitive receptor 5 Noise locations and raising of boundary walls 5_000 709 3_545 000 Operation Plantation for vegetative screening at sensitive receptors upto a distance of 100m on either side of the structure ha 63,200 1.0475 66,202 .__________________ vwithin the RoW. ______.___ Pre-Construclion Relocation of Shrines, Temples, etc. No. 100,000 9 900,000 Provision for seating paving and/or enclosure as applic ble Cultural Properties Paving around shrnes not specifically enhanced sq. m. 520 802 417,040 s Construction -Fencing around shrines not specifically enhanced M 1 819 1,228.500 Specific enhancement measures along 4A (details for Sum total individual sites as per specific drawings) ____Sum_total_9450761.05 Flora Pre-Construction Transplantation No, 5,000 100 500,000 Construction Putting up of barbed wire fence along the outer edges of the m. 54 124260 6,710,040 (slaggered to follow RoW .....___ ___ . __ civil works) Compensatory plantation @ 2 trees for each felled No. 75 30400 2,280,000 Landscaping along the highway using specified tree species No. 75 20133 1.509,975 Tree guard for trees in the first row @ 12 m c/c No. 1,100 6108 6,718,800 Median Plantation No. 35 35367 1 237,845 Landscaping at T-junctions along the highway No. 6,000 2 12,000 ,Landscaping at Y-junctions along the highway No. 11,500 12 138.000 48Iw o 48 Environmental Management Plan - Package IV A ________Grand Trunk Road Improvement Project COMPONENT STAGE ITEM Unit Unit Cost (Rs) QUANTITY Total Cost (INR) _ ___________ __ Landscaping at X-junctions along the highway No. 12,000 2 24.000 Demarcating borrow areas clearly using fencing if needed m. 54 as required Cosis Construction Cot _ Miscellaneous informalory signs and others L.S 100,000 100 000 Provision of an improvised dog-leg arrangement to prevent No. 15,000 1 15,000 S f R~~~~~~~~~~uick access on to the NH... Safety Provision of crash barriers near locally important structures m 2,500 40 100.000 Operation Provision for Bus-stop No. 2,25.000 17 Coveted n Engi Provision of Hoarding/Posters at Construction camps & Truck lay bys and Provision of health checks at construction No. 1,20.000 2 240,000 ._________________ .._________________ .__________ (A) Mitigation I Enhancernent Costs 47,191,616 Monitoring costs Monitoring near all hot mix plant locations approved by the No. of Samples . 3, 8-hr, samples per day, once every 135,000 Construction Engineer__ _ _ _ _ ___ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Monitoring at construction sites in tandem with construction No. of Samples 5,000 3 samples per day, once every month 540,000 Air 3 samples per day. once every alternate year upto 2006, then every Operation At sensitive receptors specified in the monitoring plan No. of Samples 5,000 third year until 2015 and then every 210.000 fifth year until 2025 at 7 locations (=42) Construction (i) River Karmnasha @ km. 47/000(ii) River Durgavati @ No. of Samples 5,000 Once every year for 3 years at 2 30,000 ______ _____ _____ km. 57/600 __ _ _ _ _ _locations_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ End of summer before the onset of Water Quality ()RvrKrnsa~k.4/0(i ie ugvt monsoon every altemate year until 'Operation (i) River Karmnasha 56 km. 47/00(ii) River Durgavati t No. of Samples 5.000 2006, then every third year upto 2015 60.000 km. 571600 and then every 5th year until 2025 at 2 ___________ ________________ locations (=12) _(=12) At equipment _ards No. of Samples 4,000 As and when necessary (36 samples) 144,000 Construction Asdrce yteEgne o fSmls400Once every four months for 3 years at 252.000 Noise Constr As directed by the Engineer No. of Samples 4.000 7 locations max. ("63) 252.00C__7c s Noise Once every alternate year until 2006, Operation (i) Start of the corridor @ km. 317/150(ii) In Chandauli @ No. of Samples 4,000 then every tfitrhd year until 2025 at 372,000 Operation km. 301700(iii) Durgawati village @ km. 561000 then every third year until 2015 and 7200 locations (=1B) Costuco At productive agricultural lands abutting traffic detours and K f Sam tes 6,000 Max of 7 locations for each of the 3 108 000 Soii Constructon traffic diversions, to be identified by the Engineer years _ Operation hAt accident / spill locations involving bulk transport carrying No of Samples 6,000 At Seven locations (assumed) 42,000 Operation_______hazardous materialsNoofSnpe600AtSvnlcins(sud)40D Pre-Construction All along the corridor L.S 25,000 25,000 Flora Operation At locations of compensatory plantation L.S 25.000 per year At locations of compensato 49 e .=CmZ7t En vironmental Management Plan - Package IV A Grand Trunk Road Improvement Project COMPONENT STAGE |ITEM | Unit |Unit cost (Rs) |QUANTITl Total Cost (INR) Training & Mobilisation Costs Training & Construction and S Portion of total cost Mobilisation Costs Operation As per modules developed for the GTRIP L. of training 30000 Facilities and Construction and 1 monitoring kit for air, water and Operation As worked out in the logistical support requirement L.S 200,000 noise, 1 Coputer with printer200,000 Erection of hoardings indicating the RoW availability and N 2,000 77 154,0 Advocacy and policy legal charges for encroachment making for operation Holding meetings for policy planning and subsequent prevention of Ribbon P review meetings with all stakeholders like the Revenue g meetings in the first three years and development Department, local elected representatives, town-planning No. 5,000 subsequent review meetings every 100,000 authorities, NHAI, local NGOs, etc. year(=20) (B) Monitoring and Training Costs 2,447,000 Total Costs (A+B) 49,638,516 .___________ _______________ _Contingency @ 6% 2,481,926 . . _TOTAL BUDGETED COSTS CO52,100,000 Note 1: The provision for vehicle for monitoring will be made from contingency fund for the EMP implementation 50 Environmental Management Plan - Package IV A Grand Trunk Road Improvement Project 1.13 SPECIFICATIONS FOR ENVIRONMENTAL ENHANCEMENT WORKS 1.13.1 JUNGLE CLEARANCE Jungle clearance shall comprise uprooting of rank vegetation, grass, brushwood, shrubs, stumps, trees and saplings of girth upto 30 cm measured at a height of one metre above the ground level. Where only clearance of grass is involved it shall be measured and paid for separately. Uprooting of vegetation The roots of trees and saplings shall be removed to a depth of 60 cm below ground level or 30 cm below formation level or 15 cm below sub grade level, whichever is lower. All holes or hollows formed due to removal of roots shall be filled up with earth rammed and levelled. Trees, shrubs, poles, fences, signs, monuments, pipe lines, cable etc. within or adjacent to the area which are not required to be disturbed during jungle clearance shall be properly pro'ected by the contractor at his own cost and nothing extra shall be payable. Stacking and disposal All useful materials obtained from clearing and grubbing operation shall be stacked in the manner as directed by the Engineer. Trunks and branches of trees shall be cleared of limbs and tops and stacked neatly at places indicated by the Engineer-in-Charge. The materials shall be the property of the Government. All unserviceable materials, which in the opinion of the Engineer cannot be used or auctioned, shall be removed up to a distance of 50 m outside the periphery of the area under clearance. It shall be ensured by the contractor that unserviceable materials are disposed off in such a manner that there is on likelihood of getting mixed up with the materials meant for construction. 1.13.2 FELLING TREES Felling: While clearing jungle, growth trees above 30 cm girth (measured at a height of one metre above ground level) to be cut, shall be approved by the Engineer-in-Charge and then marked at site. Felling trees shall include taking out roots up to 60 cm below ground level or 30 cm below formation level or 15 cm below sub-grade level, whichever is lower. All excavations below general ground level arising out of the removal of trees, stumps etc. shall be filled with suitable material in 20 cm layers and compacted thoroughly so that the surface at these points conform to the surrounding area. The trunks and branches of trees shall be cleared of limbs and tops and cut into suitable pieces as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge. Stacking and Disposal: Wood, branches, twigs of trees and other useful material shall be the property of the Government. The serviceable materials shall be stacked in the manner as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge up to a lead of 50 m. All unserviceable material, which in the opinion of Engineer- in-Charge cannot be used or auctioned shall be removed from the area and disposed off as per the directions of the Engineer-in-Charge. Care shall be taken to see that unsuitable waste materials are disposed off in such a manner that there is no likelihood of these getting mixed up with the materials meant for construction. 1.1 3.3 EARTHWORK Excavation in all kinds of soil All Excavation operation shall include excavation and getting out the excavation materials. In case of excavation for trenches 'getting out' shall include throwing the excavated materials at a distance of at least one meter or half the depth of excavation, whichever is clearer off the edge of excavation. During the excavation the natural drainage of the area shall be maintained. Excavation shall be done from top to bottom. Under mining or under cutting shall not be done. Lo Aseial..es 51 Environmental Management Plan - Package IV A Grand Trunk Road Improvement Project The excavation shall-be done true to levels, slope shape & pattern indicated by the engineer in change. 1.13.4 FILLING Lumps & clods exceeding 8 cm in any direction shall be broken. Each layer shall be watered and consolidated with steel rammer or- 1/2 tonne roller. Where specified every third & top most layer shall also be consolidated with power roller of minimum 8 tones. The Top & sides of the filling shall be neatly raised. The contractor shall make good all subsidence & shrinkage in each filling embankments traverses etc. during execution and fill the completion of works. 1.13.5 DAMP PROOF COURSE Cement Concrete Layer This shall consist of cement concrete of specified proportions and thickness. The surface of brick or stone masonry work shall be levelled and prepared before laying the cement concrete. Edge of damp proof course shall be straight, even and vertical. Side shuttering shall consist of steel formns and shall be strong and properly fixed so that it does not get disturbed during compaction and the mortar does not leak through. The concrete mix shall be of workable consistency and shall be tamped thoroughly to make a dense mass. When the sides are removed, the surface should come out smooth without honeycombing. Continuity shall be maintained while laying the cement concrete layer and laying shall be terminated only at the predetermined location where damp proof course is to be discontinued. There shall be no construction joint in the Damp Proof Course. Curing Damp proof course shall be cured for at least seven days, after which it shall be allowed to dry. Application of Hot Bitumen Where so directed, hot bitumen in specified quantity shall be applied over the dried up surface of cement concrete, properly cleaned with brushes and finally with a piece of cloth soaked in kerosene oil. Bitumen of penetration A 90 or equivalent where used shall be heated to a temperature of 1600 + 50C. The hot bitumen shall be applied uniformly all over, so that no blank spaces are left anywhere. It will be paid for separately. Water Proofing Materials Where so specified, waterproofing material of approved quality shall be added to the concrete mixture in accordance with the manufacture's specifications stating the quantity of water proofing material in litres or kg per 50 kg or cement and will be paid for separately. 1.13.6 BRICKS WORK Bricks Used in the Masonry may be of the following type Common burnt clay bricks: Shall be hand moulded or machine moulded. They shall be free from nodules of free lime, visible cracks, flaws warpage and organic matter, have a frog 100 mm in length 40 mm in width and 10 mm to 20mm deep on one of its flat sides. Bricks made by extrusion process and brick tiles may not be provided with frogs. Each brick shall be marked (in the frog where provided) with the manufacturer's identification mark or initials. Dimensions: Brick sizes will as per standard engineering practices followed in the states of UP & Bihar. The bricks shall have smooth rectangular faces with sharp corner and shall be uniform in colour and emit clear ringing sound when struck. Water absorption: The average water absorption of bricks when tested shall be not more than 20% by weight. I 52 A`c1jaf_. 52 0 Environmental Management Plan - Package IV A Grand Trunk Road Impro vement Project Efflorescence: The rating of efflorescence of bricks when tested shall be not more than moderate. Brick Work Classification: The brickwork shall be classified according to the class designation of bricks used. Mortar: The mortar for the brickwork shall be as specified, and conform to accepted standards. Lime shall not be used where reinforcement is provided in brickwork. Soaking of Bricks: Bricks shall be soaked in water before use for period for the water to just penetrate the whole depth of the bricks. Alternatively bricks may be adequately soaked in stacks by profusely spraying with clean water at regular intervals for a period not less than six hours. The bricks required for masonry work using mud mortar shall not be soaked. When the bricks are soaked they shall be removed from the tank sufficiently early so that at the time of laying they are skin-dry. Such soaked bricks shall be stacked on a clean place where they are not again spoiled by dirt, earth etc. Laying Bricks shall be laid in English Bond unless otherwise specified. For brick work in half brick wall, bricks shall be laid in stretcher bond. Hc:f or cut bricks shall not be used except as closer where necessary to complete the bond. Closer in such cases, shall be cut to the required size and used near the ends of the wall. Header bond shall be used preferably in all courses in curved plan for ensuring better alignment. All loose materials, dirt and set lumps of mortar which may be lying over the surface on which brick work is to be freshly started, shall be removed with a wire brush and surface wetted. Bricks shall be laid on a full bed of mortar, when laying, each brick shall, be properly bedded and set in position by gently pressing with the handle of a trowel. It inside face shall be buttered with mortar before the next brick is laid and pressed against it. Joints shall be fully filled and packed with mortar such that no hollow spaces are left inside the joints. The boundary or separator walls shall be taken up truly in plumb or true to the required batter where specified. All courses shall be laid truly horizontal and all vertical joints shall be truly vertical. Vertical joints in the altemate course shall come directly one over the other. Quoin, Jambs and other angles shall be properly plumbed as the work proceeds. Care shall be taken to keep the perpends properly aligned within following maximum permissible tolerances. Deviation from vertical shall not exceed 6 mm per 3 m height. Deviation from position shown on plan of any brickwork shall not exceed 12.5 mm. A set of tools comprising of wooden straight edge, Masonic spirit levels, square, 1-meter rule line and plumb shall be kept on the site of work for every 3 masons for proper check during the progress of work. All quoins shall be accurately constructed and the height of brick courses shall be kept uniform. This will be checked using graduated wooden straight edge or storey rod indicating height of each course including thickness of joints. The brickwork shall be built in uniform layers. Parts of wall left at different levels shall be raked back at an angle of 45 degrees or less with the horizontal. Toothing shall not be permitted as an alternative to raking back. For half brick partition to be keyed into main walls, indents shall be left in the main walls. Where bricks cannot be cut to the required shape to form cut (maru) corners, cement concrete 1:2:4 (1 cement: 2 coarse sand: 4 graded stone aggregate 20 mm nominal size) equal to thickness of course shall be provided in lieu of cut bricks. 53 \ Environmental Management Plan - Package IV A Grand Trunk Road Improvement Project Bricks shall be laid with frog (where provided) up. However, w-hen top course is exposed, brick shall be laid with frog down. For the bricks to be laid with frog down, the frog shall be filled with mortar before placing the brick in position. In case of walls one brick thick and under, one face shall be kept even and in proper plane, while the other face may be slightly rough. In retaining walls and the like, where water is likely to accumulate, weep holes, 50 to 75 mm square shall be provided at 2 m vertically and horizontally unless otherwise specified. The lowest weep hole shall be at about 30 cm above the ground level. All weep holes shall be surrounded by loose stones and shall have sufficient fall to drain out the water quickly. Joints The thickness of all types of joints including brick wall joints and cross joints shall be such that four course and three joints taken consecutively shall measure 30 cm for bricks of standard sizes as per local availability. Note: Specified thickness of joints shall be of 1 cm deviation from the specified thickness of all joints shall not exceed one-fifth of specified thickness. Finishing of Joints The face of brick work may be finished flush or by pointing, In flush finishing either the face joints of the mortar shall be worked out while still green to give a finished surface flush with the face of the brick work or the joints shall be squarely raked out to a depth of 1 cm while the mortar is still green for subsequently plastering. The faces of brickwork shall be cleaned with wire brush so as to remove any splashes of mortar durina the course of raising the brickwork. In pointing, the joints shall be squarely raked out to a depth of 1.5 cm while the mortar is still green and raked joints shall be brushed to remove dust and loose particles and well wetted, and shall be later refilled with mortar to give ruled finish. Some such finishes are 'flush', 'weathered', ruled, etc. Curing The brickwork shall be constantly kept moist on all faces for a minimum period of seven days. Brickwork done during the day shall be suitably marked indicating the date on which the work is done so as to keep a watch on the curing period. Scaffolding Scaffolding shall be strong to withstand all dead, live and impact loads, which are likely to come on them. Scaffolding shall be provided to allow easy approach to every part of the work. Single Scaffolding Where plastering has been indicated for brickwork, single scaffolding may be provided, unless otherwise specified. In single scaffolding, one end of the put-logs/pole shall rest in the hole provided in the header course of brick masonry. Not more than one header for each put-log/pole shall be left out. Such holes shall not be allowed in the case of pillars, brick work less than one metre in length between tthe openings or near the skewbacks of arches or immediately under or near the structural member supported by the walls. The holes for put-logs/ poles shall be made good with brickwork and wall finishing as specified. Double Scaffolding Double Scaffolding having two independent supports, clear of the work, shall be provided for exposed brickwork. 54 Environmental Management Plan - Package IV A Grand Trunk Road Improvement Project 1.13.7 CONCRETE WORK The concrete shall be designed in grades denoting characteristic compressive strength or by volumetric proportion of the nominal mix concrete of the constituents. Material Water, cement, lime, fine aggregate or sand, surkhi, cinder and fly ash shall be as specified. Coarse Aggregate General: Most of the coarse aggregate shall be retained on 4.75 mm IS Sieve and shall contains only as much fine material as is permitted in IS 383 for various sizes and grading. Coarse aggregate shall be stone aggregated and it shall be obtained from approvedlauthorised sources. Stone Aggregate: It shall consist of naturally occurring (uncrushed, crushed or broken) stones. It shall be hard, strong, dense, durable and clean. It shall be free from veins, adherent coatings, injurious amounts of disintegrated pieces, alkali, vegetable matter and other deleterious substances. It shall be roughly cubical in shape. Flaky and elongated pieces shall be avoided. It shall conform to IS: 383 unless otherwise specified. Deleterious Material: Coarse aggregate shall not contain any deleterious material, such as pyrites, coal, lignite, mica, shale or similar laminated material, clay, alkali, soft fragments, seashells and organic impurities in such quantity as to affect the strength or durability of the concrete. Coarse aggregate to be used for reinforced cement concrete. Coarse aggregate to be used for reinforced cement concrete shall not contain any material liable to attack the steel reinforcement. Aggregates, which are chemically reactive with alkalis of cement, shall not be used. The maximum quantity of deleterious material shall not be more than five per cent of the weight of coarse aggregate when determined in accordance with IS: 2386 Part il. Size and Grading (i) Stone aggregate: It shall be graded as specified. Nominal size and grading shall be as under: - Nominal sizes of graded stone aggregate or gravel shall be 40 or 12.5mm as specified. For any one of the nominal sizes, the proportion of other sizes shall be in accordance with Table 12. Table 12 Graded Stone Aggregate IS Sieve Percentage passing (by weight) for nominal size of Designation 40 nmn 20 nmm 16 mm 12.6 mm 75 mm 100 - - 37.5 mm 95 to 100 100 - - 19 mm 30 to 70 95 to 100 100 100 16 mm - , 90 to lOO - 11.2 mm - - 90 to 100 9.5 mm 101to35 25 to 55 30to70 40 to 85 4.75mm OtoS Oto10 OtolO Oto10 2.36 mm . - Stacking: Aggregate shall be stacked on a hard, dry and level patch of ground. When stock piling, the aggregate shall not form pyramids resulting in segregation of different sized materials. It shall be stacked separately according to nominal size of coarse aggregates. Stacking shall be done in regular stacks, of height not exceeding 100 cm. Fine Aggregate Most of the fine aggregate shall pass through 4.75 mm IS sieve. Fine aggregate shall consist of natural sand, crushed stone sand or crushed gravel sand stone dust or marble dust, conforming to IS: 2686. It 55 S =D Environmental Management Plan - Package IV A Grand Trunk Road Improvement Project shall be hard, durable, chemically inert, clean and free from adherent coatings, organic matter etc. and shall not contain any appreciable amount of clay balls or pellets and harmful impurities e.g. iron pyrites, alkalis, salts, coal, mica, shale or similar laminated materials in such form or in such quantities as to cause corrosion of metal or affect adversely. the hardening, the strength, the durability or the appearance of mortar, plaster or concrete. The sum of the percentages of all deleterious material shall not exceed 5%. Fine aggregate must be checked for organic impurities such as decayed vegetation humps, coal dust etc. Silt Content: The maximum quantity of silt in sand shall not exceed 8%. Fine aggregate containing more than allowable percentage of silt shall be washed so as to bring the silt content within allowable limits. Grading: On the basis of particle size, fine aggregate is graded into four zones. The grading shall be within the limits given in Table 13 below. Where the grading falls outside the limits of any particular grading zone of sieves, other then 600 micron IS sieve, by a total amount not exceeding 5 per cent, it shall be regarded as falling within that grading zone as per IS: 326. Table 13 Grading of Fine Aggregate IS Sieve ___________________________ Percentage passing for Grading Zone I Grading Zone II Grading Zone III Grading Zone IV 9.50 mm 100 100 100 100 4.75 mm 90-100 90-100 90-100 95-100 2.36 mm 60-95 75-100 85-100 95-100 1.18mm 30-70 55-90 75-100 90-100 600 microns 15-34 35-59 60-79 80-100 300 microns 5-20 8-30 12-40 15-50 150 microns 0-10 0-10 0-10 0-15 Type and grading of fine aggregate to be used shall be specified. It shall be coarse sand, fine sand, stone dust or marble dust, fly ash and surkhi. Use of sea sand shall not be allowed, unless otherwise specified. Coarse sand shall be either river sand or pit sand or a combination of the two. Badarpur sand available in Delhi generally falls in category of pit sand. It shall be clean, sharp, angular, and gritty to touch and composed of hard siliceous material. Fine sand shall be either river sand or pit sand or a combinetion of the two. Its grading shall fall within the limits of Grading Zone IV of Table 13. As a guideline, fine sand conforrning to grading Zone IV can be generally obtained in Delhi by mixing one part of Badarpur sand and two parts of Jamuna Sand (by volume). Stone dust shall be obtained by crushing hard stones or gravel. Sand for Masonry Mortar and for Plaster Sand shall consist of natural sand, crushed stone sand or crushed gravel sand or a combination of any of these. Sand shall be hard, durable, clean and free from adherent coatings and organic matter and shall not contain the amount of clay, silt and fine dust more than specified as under. Deleterious Material: Sand shall not contain any harmful impurities such as iron, pyrites, alkalis, salts, coal or other organic impurities, mica, shale or similar laminated materials, soft fragments, sea shale in such form or in such quantities as to affect adversely the hardening, strength or durability of the mortar. Grading of sand for use in masonry mortar shall be conforming to IS: 2116 (Table 14). Grading of sand for use in Plaster shall be conforming to IS: 1542 (Table 15). 56 Q Environmental Management Plan - Package IV A Grand Tnmk Road Improvement Project Table 14 Grading of sand for use in masonry mortar as per IS: 2116 IS Sieve Designation Percentage passing by mass 4.75 mm 100 2.36 mm 90 to 100 1.18 mm 70 to 100 600 micron 40 to 100 300 micron 5 to 70 150 micron 0 to 15 Note: For crushed stone sands, the permissible lirnit on 150 micron IS Sieve is increased to 20%. This does not affect the 5% allowance IS-2386. Table 15 Grading of Sand for use in Plaster as per IS: 1542 IS Sieve Designation Percentage passing 10mm 100 4.75 mm 95 to 100 2.36 mm 95 to 100 1.18 mm 90 to 100 600 micron 80 to 100 300 micron 20 to 65 150 micron 0 to5O Admixtures When required, admixtures of approved quality shall be mixed with concrete, as specified. The admixtures shall conform to IS: 9103. Bulking Fine aggregate, whean dry or saturated, has almost the same volume but dampness causes increase in volume. In case fine aggregate is damp at the time of proportioning the ingredients for mortar or concrete, its quantity shall be increased suitably to allow for bulkage. Stacking Fine aggregate shall be so stacked as to prevent dust and foreign matter getting mixed up with it as far as practically possible. Steel for reinforcement The steel used for reinforcement shall be any of the following types: Mild steel and medium tensile bars conforming to IS: 432 (Part I) Hard drawn steel wire conforming to IS: 432 (Part II) Types and Grades Reinforcement supplied in accordance with this standard shall be classified into the following types: Mild steel bars: It shall be supplied in the following two grades Mild steel bars grade I designated as Fe 410-S. Mild steel bars grade 11 designated as Fe 41 0-0. Medium tensile steel bars, grade 11 designated as Fe 540-W-HT. Mild steel and Medium tensile steel. Table 16 Elongation Percentage of Mild steel bars Si. Ultimate tensile Yield stress N/ Elongation No. Type and nominal size of bar stress Nimm_2 nn2 minii percent No. ~~~~~~~~minimum nv2tiiun minimum 1 Mild steel grade 1, For bars up to and 410 250 23 including 20 mm. 2. Mild steel grade 11, For bars up to and 370 225 23 : - : - 7a e 57 uc2Z7Q Environmental Management Plan - Package IV A Grand Trunk Road Improvement Project SI. Ultimate tensile Yield stress Nl Elongation Si. Type and nominal size of bar stress N/mmm2, m u percent includina 20 mm 3. Medium tensile steel, For bars up to & 540 350 20 including 16 mm Elongation percent on gauge length 5.65 so where so is the cross sectional area of the test piece is shown in Table 16. High strength deformed bars & wires shall conform to IS: 1786. The physical properties for all sizes of steel bars are mentioned Table 17. Table 17 Physical Properties of Mild steel bars No. Property Grade _ _ _ _ ________ No. Property Fe 415 Fe 500 Fe 550 1. 0.2% proof stress/ yield stress, min. N/mm2 415 . 500 550 Elongation, percent min. on gauge length 2. 5.65 A. Where A is the X-Sectional Area of 14.5 12 8 the test piece. 8% more than 6% more than 1 0% more than actual 0.2% actual 0.2% proof actual 0.2% proof proof stress adual b.2S not 3 Tensile strength .stress but not stress but not less but not less than 465 N/mm2 than N/ 585 N Stacking and storage: Steel for reinforcement shal[- be stored in such a way as to prevent distorting and corrosion. Bars of different classifications, sizes and lengths shall be stored separately to facilitate issue in such sizes and lengths to cause minimum wastage in cutting from standard length. 1.13.8 FORM WORK (CENTRING & SHUTTERING) Form work: Formwork shall include all temporary or permanent forms or moulds required for forming the concrete, which is cast-in-situ, together with all temporary construction required for their support. Design & Tolerance in Construction Formwork shall be designed and constructed to the shapes, lines and dimensions shown on the drawings with the tolerances given in Table 18. Table 18 Tolerances for Formwork Deviation from specified dimensions of cross section of +12 mm columns and beams Deviation from dimensions of footings +12 mm Dimension in Plan +50 mm Eccentricity in plan 0.02 times the width of the footings in the direction of deviation but not more than 50 mm. Thickness +0.05 times the specified thickness. (Note -Tolerance applies to concrete dimensions only, and not to positionng of vertical steel or dowels.) General Requirement It shall be strong enough to withstand the dead and live loads and forces caused by ramming and vibrations of concrete and other incidental loads, imposed upon it during and after casting of concrete. It shall be made sufficiently rigid by using adequate number of ties and braces, Screw jacks or hard board wedges where required shall be provided to make up any settlement in the form work either before or during the placing of concrete. 587 58 asr4e Environmental Managerment Plan - Package IV A Grand Trunk Road .mprovement Project Forms shall be so constructed as to be removable in sections in the desired sequence, without damaging the surface of concrete or disturbing other sections. Care shall be taken to see that no piece is keyed into the concrete. Material for Form Work Propping and Centring All propping and centring should be either of steel tubes with extension pieces or built up sections of rolled steel. Centring/Staging Staging should be as designed with required extension pieces as approved by Engineer-in-Charge to ensure proper slopes, as per design for slabs/ beams etc. and as per levels as shown in drawings. All the staging to be either to Tubular steel structure with adequate bracings as approved or made of built up structural sections made from rolled structural steel sections. Shuttering Shuttering used shall be of sufficient stiffness to avoid excessive deflection and joints shall be tightly butted to avoid leakage of slurry. If required, rubberised lining of material as approved by the Engineer- in-Charge shall be provided in the joints. Steel shuttering used for concreting should be sufficiently stiffened. The steel shuttering should also be properly repaired before use and properly cleaned to avoid stains, honey combing, seepage of slurry through joints etc. Form work shall be properly designed for self weight, weight of reinforcement, weight of fresh concrete, and in addition, the various live loads likely to be imposed during the construction process (such as workmen, materials and equipment). Camber Suitable camber shall be provided in horizontal members of structure, especially in cantilever spans to counteract the effect of deflection. The formwork shall be so assembled as to provide for camber. The camber for beams and slabs shall be 4 mm per metre (1 to 250) or as directed by the Engineer-in- Charge, so as to offset the subsequent deflection. For cantilevers the camber at free end shall be 1150th of the projected length or as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge. Formwork for Concrete Walls The form faces have to be kept at fixed distance apart and an arrangement of wall ties with spacer rubes or bolts is considered best. Removal of Form work (Stripping time) In normal circumstances and where ordinary Portland cement is used, forms may generally be removed after the expiry of the following Table 19. Table 19 Stripping time for form work a) Walls, columns and vertical faces of all structural 24 to 48 hours as may be decided by the members Engineer-in-Charge Slab b) 7 days i) Spanning upto 4-50 M Beams c) i) Spanning upto 6 M 14 days Note 1' For other types of cement, the stripping time recommended for ordinary Portland cement may be suitably modified Note 2: The number of props left under, their sizes and disposition shall be such as to be able to safely carry the full dead load of the slabs, beam or arch as the case may be together with any live load likely to occur during curing or further construction. 59 Environmental Management Plan - Package IV A Grand Trunk Road Improvement Project Note 3: For rapid hardening ^ement, 3/7 of above periods will be sufficient in all cases except for vertical side of slabs, beams and columns, which should be retained for at least 24 hours, Note 4: In case of cantilever slabs and beams, the centring shall remain till structures for counter acting or bearing down have been erected and have attained sufficient strength. Note 5: Proper precautions should be taken to allow for the decrease in the rate of hardening that occurs with all types of cement in cold weather and accordingly strpping time shall be increased, Note 6: Work damaged through premature or careless removal of forms shall be reconstructed. Oiling the Surface Shuttering gives much longer service life in the surfaces are coated with suitable mould oil, which acts both as a perting agent and also gives surface protections. A typical mould oil is heavy mineral oil or purified cylinder oil containing not less than 5 % pentachlorophenol conforming to IS: 716 well mixed to a viscosity of 70-80 centipoise. After 3-4 uses and also in cases when shuttering has been stored for a long time, it should be recoated with mould oil before the next use. The design of formwork shall conform to sound Engineering practices and relevant IS codes. Inspection of Form Work The completed formwork shall be inspected and approved by the Engineer-in-Charge before the reinforcement bars are placed in position. Proper form work should be adopted for concreting so as to avoid honey combing, blow holes, grout loss, stains or discolouration of concrete etc. proper and accurate alignment and profile of finished concrete surface will be ensured by proper designing and erection of form work which will be approved by Engineer-in-Charge. Shuttering surface before concreting should be free from any defect/ deposits and fully cleaned so as to give perfectly straight smooth concrete surface. Shuttering surface should be therefore checked for any damage to its surface and excessive roughness before use. Erection of Form Work (centring and shuttering) Following points shall be borne in mind while checking during erection. Any member that is to remain in position after the general dismantling is done, should be clearly marked. Material used should be checked to ensure that, wrong items/ rejects are not used If there are any excavations nearby which may influence the safety of formworks, corrective and strengthening action must be taken. The bearing soil must be sound and well prepared and the sole plates shall bear well on the ground. Sole plates shall be properly seated on their bearing pads or sleepers. The bearing plates of steel props shall not be distorted. The steel parts on the bearing members shall have adequate bearing areas. Safety measures to prevent impact of traffic, scour due to water etc. should be taken. Adequate precautionary measures shall be taken to prevent accidental impacts etc. Bracing, struts and ties shall be installed along with the progress of formwork to ensure strength and stability of formwork at intermediate stage. Steel sections (especially deep sections) shall be adequately restrained against tilting, over turning and formwork should be restrained against horizontal loads. All the securing devices and bracing shall be tightened. The stacked materials shall be placed as catered for, in the design. When adjustable steel props are used, they should: 60 Environmental Management Plan - Package IVA Grand Trunk Road Improvement Project Be undamaged and not visibly bent. Have the steel pins provided by the manufacturers for use. Be restrained laterally near each end. Have means for ceniralisirig beams placed in the fork heads. Screw adjustment of adjustable props shall not be over extended. Double wedges shall be provided for adjustment of the form to the required position whenever any settlement I elastic shortening of props occurs. Wedges should be used only at the bottom end of single prop. Wedges should not be too steep and one of the pair should be tightened/ clamped down after adjustment to prevent their shifting. No member shall be eccentric upon vertical member. The number of nuts and bolts shall be adequate. All provisions of the design and/ or drawings shall be complied with. Cantilever supports shall be adequate. Props shall directly under one another in multistage constructions as far as possible. Guy ropes or stay shall be tensioned properly. There shall be adequate provision for the movement and operation of vibrators and other construction plant and equipment. Required camber shall be provided over long spans. Supports shall be adequate, and in plumb within the specified tolerances. General The formwork shall include the following: Splayed edges, notching, allowance for overlaps and passing at angles, sheathing battens, strutting, bolting, nailing, wedging, easing, striking and removal. All supports, struts, braces, wedges as well as mudsills, piles or other suitable arrangements to support the formwork. Bolts, wire ties, clamps, spreaders, nails or any other items to hold the sheathing together. Working scaffolds, ladders, gangways, and similar items Filleting to form stop chamfered edges of splayed external angles not exceeding 20 mm wide to beams, columns and the like. Where required, the temporary openings provided in the forms for pouring concrete, inserting vibrators, and cleaning holes for removing rubbish from the interior of the sheathing before pouring concrete. 1.13.9 REINFORCEMENT General requirements Steel conforming for reinforcement shall be clear and free from loose mud, scales, dust, loose rust, coats of paints, oil or other coatings which may destroy or reduce bond. It shall be stored in such a way as to avoid distortion and to prevent deterioration and corrosion. Prior to assembly of reinforcement on no account any oily substance shall be used for removing the rust. Lea A&fE-Lates 61 Environmental Management Plan - Package IV A Grand Trunk Road Improvement Project Assembly of Reinforcement Bars shall be bent correctly and accurately to the size and shape as shown in the detailed drawings or as directed by Engineer-in-Charge. Preferably bars of full length shall be used. Necessary cutting and straightening is also included. Over lapping of bars, where necessary shall be done as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge. The overlapping bars shall not touch each other and these shall be kept apart with concrete between them by 25 mm or 11/4 times the maximum size of the coarse aggregate whichever is greater. But where this is not possible, the overlapping bars shall be bound together at intervals not exceeding twice the dia. Of such bars with two strands annealed steel wire of 0.90 mm to 1.6 mm twisted tight. The overlaps/ splices shall be staggered as per directions of the Engineer-in-Charge. But in no case the over lapping shall be provided in more than 50% of cross sectional area at one section. Bends and Hooks Forming End Anchorages Reinforcement shall be bent and fixed in accordance with procedure specified in IS: 2502, code of practice for bending and fixing of bars for concrete reinforcement. U - Type Hook In case of mild steel plain bars standard U type hook shall be provided by bending ends of rod into semicircular hooks having clear diameter equal to four times the diameter of the bar. Beends Bend forming anchorage to a M.S. plain bar shall be bent with an internal radius equal to two times the diameter of the bar with a minimum length beyond the bend equal to four times the diameter of the bar. Anchoring Bars in Tension Deformed bars may be used without end anchorages, provided, development length requirement is satisfied. Hooks should normally be provided for plain bars in tension. Development length of bars will be determined as per clause 25.2.1 of IS: 456. Anchoring Bars in Compression The anchorage length of straight bar in compression shall be equal to the development length of bars in compression as specified in clause 25.2.1 of IS: 456. The projected length of hooks, bends and straight lengths beyond bend, if provided for a bar in compression, shall be considered for development length. Binder, stirrups, links and the like: In case of binders, stirrups, links etc. the straight portion beyond the curve at the end shall be not less than eight times and nominal size of bar. Placing in Position Fabricated reinforcement bars shall be p,aced in position as shown in the drawings or as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge. The bars crossing one another shall be tied together at every intersection with two strands of annealed steel wire 0.9 to 1.6 mrn thickness twisted tight to make the skeleton of the steel work rigid so that the reinforcement does not get displaced during deposition of concrete. The bars shall be kept in correct position. 1.13.10 PAVING Brick Paving Bricks Bricks oi specified dimensions and designations shall be used. These shall conform to the specifications described in above sections. Broken bricks shall not be used in paving except for closing the line. The bricks shall be laid on edge. I - AmcA_ tes 62 Environmental Management Plan - Package IV A Grand Trink Road Improvement Project Mortar The mortar used shall be as specified (in case of dry bricks flooring fine sand shall be filled in the joints). Base Concrete 1. Flooring shall be laid on PCC base concrete laid to slope ranging from 1:36 to 1:48 as decided by the Engineer. 2. The flooring shall commence within 48 hours of the laying of base, failing which; the surface of base shall be roughened with steel wire brushes without disturbing the concrete. Before laying the flooring the based shall be wetted and smeared with a coat of cement slurry at 2 kg of cement spread over an area of one meter square, so as to get a good bond between sub-grade and flooring. Soaking of Bricks Bricks required for flooring shall be adequately soaked in stacks before use, by profusely spraying with clean water at regular intervals for a period of not less than six hours as to keep them wet to the satisfaction of the Engineer. Laying The bricks shall be laid on the edge in plain, diagonal herring bone bond, or other pattem as specified in the architectural drawings. Bricks shall be laid on edge on 12 mm thick mortar bed and each brick shall be properly bedded and set home by gentle tapping with trowel handle or wooden mallet. Its inside face shall be buttered with mortar, before the next brick is laid and pressed against it. On completion of a portion of flooring, the vertical joints shall be fully filled from the top with mortar. The surface of the flooring during laying, shall be frequently checked with a straight edge at least 2 m long, so as to obtain a true plain surface with the required slope. Joints Bricks shall be so laid that all joints are full of mortar. The thickness of joints shall not exceed 1.0 cm for brickwork with bricks of any class designation. The joints shall be struck flush and finished at the time laying. The face of brickwork shall be cleaned on the same day on which brickwork is laid and all mortar droppings removed promptly. Curing Brickwork shall be protected from rain by suitable covering when the mortar is green. Masonry work in cement mortar shall be kept constantly moist on all faces for a minimum period of seven days. Brickwork carried out during the day shall be suitably marked indicating the date on which the work is done so as to keep a watch on the curing period. Precast Concrete Tiles for Paving The grade of concrete shall be used as mentioned in architectural drawing. Thickness of slab shall be as mentioned in drawing. It must be of actual shape as per drawing. The top of the tiles must be of smooth finished. Laying The earth shall be rammed and watered to get the earth well compacted. The engineer shall check the compaction of soil. Bed PCC has to be laid as mentioned in drawing with correct depth and grade. Cement slurry @2kg/m2 has to be spread over the concrete to fix the tile. The tile shall be laid within the initial setting time after the laying of PCC. The top of the tile shall be true in slope as mention in drawing. The joints between the two adjacent tiles shall be as mentioned in enhancement drawing. 63 _ Environmental Management Plan - Package IV A Grand Trunk Road Improvement Project Curing The tiles must be inserted in water after 24 hours of casting and cured in the same manner for at least 7 days. only thereafter used at site. The curing of the paving must be start a day after the laying of tiles and it shall be done up to 7 days. 1.13.11 CEMENT PLASTERING All cement plaster shall be 12 mm, thick for brick surfaces and 6mm thick for concrete surfaces unless otherwise stated. Scaffolding and preparation of surfaced shall be as specified. Mortar The mortar of the specified mix using the type of sand described in the item shall be as specified in drawings for external work and under coat work, the fine aggregate shall conform to grading IV. For finishing coast work the fine aggregate conforming to grading zone V shall be used. Application: The specifications as in drawings shall apply except in the following respects: Beating with thin bamboo strips shall not be done on the cement plaster, and Further the plastering and finishing shall be completed within half an hour of adding water to the dry mortar. Thickness: Where the thickness required as per description of the item is 20 mm the average thickness of the plaster shall not be less than 12 mm whether the wall treated is of brick. Curing Curing shall be started as soon as the plaster has hardened sufficiently not to be damaged when watered. The plaster shall be kept wet for a period of at least 7 days. During this period, it shall be suitably protected from all damages at the contractor's expense by such means as the Engineer-in charge may approve. The dates on which the plastering is done shall be legible marked on the various sections plastered so that curing for the specified period thereafter can be watched. Cement Plaster with a Floating Coat of Neat Cement The cement plaster shall be 12, 15 or 20 mm thick, finished with a floating coat of neat cement, as described in the item. Specifications for this item of work shall be same as described in plastering item except for the additional floating coat, which shall be carried out as below. When the plaster has been brought to a true surface with the wooden straight edge it shall be uniformly treated over its entire area with a paste of neat cement and rubbed smooth, so that the whole surface is covered with neat cement coating. The quantity of cement applied for floating coat shall be 1 kg per m2. Smooth finishing shall be completed with trowel immediately and in no case later than half an hour of adding water to the plaster mix. The rest of the specifications described in plastering item shall apply. 6mm Cement Plaster on Cement Concrete and Reinforced Cement Concrete Work Scaffolding Stage scaffolding shall be provided for the work. This shall be independent of the walls. Preparation of Surface Projecting burrs of mortar formed due to the gaps at joints in shuttering shall be removed. The surface shall be scrubbed clean with wire brushes. In addition concrete surfaces to be plastered shall be pock marked with a pointed tool, at spacing of not more than 5 cm. Centres, the pock being made n2 6 .4--ifa 64 Environmental Management Plan - Package IV A Grand Trunk Road Improvement Project than 3mm deep. This is to ensure a proper key for the plaster. The mortar shall be washed off and surface, cleaned of all oil, grease etc. and well wetted before the plaster is applied. Mortars Mortar of the specified mix using the types of sand described in the item shall be used It shall be as specified in above section. Application To ensure even thickness and a true surface, gauges of plaster 15x15 cm. shall be first applied at not more than 1.5n^. intervals in both directions to serve as guides for the plastering. Surface of these gauged areas shall be truly in the plane of the finished plaster surface. The plaster shall be then applied in a uniform surface to a thickness slightly more than the specified thickness and shall then be brought to true and evel surface by working a wooden straight edge reaching across the gauges. Finally the surface shall be finished true with a trowel or with wooden float to give a smooth or sandy granular texture as required. Excess troweling or over working of the floats shall be avoided. The plastering and finishing shall be completed within half an hour of adding water to the dry mortar. Plastering of ceiling shall not be commenced until the slab above has been finished and centring has been finished and centring has been removed. In the case of ceiling of roof slabs, plaster shali not be commenced until the terrace work has been completed. These precautions are necessary in order that the ceiling plaster is not disturbed by the vibrations set up in the above operations. Finish The plaster shall be furnished to a true and plumb surface and to the proper degree of smoothness as required. The work shall be tested frequently as the work proceeds with a true straight edge not less than 2.5m long and with plumb bobs. All horizontal lines and surfaces shall be tested with a level and all jambs and corners with a plumb bob as the work proceeds. Thickness The average thickness of plaster shall not be less than 6mm. The minimum thickness over any portion of the surface shall not be less than 5mm. Curing The specifications shall be detailed in above section. 1.13.12 GABION STRUCTURES Gabion 1. Gabion Box - It is made of appropriate geotextile material as approved by supervision engineer on site, 2. Boulder - The boulders shall range in size from 400 mm to 200mm. They should be hard and textured. Placing First maintain the slope as specified in design drawing. Cut earth as per box size then start to pivot Boxes from bottom. After placing 15t layer of boxes pour the gravel, keeping in mind the bigger sizes are at bottom. Geotextile membrane put as shown in design drawing. After that accumulate natural soil in this space to facilitates vegetation. Geotextile membrane shall be knotted by MS wire with Gabion box, put one by one layer in the same manner as stated above. 1.13.13 DRY STONE PITCHING As far as possible it should be ensured that one rainy season has elapsed before pitching or any kind of stone work is commenced, so that the embankment has time to settle, and loose spots in the cutting, if any. show up. 6 .z AIabs 65 c7 Environmental Management Plan - Package IV A Grand Trunk Road Improvement Project The sides and top of embankment, as the case may be, shall be brought to the required profile, slope and gradient and shall be compacted to a firm and even surface. If the situation demands and where so required by the engineer in consideration of the nature of the surface, the necessary back filling may be done with small broken stone, moorum, gravel or ballast well consolidated to proper profile. In case the soil in unreliable and if the nature of the work requires it, a 75mm thick layer of gravel or ballast may be provided over the prepared surface and well consolidated. Pitching 1. Pitching shall be of 22.5 cm depth, unless specified otherwise. Profiles shall first, be put up by means of pegs and strings or by placing stones, at interval or not more than 15 meter. Stone shall then be laid closely in position in between the profile and firmly embedded with joints staggered and with exposed faces true to line, gradient and in uniform slope throughout. 2. The cross bands of approximately 22.5 cm width through bond stones equal to the full depth of pitching, shall be provided at an interval of approximately 3 m centre to centre both longitudinally and transversely. 3. The interstices between adjacent stones shall be filled in with stones of proper size, well driven in with crow bars to ensure tight packing and complete filling of all interstices. Such filling shall be carried on simultaneously with the placing in position of the large stones and shall in no cases be permitted to fall behind. Final wedging shall be done with the largest sized chip particles, each chip being well driven home with a hammer so that no chip is possible of being picked up or removed by hand. Dry Brick Pitching Preparation of surface shall be as specified in above section. Pitching Pitching shall be half brick in depth or in multiples of half bricks, as specified. Profiles shall first be put up by means of pegs and strings or by placing bricks at intervals not more than 15 meter, bricks shall then be laid in parallel rows breaking bond or herringbone bond pattern as directed. In the case of drains bricks shall be laid on bed width in parallel rows breaking bond and on sides in either of the above manner. At the top, and at every 3m intervals, brick courses of half brick width shall be lad with bricks on ends. All bricks shall be laid closely in position and firmly embedded, true to line, gradient and in uniform slope throughout. Kerb and Channel Stones Kerb and channel stones to be as per road specifications. 1.13.14 FENCING Chain Link Fencing Materials The chain link mesh shall be of 1.5 standard and of an approved brand. The angle sizes shall be as per drawings. The iron angles have to be free from rust, cracks and blow holes. Spacing of Posts and Struts The spacing of post shall be as per drawings or as directed by the supervision engineer. Fixing of posts and struts will be as shown in the drawings. The angle iron must be split a" the bottom for fixing in the concrete base. I *a itc7s 66 Environmental Management Plan - Package IV A Grand Trunk Road Improvement Project Fixing of the Fencing The chain link mesh shall be fixed with angle posts by means of 8mm diameter bolts. The holes for the bolts shall be made 300mm centre to centre on the iron sections. The bottom of the fencing must be at a height of 14cm from the ground level. The fencing top shall be horizontal to the ground. Silt Fencing Materials The wire mesh and geotextile miraf shall be of approved standard and brand. The iron sections to be used as struts shall be of IS standard and free from rust, cracks etc. Assembly The angles are to be assembled as per drawing and directions of supervision engineer. The mesh has to fixed with the frame after the geotextile miraf is fixed with the mesh. Fixing The fencing shall be fixed at site in such a manner that the geotextile miraf is placed next to the silt. 67 Environmental Management Plan - Package IV A Grand Trunk Road Improvement Project 1.13.15 HORTICULTURAL AND LANDSCAPING WORKS General Scope Contractor to furnish all materials, labour and related items necessary to complete the work indicated on drawing and specified herein. Materials Plant Materials Plant Materials shall be well formed and shaped true to type, and free from disease, insects and defects such as knots, sun-scaled, windburn, inJuries, abrasion or disfigurement. All plant materials shall be healthy, sound, vigorous, free from plant diseases, insect's pests. of their eggs, and shall have healthy, well-developed root systems. All plants shall be hardy under climatic conditions similar to those in the locally of the project. Plants supplied shall to confirm to the names listed on both the plan and the plant list. No plant material will be accepted if branches are damaged or broken. All material must be protected from the sun and weather until planted. Any nursery stock shall have been inspected and approved by the Environmental Specialist of the Engineer. All plants shall conform to the requirements specified in the plant list. Except that plants larger then specified may be used if approved, but use of such plants shall not increase the contract price. If the use of the larger plant is approved, the spread of roots or ball of earth shall be increased in propcortion to the size of plant. Deliver plants with legible identification labels. Top Soil (Good Earth) Top soil or good earth shall be a friable loam, typical of cultivated top soils of the locality containing at least 2% of decayed organic matter (humus). It shall be taken from a well-drained arable site. It shall be free of subsoil, stones. earth skids, sticks, roots or any other objectionable extraneous matter or debris. It shall contain no toxic material. No topsoil shall be delivered in a muddy condition. It shall have pH value ranging between 6 to 8.5. Fertiliser Measurement of sludge shall be in stacks, with 8% reduction for payment. It shall be free from extraneous matter, harmful bacteria insects or chemicals. (Subjected to safety norms). RootSystem The root system shall be conducive to successfui transplantation. While necessary, the root-ball shall be preserved by support with Hessian or other suitable material. On soils where retention of a good ball is not possible, the roots should be suitably protected in such a way that the roots are not damaged. Condition Trees and shrubs shall be substantially free from pests and diseases, and shall and shall be materially undamaged. Torn or lacerated roots shall be pruned before dispatch. No roots shall be subjected to adverse conditions such as prolonged exposure to drying winds or subjection to water logging between lifting and delivery. Supply and Substitution Upon submission of evidence that certain materials including plant materials are not available at time of contract, the contractor shall be permitted to substitute with an equitable adjustment of price. All 68 Environmental Management Plan - Package IV A Grand Trunk Road Improvement Project substitutions shall be of the nearest equivalent.species and variety to the original specified and shall be subjected to the approval of the Landscape Architect. Packaging Packaging shall be adequate for the protection of the plants and such asto avoid heating or drying out. Marking Each specimen of tree and shrub, or each bundle, shall be legibly labelled with the following particulars: Its name. The name of the supplier, unless otherwise agreed. The date of dispatch from the nursery. Tree Planting Plants and Shrubs Trees should be supplied with adequate protection as approved. After delivery, if planting is not to be carried out immediately, balled plants should be ,,iaced back to back and the ball covered with sand to prevent drying out. Bare rooted plants can be heeled in by placing the roots in prepared trench and covering them with earth, which should be watered into, avoid air pockets round the roots. Trees and shrubs shall be planted as shown in architectural drawings and with approval of site supervision engineer. Digging of Pits Tree pits shall be dug a minimum of three weeks prior to backfilling. The pits shall be 120cms in diameter and 120cms deep. While digging the pits, the topsoil up to a depth of 30cms may be kept aside, if found good (depending upon site conditions), and mixed with the rest of the soil. If the side of the below, it shall be replaced with the soil mixture as specified further herein. If the soil is normal it shall be mixed with manure; river sand shall be added to the soil if it is heavy. The bottom of the pit shall be forked to break up the subsoil. Back Filling The soil back filled watered through end gently pressed down, a day previous to planting, to make sure that it may not further settle down after planting. The soil shall be pressed down firmly by treading it down, leaving a shallow depression all round for watering. Planiting No tree pits shall be dug until final tree position has been pegged out for approval. Care shall be taken that the plant sapling when planted is not be buried deeper than in the nursery, or in the pot. Planting should not be carried out in waterlogged soil. Plant trees at the original soil depth; soil marks on the stem is an indication of this and should be maintained on the finished level, allowing for setting of the soil after planting. All plastic and other imperishable containers should be removed before planting. Any broken or damage roots should be cut back to sound growth. The bottom of the planting pit should be covered with 50mm to 75mm of soil. Bare roots should be spread evenly in the planting pit; and small mound in the centre of the pits on which the roots are placed will aid on even spread. Soil should be placed around the roots, gently shaking the tree to allow the soil particles to shift into the root system to ensure close contact with all roots and prevent air pockets. Back fill soil should be firmed as filling proceeds, layer by layer, care being taken to avoid damaging the roots, as follows: 69 - .z Es Environmental Management Plan - Package IV A Grand Trink Road Improvement Project The balance earth shall be filled in a mixture of 1:3 (1 part sludge to 3 part earth by volume) rn and 50gms potash, (Mop) 50gms of Super Phosphate and 1 Kg. Neem oil cake. Aldrin or equivalent shall be applied every 15 days in a mixture of 5ml in 5 litres of water. Staking Newly planted trees must be held firmly although not rigidly by staking to prevent a pocket forming around the stem and newly formed fibrous roots being broken by mechanical pulling as the tree rocks. Methods: The main methods of staking shall be: (A) A single vertical stake, 900mm longer than the clear stem of the tree, driven 600mm to 900mm into the soil. (B) Two stakes as above driven firmly on either side of the tree with a cross bar to which the stem is,attached. Suitable for bare- rooted or Ball material. (C) A single stake driven in at an angle at 45 degrees and leaning towards the prevailing wind, the stem just below the lowest branch being attached to the stake. Suitabie for small bare- rooted or Ball material (D) For plant material 3m to 4.5m high with a single stem a three- wire adjustable guy system may be used in exposed situations. The end of stake should be pointed and the lower 1m to 1.2m should be coated with a non-injurious wood prescrva'ive allowing at least 150mm above ground level. Tying Each tree should be firmly secured to the stake so as to prevent excessive movement. Abrasion must be avoided by using a buffer, rubber or Hessian, between the tree and stake. The tree should be secured at a point just below its lowest branch, and also just above ground level; normally two ties should be used for tree. These should be adjusted or replaced to allow for growth. Watering The Landscape Contractor should allow for the adequate watering in of all newly planted trees and shrubs immediately after planting and he shall during the following growing season, keep the plant material well watered. Fertilising Fertilising shall be carried out by application in rotation of the following fertilisers, every 15 days from the beginning of the monsoon till the end of winter: * 1. Sludge or organic well-rotted dry farm yard manure: 0.05 cum or tussle. * 2. Urea 25gm. * 3. Ammonium sulphate 25gm. * 4. Potassium sulphate 25gm. All shrubs, which are supplied pot grown, shall be well soaked prior to planting. Watering in and subsequent frequent watering of summer planted container- grown plants is essential. Shrub Planting In Planter Beds All areas to be planted with shrubs shall be excavated, trenched to a depth of 750mm, refilling the excavated earth after breaking clods and mixing with sludge in ratio 8:1 (8 parts of stacked volume of earth after reduction by 20%: 1 part of stacked volume of sludge after reduction by 8%.) Tall shrubs may need staking, which shall be provided if approved by the Contracting consulting engineer, depending upon the conditions of individual plant specimen. 70 ,,4- Enironmental Management Plan - Package IV A Grand Trunk Road Improvement Project For planting shrubs and ground cover shrubs in planters, good earth shall be mixed with sludge in the proportion as above and filled in planters. Positions of planters shall be planted should be marked out in accordance with the architectural Drg. When shrubs are set out, precautions should be taken to prevent roots drying. Planting holes 40cmdia. And 40cm deep should be excavated for longer shrubs. Polythene and other non-perishable containers should be removed and any badly damaged roots carefully pruned. The shrubs should then be set in holes so that the soil level, after settlement, will be original soil mark on the stem of the shrub. The holes should be back filled to half of its depth and firmed by treading. The remainder of the soil can then be returned and again firmed by treading. Grassing Preparation During period prior to planting, the ground shall be maintained free from weeds. Grading and preparation of the area shall be completed at least three weeks prior to the actual sowing. Regular watering shall be continued until sowing by dividing the area into portions of approximately 5m squares by constructing small bunds to retain water. These 'bunds' shall be levelled just prior to sowing of grass plants; it shall be ensured that the soil has completely settled. Soil The soil itself shall be ensured to the satisfaction of Landscape Architect to be a good fibrous loam, rich in humus. Sowing the grass roots Grass roots (cynodon dectylon or a local genus approved by the Landscape Architect) shall be obtained from a grass patch, seen and approved before hand. The grass roots stock received at site shall be manually cleared of all weeds and water sprayed over the same after keeping the stock in place protected from sun and dry winds. Grass stock received at site may be stored for a maximum of three days. In case grassing for some areas is scheduled for a later date fresh stock of grass roots shall be ordered and obtained. Execution Small roots shall be dibbled about 5cms apart into the prepared grounds. Grass will only be accepted as reaching practical completion when germnination has proved satisfactory and all weeds have been removed. Maintenance As soon as the grass is approximately a 3cm high it shall be rolled with a light wooden roller - in fine, dry weather - and when it has grown to 5 to 8cms, above to ground weeds must be removed and regular cutting with the scythe and rolling must be begun. A top-dressing of an ounce of guano to the square yard or well decomposed well broken sludge manure shall be applied when the grass is sufficiently secure in the ground to bear the mowing machine, the blades must be raised an inch above the normal level for the first two or three cuttings. That is to say, the grass should be cut so that it is from 4 to 5cms in length, instead of the 3cm necessary for mature grass. In the absence of rain, in the monsoon, the lawn shall be watered every ten days heavily, soaking the soil through to a depth of at least 20cms. Damage failure or dying back of grass due to neglect of watering especially for seeding out of normal season shall be the responsibility of the contractor. Any shrinkage below the specified levels during the contract or defect liability period shall be rectified at the contractor's expense. The Contractor is to exercise care in the use of rotary cultivator and mowing machines to reduce to a minimum the hazards of flying stones and brickbats. All rotary mowing machines are to be fitted with safety guards. 71 Environmental Management Plan - Package IV A Grand Trunk Road Improvement Project Rolling A light roller shall be used periodically, taking care that the area is not too wet and sodden. Edgin,g These shall be kept neat and must be cut regularly with the edging shears. Fertilisinq The area shall be fed once in a month with liquid manure prepared by dissolving 45gms of ammonium sulphate in 5 litres of water. Watering Water shall be applied at least once in three days during dry weather. Watering whenever done should be thorough and should wet the soil at least up to a depth of 20cms. Weeding Prior to regular mowing the contractor shall carefully remove rank and unsightly weeds. Maintenance Cultivating The Landscape Contractor shall maintain all planted areas within Landscape contract boundaries for one year until the area is handed over in whole or in phases. Maintenance shall include replacement of dead plants, watering, weeding, cultivating, control of insects, fungus and other diseases.by means of spraying with an approved insecticide or fungicide, pruning, and other horticulture operations necessary for proper growth of the plants and for keeping the landscape sub-contract area neat in appearance. Pruning and Repairs Upon completion of planting work of the landscape sub-contract all trees should be pruned and all injuries repaired where necessary. The amount of pruning shall be limited to the necessary to remove dead or injured twigs and branches and to compensate for the loss of roots and the result of the transplanting operations. Pruning shall be done in such a manner as not to change the natural habit or special shape of trees. Tree Guards Where the tree guards are necessary, care should be taken to ensure that they do not impede natural movement or restrict growth. Two types of tree guards are proposed on the Grand Trunk Road, circular iron tree guards and barbed wire fencing, the specifications for which one given below: Circular Iron Tree Guard with Bars. The tree guard shall be 50 cm. in diameter. The tree guards shall be formed of (i) 3 Nos. 25x25x3mm angle iron verticals 2.00m long excluding splayed outward at lower end up to an extent of 10 cms. (ii) 3 Nos. 25x25mm MS flat,rings fixed as per design (iii) 15 Nos. 1.55 metres long 6mm dia bars. Each ring shall be in two parts in the ratio of 1:2 and their ends shall be turned in radially for a length of 4 cm at which they are bolted together with 8mm dia and 30mm long MS bolts and nuts. The vertical angle irons shall be welded to rings along the circumference with electric plant 15 Nos. bars shall be welded to rings at equal spacing along the circumference of ring. The lower end of the angle iron verticals shall be splayed outwards up to an extent of 10cm. The lower end of the flat of lower ring shall be at a height of 45cm. and upper end of the flat of top ring shall be at the height of 2.00 metres. The middle ring shall be in the centre of top and lower ring. The bars shall be welded to rings as shown in the drawing. The entire tree guard shall be given two coats of paint of approved brand and of required shade over a priming coat of ready mixed primer of approved brand. The design 6f the tree guard shall be as shown in the drawing. 72 Environmental Management Plan - Package IV A Grand Trunk Road Improvement Project Barbed Wire Fencing with Angle Iron Posts Materials: Barbed wire shall be as per IS-278. The angle shall be 40x40x6, free from rest, cracks and blowholes. Spacing of Post & Streets: The spacing of post shall be 3.00m centre to centre, unless otherwise specified or as directed by engineers to dimensions, which shall be nearest to the 3m. Last but one end post's and corner post shall be strutted on both side and end post on one side only. Fixing of post & struts shall be as shown in drawing the angle iron must be split at bottom end. Fixing Barbed Wire: The barbed wire shall be stretched and fixed in specified number of rows and two diagonals. The bottom row should be 14 cm above ground level and rest @12.5 cm centre to centre. The diagonal weir shall be stretched between adjacent posts from the top wire of one post to the bottom weir of 21d post. The barbed wire shall be held by tearing the holes of 1 Omm dia in the post and tied with GI wire turnbuckles and straining bolts shall be used at the end post. Nursery Stack Planting should be carried out as soon as possible after reaching the site. Where planting must be a necessitv and/or be delayed, care should be taken to protect the plants from pilfering or damage from people animals. Plants with bare-roots should be heeled- in as soon as received or otherwise protected from drying out, and others set closely together and protected from the wind. If planting is to be delayed for more than a week, packaged plants should be unpacked, the bundles opened up and each group of plants heeled in separately and clearly labelled. If for any reason the surface of the roots becomes dry the roots should be thoroughly soaked before planting. Protective Fencing According to local environment, shrubs shall be protected adequately from vandalism until established. Completion On completion, the ground shall be formed over and left tidy. 73 Environmental Management Plan - Package IV A Grand Trunk Road Improvement Project SPECIAL CONDITIONS AND PARTICULAR SPECIFICATONS. 1. Landscape Architect mentioned herein shall mean and/or any person nominated by him. 2. Wherever applicable, work shall be done according to C.P.W.D. specifications, in vogue, at the time of invitation of tender. 3. Water shall be made available, near the tube well at one point. Contractors shall make their own arrangement for drawing water from there. Water charges at of value of work done shall be deducted from the contractors Bills. 4. If electricity is required for the works, the same shall be made available at one point within the site of works, for which recovery @ Rs. per Kwh. Shall be made from the contractors bill. 5. The work included in the schedule of Quantities include grassing as well as planting of trees and shrubs. 'Contractors' quoted rates shall include execution of these works at different levels and nothing extra shall be paid for any item, for working at these levels. 6. The Contractor (s) shall not be entitled to any compensation for any losses suffered by him and/or revision in the rates originally quoted by him. a. On account unforeseen delay in commencing the work, whatever the cause of such delays be. b, On account of reduction in the scope of work. c. On account of suspension of work, or abandon after award of work.- 7. The Contractor shall provide all facilities to Landscape Architect / Project Engineer and I or his authorized representatives to make frequent inspection of their Nursery and ascertain the process / quality of various categories of trees/plants etc., grown by them. 8. Contractors' quote rate shall include the cost of transportation of tools and plants to and from the site, sales tax, excise duty, octroi, etc. It shall be clearly understood that no claim for any extra payment on account of sales tax, excised duty, octroi etc., shall be entertained alter the opening of the tender. 9. The safe custody and up-keep of various categories of plants brought to site is the sole responsibility of the contractor and he shall employ sufficient supervisory personnel to ensure the safety of these iterns. 10. The site of work may be handed over to the contractors for shall work in phases, as soon as the same are available and the contractor in turn shall work in these areas forthwith. Nothing extra shall be payable for such phased execution of work. 11 While excavating / executing the work the contractors shall ensure that .he existing cables / pipe lines I structures / fittings are not damaged and if due to his negligence, these are damaged, the same shall be set right with no extra cost to the clients. 12. The Contractor shall co-ordinate his work with other agencies employed by the Clients and ensure that the work of other agencies are not hampered in any way during the duration of contract. 13. The Contractor shall keep the site of works neat and clean during the execution of the work. Any debris found at or near the site of work shall be moved immediately as and when so required by the landscape Architect I Project Engineer. 14. On completion of the work, the site of work shall be thoroughly cleaned and all debris removed before the work is handed over satisfactorily. I ea &%swialft5 74 Environmental Management Plan - Package IV A Grand Trunk Road Improvement Project 15. The Contractors shall, without any additional charge to the clients, renew or replace any dead or defective plants/grass and shall fully maintain the whole landscape for a period of 12 months after the certified date of completion. 16. "General condition of contract and standard contract Forms of shall also form part of the contract. 17. Trees shall be of minimum length as specified in the schedule of quantities and shall be straight and symmetrical with a crown and having a persistent main stem. The size of crown shall be in good over all proportion to the height of the tree. 18. Smnall trees and shrubs shell be well formed with the crown typica' of the species or variety. 19. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS OF PLANTS: Plants shall be typical of their species and variety, well-developed branches, and well foliated with fibrous root system. Plants shall be free from defects and injuries. Plants shall not be pruned before planting. Plants sh3ll be free from defects and injuries. Plants shall not be freshly dug and nursery grown. Nursery grown plants shall have been at least once transplanted. Bark shall be free from abrasion. All trees, soon after planting, shall be properly supported with bamboo stocks to ensure their safety against winds or any other factor, which may affect it adversely. * 20. PROTECTION OF "TREE TO BE PRESERVED' * The contractor shall be responsible for the protection of tops, trunks and roots of existing trees on site. Existing trees subject to the construction damage shall be boxed, fenced or otherwise protected before any work is started. * 21. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS OF EARTH MANURE AND FERTILISERS * EARTH: Good earth shall be agricultural soil of loamy texture, free from kankar, morrum, shingles, rocks, stones, building rubbish and any other foreign matter. The earth shall be free from clods or lumps of sizes bigger than 50mm in any direction. It shall have pH ranging between 6.5 to 7.5. * MANURE: Manure shall be of well decayed organic matter obtained in dry state from the Municipal dump or other similar source approved by the Project Engineer. The manure shall be free from earth, stone or other extraneous matter. Manure shall be supplied, at site well screened. * FERTILIERS: If the soil tests indicate pH value not as per the above specification namely between 6.5 to 7.5, following measures need to be taken. * If pH exceeds 7.5, aluminium sulphate or equivalent fertilizer should be added at the rate of 1 kg per cubic metre to lower the pH by one full point. * If pH is below 6.5, add ground limestone or equivalent fertilizer at the rate of 1 kg per cubic metre to raise pH by one full point. I .e A 7 5 (rlm Km =1 Lea Associates South Asia Pvt. Ltd. Lea Asoiates New Delhi . C7 `Zo7,4 Environmental Management Plan - Package IV A Grand Trunk Road Improvement Project Appendix 1 Methodology and Techniques for Tree transplantation BACKGROUND "Transplanting consists in lifting plants bodily from their positions, removing them from more desirable or agreeable places & replanting them in new & better soil." Season for planting & transplanting shrubs or Trees The best season for planting or transplanting shrubs & trees vanes in different parts of our country. Hot weather is generally avoided, as the risk of plants no! establishing is great. In places where rainfall is moderate, the beginning of rainy season is the best suited time for transplanting. Plants which are natives of cold countries & which grow vigorously in the cold season such as Rose, do better when planted out during close of Rainy season. In severely cold places like in northem parts of India, the operations are best carried on during the end of the dormant season about the end of February. All Robust plants may be planted or transplanted during any part of the year, with proper attention being given to several details of the operations. THE TRANSPLANTING SUCCESS Transplanting involves to some extent at least a disturbance of plant's root system. There is a loosening of its attachment to the soil & progressive activities are arrested for the time being. Thus transplanting is a raiiier violent operation, considering the standpoint of the plant. And is required to he done with great care to be successful. Care is therefore to be taken that the plants recover from the set- beck as rapidly as possible. Certain conditions are necessary for rapid recovery of plants to active growth. Some of these are dependent upon the nature & structure of the plants themselves & some on the prevailing weather & climatic conditions. Soft-wooded plants transplant better than hardwood plants. Plants in dormant state transplant better than those in active growth. Young plants established sooner than old ones. (Refer article Transplanting Shocks: Large tree vs. Small Trees) All plants transplant better with a mass of original soil intact around its roots, which should be disturbed as little as possible. As the roots, till they establish themselves in fresh soil, will be unfit to absorb the full supply of moisture needed by the plant, exhalation from the leaves & shoots of the plant is to be kept as low as possible. Cool & cloudy weather are chosen for transplanting operations. Evening are better suited than moming or aftemoon, as plant refresh themselves during the cool hours of the night. To overcome the dangers of transplanting the soil is well prepared & kept moist, not allowing it to run dry: part of the top of the plant is removed usually to minimise loss of water by transpiration. Some time shade is provided till the plants are established. Overhead watering by means of spray during the hot hours or occasionally when the leaves wilt, refreshes the plant to a great extent. I ~a i'ta Environmental Management Plan - Package IV A Grand Trunk Road Improvement Project The stems & branches of transplanted trees are wrapped with straw which is kept moist by spraying water on it to remove loss of the water by the plant as much as possible. If the soil is bad below, it is replaced with a mixture of three parts of manure, two parts of black fertile earth or Loam, and one part of sand for better growth of trees. If the soil is fairly good, only manure is mixed with it, in case soil is heavy sand and manure is added to it. Transplanting of fully-grown trees can only be successfully done with the help of machinery, such as the tree lifter, and hence it is rarely attempted in private gardens. Success rate of trees having truck diameter less than 1' would be 90% Success rate of trees having trunk diameter above 1' to 2' would be 60% Success rate of trees above 2' trunk diameter can only guaranteed for specific species, in specific transplanting season provided that the surrounding conditions like soil & weather of the relocated tree are also taken into consideration. Transporting or shifting of trees on trailer away from the existing location reduces the chances of success as the trees take more time to set in new conditions, transport may damage root system & trees are required to be cut down in size to make shifting possible through the road. A tree regains its original shape with in 4 to 10 years depending on the trunk diameter. Thumb rule is 6" tree regains it original shape in 6 x 12 months. Maintenance or Watering of trees is done till one or two monsoons -We advice maintenance till the 1st monsoon after transplanting in area where monsoon is good or moderate. METHODOLOGY Transplanting of young trees and shrubs is done in the following manner: The plants have to be lifted with as many roots as possible and replaced in fresh soil with the least possible delay. For this purpose a trench 45 to 60 cms in width which is wide enough for working conveniently is opened out in a circle at a suitable distance away from stem, This operation is generally called as "Side trenching", which may vary from 4' to 10 according to the size of the tree or shrub, the soil is gradually removed in the trench approaching the centre of the circle as it descends, thus securing the ball of earth in the shape of an inverted cone. Care is taken not to injure the roots that cross the trench; these are clean sawed or cut with secateaurs, if small enough at the outer edge of the trench, The tap root is also severed. With long crowbars the ball of earth holding the roots is gently lifted and loosened from its attachment with the rest of the soil. When the trench is sufficiently deep, the diameter of the ball of earth may be reduced to a convenient size with a fork, leaving the protruding roots uninjured. The rootball are continuously kept moist to keep tree active in new root growth & sprouting. If one is definite of success, the transplanting may be made safer thus: The ball of earth may be got ready in two stages, The roots may be severed on one-half of the circle in the trench & this portion is close down with light soil is known as 'root treatment". After another week or fortnight, the roots sufficiently recovered from the shock of cuts & can be safely lifted & transplanted. All the roots with jagged cuts or bruises on them are clean cut back to healthy parts as bruises and bad cuts may bring on decay, which may spread to the plant, killing it. While it is well known that roots supply all of a plant's water it is less well known that 95 - 99% of a plant's water is rapidly lost as evaporation from the leaves. Therefore leaf surface of the Tree is Z70 Environmental Management Plan - Package IV A Grand Trunk Road Improvement Project reduced to limit transpiration, it is called "defoliage of tree"; the tree is cut back, if necessary, to concentrate the sap at the roots for formation of new roots to establish the tree. "Heading in" or cutting the top is most desirable in many species. If the tree has several strong branches starting from this leader, each -a smaller branches,.maY be cut back to half a dozen or more buds, -according to the tree; if there are only few branches, they may be reduced by one- thirds of their length maintaining its natural shape. The heading in done because first to keep balance between root system & the canopy (System underground & above ground should be same to reduce stress on either of it.) The cut surfaces are all covered with a paste "Waxing" mixture of water soaking & insecticide liquid to prevent evaporation & to prevent fungus & insect attacks. The tree is then bodily lifted taking care not to break the ball of and not to bruise the bark of the stem in the operation. This is called "Transplanting of Trees" If the ball of earth may happen to be too large to prevent the earth from slipping away, it is tied with sacking or straw. Replanting is done to the same original depth if not 3 to 5 cms deeper. It is not safe to place any fresh manure in contact with the roots. If by chance the earth breaks away from the roots, these are immediately smeared well with a thin paste of 2/3 clay and 1/3 fresh cow dung and water and soaking spray of a fungicide is desirable. The entire plant is then lowered into the hole prepared for it, which is wide enough to take in all roots when spread out. Sand or fine soil is worked in between the roots and the hole filled with good soil, which is pressed down layer by layer. After the tree is planted, if necessary, it is to be suppofted by being tied to a stout long stake, firmly fixed to the ground close to the trunk & protected from cattle by a tree guard. The stem may be advantageously wrapped round with moist straw to limit loss of moisture from the tree, The tree is then copiously watered soon after planting, so that the entire ball of earth & the new soil under it, are well moistened. After such liberal watering, ii may not be necessary to water again for another three days or so. But the tree may be refreshed by spraying on it clear water. It might be provided with shade if the sun is severe. The ground around the stem is watered freely every week or so, in the absence of rain. Too much water is not however to be applied, forming puddles at the bottom of hole in which the tree is planted. Throughout summer, the transplanted tree should get its regular water supply, the soil being soaked through at each watering & not merely sprinkled on the surface. As the surface layer of earth is drying up each time after watering, it may be stirred to depth of 2 to 10 cms, forming mulch. This retards loss of moisture from the soil by evaporation & the tree is enabled to get the full benefit of the water supplied. It is advisable to carry out all above operations in consultation with & under supervision of experienced horticulturists as soil strata, weather conditions, the plant characteristic & root systems may differ from place to place, Thus requiring modification in the transplanting operations. Loazw tea oJsaaEs Environmental Management Plan - Package IV A Grand Trunk Road Improvement Project TRANSPLANTING PROCEDURE CHECKLIST 1. Avoid mechanical damage and dehydration during transport. 2. Avoid planting when weather is hot, dry, and windy, especially with plant material in full leaf. 3. Make sure planting pit is at least twice as wide as root ball. 4. Remove all wire, rope, twine, etc. from root ball. 5. Prune the tree or shrub. 6. Use a light, well-drained backfill material with plenty of organic matter. 7. Make sure the tree or shrub is planted high, 2 to 4 cms below surrounding grade. 8. Water the plant, using a hose as a probe to eliminate air pockets. 9. Mulch the planting area 3 to 5 inches deep. 10, Wrap tree trunks with tree wrap. Remove the following spring. 11. Stake and guy trees. Remove the guys after one year. 12. Water the plant carefully throughout its first growing season. I ? Environnental Management Pla/n - Package IV A Grand Trun 6: Pipal 341317,-318 I N1 5.0271 30 10: 6.Shisam: 35; 317.-31 8 jN 16.912i 32 10i 7.Shisam : 36.,317.-318 1N I 7.54 i30 10; 7. Neem -37"317.-318, IN 6.912j 34 12! 9: Shisam 38,:317.-31 8 N 16.5971 33 12. 12! Shisam 391317,-318 N i6.597, 32 10 9,Shisam 40i317.-318 IN1 ,6597! 32 10; 7!Shisam 41.~317.-318, N i 6.597, 30 10, 6.;Shisam:| 42,317.-318 N 6.283 , 28 9: 7: Gulmohor 43 317.-318 N;5.655. 30 8 7-Gulmohor 44 317.-3-18 N ;7226' 34 10 7:Shisam L45 317,-318 -N '6.912: 32 8 ~ 6 Shisam Detailed Stattement of Suitable Trees for Transpl2anting Chainagewise PACKAGE IV A (317-65) Sr ~Chain-; Tree RoadSide;Tree tForest No 'Age ,Side Girth ;Hight Age Distaince Species No ;Remark tCms NIS !ft t t Yrs -Mtrs,: 1 2 3:4 -5 6, 7 8 9 10 45; 317.-318 N:6.912, 32 10 6: Shisam 47 317.-31 8 !N 18.168i 34 12: 8, Shisam 48 317.-318 iN !5.027;! 28 8' 9,Cassiia 49; 317.-31 8 iN i 5.0271 28 8; 1 A Cassiia 50,317,-318 N 1 5.341 I2B: 3 105Cassoia 511j317.-31 8 j NI 5.969i 30 9' 7iShisam ; 52;317.-318 N ! 6.283! 31 9' 9Shisam 53 317.-318 ,iN 9.739i 32: 12 6 ',Neem $4!317.-31 8 N i8.7961 30~ 10- 7 ; S h i s a m-r 5537-318 N u8.1681 30 10: 8Sia S6'317.-318 iN i 9.1111 35 12; 1 1:Shisam,.__ 571318-319 iN I 8.796!, 32 10i 71 Shisam i 58!318-319 N ; 8.482,1 32- 9~ TShisarni 59:31 6319 ! N,9.4251 34.11 7.Shisarnm 60:318-319 i N 49425tC 30. 10. 7 iShisam 61't318319 ! N1 8.796 i 32-9 71 Shisaim 62!318-319 I N! 8.796; 3.4- 9: 7!Shisam ! 63i318-319 N t 9.111 ! 32! V-7Shisam : ' 64':318-319 ,N! '6.283, 30 9-12: 515 iShisarn i 15# Not Marked -ROAD FOR VA 65:1.0020.00 s VRM BY PASS 66'21-22 N ;4.7121 50!. 10j 6 iNeern $ 67i21-22 S 16.283i 40, 10- 5jPipal , ; 6821-22 ',S! 4.712i 40.; 8i 61Shisam I 69!21-22 i Si 3.1421 25 6i 5.Shisarn ' 70:21-22 S '4 712' 30: 8 51Shisam , 71, 21-22 S 4.712 1 35- 8 , 8!Shisam i 72:21-22 S i 4,712I 35. 1 0. 15iGulmohor._.. 73:21-22 . 4.712i 30-9-12! 515 lShisam I 35# TREES Not Marked 74;22-23 ',Ni4.712', 25- -8: 5Zhisam : i 75; 22-23 N 13.1421 30 3t 3,Sheda(?, 76 2.2-23 jN j 3.771 30~ 8! 5.Shisam ' 77',22-23 iN;6.2831 50 15! 101Shisam : 78. 22-23 N 4712! 40a 1 0! SNeem iMandir - Tree NotkMarked 79;2-2-23 ,N ;3.142i 20 10 1 0 'F'aranj: 80t22-23 , N 7e.854i 30 10; 15,Albizia 81 22-23 'NI' 4.712'. 30. 10, 10,Karanj ! 82!22-23 N: ,4.121 30 10 I10,Karanj 83:22-23 N i 4,712! 30- 10: 1 0Karanj' -84.2-2-23 N; 4.712, 35 t0' 6; Shisam: 85 22-23 'N ' .283i 40 121 6 Shisarn 86:22-23 N,4.712; 40 1 0 5.6'Albizia 87 2223 N 4.71Z 40 10 5 Albizia 88. 22-23 N 6.283: 33 10 4 Albizia Tel Oh 89 22-23 -N 6.283; 32510' 4 Shis-am Tel Oh L90 22-23 N 4.712. 3-i 10 5 Shisam 'Tel Oh Laxmi Public School Detailed Statement of Suitable Trees for Transplanting Chainagewise PACKAGE IV A (317-65) Sr Chain - Tree RoadSideTree .Forest, No Age Side Girth Hight Age !Distance Species No Remark Kms NIS ft ft Yrs Mtrs 1 2 3 4 5 6. 7 8 9 10 91 22-23 N 4.084 35 10 4,Shisam 92822-23 N 3.77i 30 10 6Shisama : 93922-23 N 4.7127 45 101 15iShisam 94122-23 N 4.712i 45 12: 15iShisam 950122-23 N 3.77j 40 101 20 lSKaran . 902122-23 IN 3.77! 3510! 8 20'iShKaran 97122-23 I N 3.77; 35 101 20 Karanj 98'22-23 N 43.07 35: 10' 20 i Karanj 91022-23 I N 4.712: 40 10j 15iShisamra 100!22-23 N,4.7121 30' 10! 22',Karan; 10122-23 N i3.772 30 108 8KShisam ; 1021122-23 N i3.771 302 812 1501 Shisam o 1203'22-23 i N '3.77 25: 608 202Karanj 104122-23 N I 3.771 25i 75 15iKaranj ; 105'22-23 N 53.776 25 12 20SiKaranj 106;22-23 I N 83.772 305 10i 201Karan; 1071922-23 j N 54.084 35 10! 8201Karanj i 108242-23 1 N !4.712j 25 8i 21 ShKaran 109122-23 I N1!4.712i 30. 10! 22!Karani I 110i22-23 N 4.7121 28 811 221SKaranj 122-23 i N '5.3411 289-12i 5-15 IShisam 340XTREES Not Marked 12123-24 N .7121 305 81 22Karanj 113123-24 N 7.8540 40 150 51Neem 114'27-246 N 57.054 40 101 e5w 5iCasias: 121525-24 ! N I 7.7541 403 15 5Pipal 1163252462 N 5.655i 45 10 l01Shisam 1117123-24 I Ni6.9121 421 151 101Mlbizia -3fr I OC Petrol Pump 1218,2324 I NI 6.2831 35;! 101 10'Albkizi : 1119,24-25 IjNi 5.655i' 32~ 8i 8!Shisam ' 120 24-25 N '4.7121 32,~ 81 6iShisam 121 24-25 ,N',4.7121 32i 12! a81Shisarn 122'25-26 I N4.7121 28'912, 5-15 iShisam 32#TREES Trees Not Marked 112312526 , Ni 3.77 i 35;10! 81Karanj : 124'25-26 N '3.771 30~ 10i 8,'Karanj 1125 25-26 jN !4.401 30~ 1, 8iKaranj 126 25-26 I N 5027i 30 10i 8I Karanj 1127'25£26 N,5,0271 30 101 1iQ!New spicies 128 25-26 N i3.771 30 8 101Pipal 129 25-25 N !3.77; 35. 8:; 20IShisarn 1 0226 N:5.0271 34:8: 201 Shisam I 1:2 26 N !5.027, 34: 8'. 18i,Shisam 13262 : N s3.77: 40 10!. 15.,Shisarn 13 S7 N '3.77, 40 10- 15:Shisam 134 26-27 N '6.2831 40 10, 15! Shisam L135 26-,27 N 5.655, 40 1Q 15!Shisam Detailed Statement of Suitable Trees for Transplanting Chainagewise PACKAGE IV A (317-6G} Sr Chain - Tree RoadSide Tree Forest No Age Side Girth Hight Age: Distance 'Species No Remark Kms NIS ft ft, 'Yrs Mtrs 1 2 33 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 - 136 2r-27 N 4.7121 40 10 8Shisam 137!26-27 N 4.712. 38. 101 8Shisam 1 138:26-27 N 4.712': 38- 10 15Shisam 139126-27 N 4.7121 38 10; 12:Shisam 1401 26-27 N 4.712, 38. 101 15 Shisam 141126-27 N 4.7121 38 101 18iShisam 142126-27 N 4.712, 38 10i 8!Shisam, 143126-27 N 8.168 35 15 8 Shisam 14426-27 N 6.9121 35 14- 8;Shisam 145126-27 | N 11.31! 50 25' 15IPipal 146126-27 N 10.051 38: 14, 10!Shisam 147126-27 N 8.80; 40, 12 12,Shisam 148126-27 N 8.801 40 121 121Shisar 149132-33 5 S6.912' 35; 10i 10iShisam I -AfterJagdishsarai 150132-33 S 5.655; 32 8; _ l0IShisam _ Afte Chandauli 151132-33 I S 6.283i 35, 10i 121Shisam 15232-33 I S 9.4251 40 151 8!Pipal 153132-33 N 3.77l 30- 10i 15.Shisam 154132-33 N I 3.771 30'. 101 15'Shisam i 155j32-33 I N 3.77i 30 101 15iShisam 156132-33 j N 3.77i 30: 10 I71Shisamr 157132-33 I N 3.771 28! 81 151Shisam 1I0134-33 I N 6.9128 305 11 21 7iNeerm 159132-33 Nj 6.912T 30: 126 5'Neem 160!732-33 N i 7.854I 352 14 6 Shisam 161132-33 ! N 5.0271 30 8 103Shisam 162532-33 ! N1 6.9127 35 146: 61 Neem 1763i34-35 ! N/ 3.771 35 810 8'Shisam 164134-35 N 3.77i 35 108 8'Shisam 1758 4-35 N 35.0277 38 128. 8',Shisam 166, 34 35 IN 15.027;6 40' 14! _81Shisam I 16734-35 N j6.283 351 8! 106Shisam 116834 35 N 06,283; 35i 10t 20;Shisam 1169 j!3435 !N i 6.283i 35, 10; 15;Shisarn 1170134-35 jN 6.283i 35. 101 10;Shisam 1711i34 35 iN+3,T7M 28i 6, 22:Shis-arn 172134-35 I Nj3.77;i 28:6; 25IShisam n 173 i34-35 i N ,3.77, 28-6 ; 25'Shisam 174'34-35 iN,5,341 ! 35: 9, 13;Shisam7 175 341 35 i N '5.027. 35 6:. 10! Shisam 176k34-35 , N > 3.77: 30 8 16iShisarn 177;34-35- N ; 3.77i 30 8- 12!Shisam 178 34 35 'N 3,77 32 8- 14~Shisarm 179,34-35 N ~3.77, 30 8' 16 Shisam 180-34-35 N 5.027 35 10, 10 Shisam ~~~Detailed Statement of Suitable Trees for Transplanting Chainagewise PACKAGE IV A (317-65) Sr Chain - , Tree RoadSideoTree ,Forest No :.Age I.Side,'Girth :Hight Age ODistance Species iNo Remark Kms I NIS 1 ft ft Yrs! Mtrs 1871-32 I 3 4 '5 37 7 8 3 9 10 181,34-35 N 5.027i 35 1 12;Shisam 182,34-35 N 4.3981 322 8 14:Shisam 183,34-35 ! N i4.3981 32 8 14'Shisam 184134-35 NI 6.2831 35 i5iShisam I 185134-35 N 46.283. 35 12 12jNewPlant I 186i34-35 N5.969 35 10 BlShisam i 197134-35 i N 1 3.77! 302 8 15lShisamr 188i34-35 i N 3.77, 28 8 20iShisam 189634-35 iNi 3.774 29 8- 18iShisam 190134-35 I N 4.712! 25 8 81Shisam 191!34-35 jN 14.7121 308 89 8Shisam 19234-35 iN 14.7121 283 89 BjShisam I 193!34-35 1 N I 3.771 253 89 8'Shisam I 129434-35 | N1 3.77i 223 8! lOiShisam j L P 534356 N 3.77283 232 8 lOShisam 196 34-35 ! N 4.084i 25 108 l0Shisam 197234-35 I N 4.0843 25- 8 8'IShisam ; 1923435 3 N 84.398: 28 91 Si Shisam 199'35-36 I N N14.7121 302 98 I OIS,hisam 200'34-35 N1 5.0271 30 98 112jShisam i 202i35-36 j N . 5.027! 30 108 10.Shisam i iP%d Une ParalW To Railway Une 20335-36 | N! 5.6551 352 10 6iShisam ! 204235-36 N !6.283: 35 12 10iShisam 205:,35-36 I N1!6.283i 3a, 10 l0jShisam i : 206 I35-365 I Ni 6.283 , 35~ 10i 10jShisam 1207f35-36 jN ! 8.1681 40' 12; 10s5hisarn | |208135-36 N ! 3.142! 25i 8l! 101Shisam I 209 i35-365 I NI 8.1681 30! 151 101Shisam ! 210i35-36 !IN,l8.80! 35 141 10IShisam 21 V 3--36 jN i6.9121 32; 12! 10ilShisam 212';3536 | N1 4.40; 30~ 121 -101IShisam 1213:i35-36 jN 1 3.77j 28i~ 10; 10 iShisam 214,35-36 i Nj 3.771 30! 1 C! l0fShisam 215't3-536 IN5j .65sl, 30 -110i I0 iShisam 216.:35-36 lNIl 3.77i 30: 8j 9!Shisam 217 3-5-36 N ! 3.77,i 30: 8l 10i,Shisam 218;35-36 !N ! 3.771 30; 8, 101Shisam L219 35-36 N !5.027, 32' 10; 10IShisam 220.;35-36 I N!5.027' 32~ 10'' 8; Shisam 1221tl35-36 iN 5.0271 35! 10- -8.Shisam 222:35-36 N t5.027i 30a8 12! Shisam 223'35-35 N 5.027' 32 8' 12,Shisarn 224 35-3S N 5.027' 32 10 ~ 6 Shisam 225 317-38 N 6.283; 35 12 6 Shisam Detailed Statement of Suitable Trees for Transplanting Chainagewise PACKAGE IV A (317-65j No :Age :Side Girth sHight Age; Distance !SPecies :No ,Remark Kms NISt ft fti Yrs MtrS;: 1: 2 3 -4 :S 6 ! 7 j S. -1 226 :37-38 28N 5.655 3 10: 10:Shisam 227137-38 N 55.0271 28 10 13iShisam 228337-38 N N5.027 30 10! 121Shisam 229337-38 N I.271 30 10: 12iShisam 230537-38 N 5.655i 35 120 10'JShisam 231.37-38 I N5 65521 35 101 l2BShisam 232137-38 I S 5.655i 32 10 l4Shisam 233387-39 N 5652835 28 '3101 1216Shisam 234937-38 9 N6.28371 28 10; llShisam 235 1 37-38 jN !6,9121 35 12: 101Albizia 236! 38-39 N '6.283i 30. 10! 12jB1anyan 237138-39 IS !5.6551 302 101 14IShisam 24138-39 |Si5.6551 30 10i 16lShisam 239138-39 I S 5.0271 20 8i 121Shisam 240I33-39 I S 6.2831 320 101 14IShisam 241 i38-39 _ISj 5.0271 20- 12; 14IShisam 242138-39 S j 5.0271 25 8j 14IShisam 243138-39 IS 6.2831 30 101 142Shisam 1244138-39 i S 5.6551 2Z 8, 12 jShisam 24513&-39 IS I6.283' 30 101; 12iShisam ; 246 38-39 i S 15.027i 30 81 12lShisam , 247138-39 1 S 5.6551 30. 8i 14iShisam I 248 3941 1 1 , Villaoe Sayyadraja 249i41-42 i N 1 i i 20 Trees Not Marked WIL 250143-44 _ ____- i : . Check post 251148-49 N 3.771 28- 8 i 5 Shivan 252i48-49 i N 1 3.77t 25 8i 51Shivan 253148-49 1 N 10.05, 35 121 20Pipal 25414849 T N 6.2831 28 8_ 5jShivan 255i448-49 N 6.2831 30 8! 5!Shivan . 256148-49 N 16.2831 30 81 51Shivan 257148-49 1 N :47121 30 101 5!Shivan 258148-49 IN 6.283i 30 101 61Shivan 259:48-49 N 7.8541 32 81 6iShvan 260.50-51 N '7.854j 30 12; 7INern 261150-51 ! N 7.854i 30 12 7|Neem 262,50-51 I N 7.8541 30 12' 71Neem 263i50-51 I N 7.8541 32 121 7iNeem 264150-51 i N 7.854i 32 121 7,Neem 265:50-51 I N 7.54: 32 12: 6lneem 266:50-51 N 6.9121 30 10! Sineem 267i51-52 N 8.1681 32 12: 5:Shisam 268:51-52 N 5.655' 2.5 10o 5.Shivan 269 51-52 . N 9.425 40 15 6'Pipal .270 54-55 . N 9.425 42 15i 6;Banyan Detailed Sit2tement of Suiiable Trees for Transplanting ChainagewiseI PAC,KA,GE IV A (317-66) iSr !Chain - I I Tree i RoadSide!Tree 1 Forest I iNo jAge j(Side|GirthInHight,Age l Dist2rnce-iSpecies iNo I Remark jKrns |NIS !ft jft jYrs I Mtrs i I 1 2 |3 i4 5 i 6 7 1 8 t9 .1 271 j5455 1 N 1 7.541 351 10 ~ 6 iShisam i 272154 55 I N | 6.9121 25j 101 12IShivan j 2731=5 IN1507 5 8l 61Pipal i 2741j5455 1 N 1 6.2831 301 10j 5IShivan I 275i 515-56 ( N |i 8.6| 5 12j 5 jShisam ;I I 276' j55-56 | N 1 5.655j 35l 101 61 Shivan i i 277160-61 i N 13.1421 201 5j 6IGulmohar j I 278 i60-61 j N i3.77 j 201 61 61Gu!mrohar j 279 j 5061 jN 16.2831 25i a! 14'Pipal , j 280!60-61 N 1 6.2831 20 i.101 141 Karan; Detailed Statement of Suitable Trees for Transplantation Chainagewise Package IV A( 317Kms- 65 Kms) Sr Chain - I roadside Forest No Age Side Girth Hight Age Distance Species No. Remark Kms NIS ft ft Yrs Mtrs 1 2 3 _ 5 6 7 8 9 10 281 317 000 N 3.14 35 13 1 Sisam 282 317000 N 3.14 40 131 10 Sisam ___ 283 317 000 N 4.71 45 20 1 0 Sisam 284 317.000 N 5.76 50 24 1 0 Sisam 285 317 000 N 3.66 i 45 16 10 Sisam 286 317 000 N 4.19 35 16 1 CSisam 287 317 000 N 3.40 35 15 5 Sisam 288 317.000 N 3,14[ 35 13 10 Sisam 289 317 000 N 3.40 40 14 10 Sisam 290 317.000 N 3.40 40 14 10 Sisamn 291 317 000 N 3.14 40 13 B Sisam 292 317.000 N 4.19 48 18 e - Sisam 293 317.000 N 4.97 50 22 10 Sisam 294 317 000 N 4.19 45 18 8Sisam 295 317.000 N 4.191 40 15 5 Sisam __ 296 317 000I N 3 66 5016 eSisam _ 297 317.000 N 4 45 45 20 5 Sisam 298 317.000 N 3,40 40 15 5 Sisam 299 317.000 N 3.93 45 17 8 Sisam 300 317.000 N 3.66 45 16 5 Sisam 301 317.000 N 3.4 40 1 5 10 Sisam 302 317.000 N 4.19 45 18 10 Sisam 303 317 000 N 4.19 45 18 1C Sisam 304 317.000 N 3.14 40 14 5 Sisam 305 317.000 N 4.19 45 18 10 Sisam 306 317.000 N 3.14 35 13 10 Sisam 307 317.000 N 4.71 45 22 10 Sisam 308 317.000 N 4.19 50 1E 5 Sisam 309 317.000 N 3.14 40C 5 Cassia 310 317.000 N 3.401 35 8 5 Cassia 311 317.000 N 5.231 25 25 . Mango 312 317.000 N 3.14 35 14 5 Neem 313 318.000 N 4.19 45 20 5 Mango 314 318.000 N 4.19 45 1a 5 Sisam 315 316.ooo N 5.23 40 221 5 Ficus 316 318.000 N 4.45 45 18 5 Sisam 317 318.000 N 4.97 35 20 5 Sisam 318 318 .000 N 6.281 45 28 5 Sisam 319 318.000 N 4.97 45 24 5 Sisam 320 318.000 N 4.71 40 20 5 Sisam 321 318 000 N 3.40 35 13 5 Sisam 322 318.000 N 5.23 45 24 5 Sisam 323 318.000 N 3.14 35 13 5 Sisam _ 324 21.600 N 3.14 45 1 5 Jamun 325 21.000 N 3.93 35 17 10 Sisam 326 21.000 N 3.93 45 16 10 Sisam 327 21 000 N 4.71 40 20 5 Sisam 328 21.000 N 6.28 50 26 5 Sisam 329 21.000 N 3.40 35 13 5 Sisam 330 21.000 N 3.40 45 13 10 Sisam 331 21.000 N 3.14 45 13 10 Sisam 332 21.000 N 3.93 45 14 10 Sisam 333 21.000 -N 3.93 45, 14 l0 Arqun 334 21 000 N 4.19 45 18 10 Arjun 335 21.000 N 6.02 50 24 5 Sisam 336 21 000 N 6.02 50 24 5 Sisam 337 21.000 N 3.93 35 12 5 Jamun 3381 21 000 N i3.14 40 10 5_Arjun 3391 21 000 N |3L40 4 340[ 21.000 N 3.40 40 13 EJamun 34'1 21.000 N 3.14] 35 12 5 Jamun 3421 21 000 N 3141 35 12 5 Jamun 3431 21.000 N 3.661 45 1 2 S Arjun 344 21 .000 N 3.14 35 12 5 Jamun 3451 21 000 N 3.40 35 12 5 Jamun _ 3461 21000 N 3.14 40 10 5 Arjun 22 200 _ . _ _ Prtrol Pump Water logging 67 22 400 N 4.191 40 14 5 Arjun 68 22000 I N 3.66t 40 1 2 . Arjun 69 22,000 N 3.40 45 12 5 Ariun 70 22.000 N 3401 45 12 5 Sisam 71 22 000 N 4.19 45 15 c 5Arjun 72 22.000 N 4.19 45 17 5 Sisam 73 22.000 N 3.14 40 13 5 Sisam 74 22.000 N 3.14 35 15 5 Bargad Vad 75 22.000 N 3.66 35 11 5 Karanj 76 22.000 N 3.40 35 13 5Sisam 777 22.000 N 4.71 40 20 5 Sisam 78 22. oo N 3.14 40 13 5 Sisam 79 22.000 N 3.14 35 10 5 KaranJ _ 80 22.000 3.14 35 13 5 Sisam 81 22.jOO N 3.14 35 13 5 Sisam 82 22.000 N 4.45 35 15 10 Karanj 83 22.000 N 4.45 35 15 10 Karanj 84 22.000 N 4.711 35 15 10 Karanj 85 22.000 N 3.66 30 12 5Karanj L 86 22.000 N 4451 35 15 1 10 Karanj _ _ 87 22.000 N 5.23 35 24 5 Ficus 88 22.000 N 4.451 30 15s 10 Karanj 89 22.000 N 3.14 35 13 l0 Sisam 90 22.000 N 3.401 35 13 10 Sisam 91 22.000 N 3.14 40 13 10 Sisam ______ 92 22.000 N 3.14 45 13 10 Sisam 93 22.000 N 3.40 45 13 1 0 Sisam 94 23.000 N 4.45 35 15 5 Raintree 95 23.000 N 5.76 40 20 5 Raintree 96 23.000 N 3.93 40 15 5 Raintree 97 24.000 N 4.45 45 18 5 Sisam 98 24.000 N 3.66 45 15 5 Sisam 99 24.000 1N 3.931 40 16 5 1Sisam 100 24.000 N 3.14 35 13 10 Sisam 101 24.000 N 3.66 35 13 lOSisam 102 2400o N 3.14 35 13 10 Sisamr 103 24.000 N 4.19 40 14 1 0 Sisam 104 24.000 N 3.14 35 13 10 Sisam I Water Loagging area 105 24.000 N 3.40 40 13 1 0 Sisam _ 106 24.000 N 3.14 35 13 1 0 SisamI 107 24.000 N 3.40 35 11 5 Raintree 108 24.000 N 3.661 35 16 10 Ficus _ 109 24.000 N 3.14 35 13 1 Sisam 110 24.000 N 3.401 35 13 10 Sisam Water Ioagging area 111 24.000 N 3.401 35 13 10 Sisam 112 24. 000 N 3.14 40 13 l Sisam __i 113 24.000 N 3.141 40 13 lSisam 114 24.000 N 3.401 35 13 5 Sisam 115 24 000 N 3.14 35 13 Sisam 116 24-000 N 3.14 40 13 __ _5 Sisam_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 117 24000 N 3.14 35 13 ___ SSisam ___ 1181 24.00 N 3.14 35 13 5 Sisam ____ 119 24.000 N 3.40 45 13 5 Sisam 120 24.000 N 3.40 __45 131 5 Sisam 121 24.000 N 3.40 35 13 5 Sisam 122 24.000 N 3 66 35 13 5 Sisam _ 123 24.000 N 314 40 13 _ Sisam 124] 24 000 N 3.66| 45 131 5Sisam I 125 24.000 N 3.40 35 13 10 Sisam _ 126 24 000 N 3.40 45 131- 10 Sisamr 127t 24 000 N 3 93 45 14 10 Sisam 128 24 000 N 3 661 45 14 10 Sisam 129 24 000 N 4.191 50 14 1C Sisam 130 24 000 N 3 40 45 14 10 Sisam __ 131 24 000 N 3.66 45 14 lo Sisam 132 24 000 N 4.7s1 5C 20 eSisam 133 24.000 N 3.40 4 13 1 Sisam 134 24 000 N 3.40 45 13 lOSisam 135 25.000 N _ 3.93 45 16 10 Sisam 1 36 25 000 N 3.66 40 16 1 0 Sisam 137 25.000 N 4.19 45 18 10 Sisamr 138 25 000 N 3.40 45 14 1C Sisamri 139 25 000 N 3.66 50 14 1C Sisam .. 140 25.000 N 4,71 45 20 8Sisam 141 25.000 N 5.50j 35 20 8 Jamun 142 25.000 N 3.141 35 13 10 Sisam ___ 143 25.000 N 3.14 40 13 10 Sisam _ 144 25.000 N 4.45 40 19 e Sisam 145 25.000 N 5.23 35 1 8 Jamun _ 146 25.000 N 3.4C 35 14 _ 8M Jamun 147 25.000 N 3.66 35 16 8 Sisam _ 8 25.000 N 3.66 35 15 E8 Sisam ._ 149 25 000 N 5.76 40 24 E 8 Sisam . 150 25.000 N 5.50 45 24 - I Sisam . 151 25.000 N 3.40 25 161 8 Ficus _ 152 25.000 N 314 35 10 8 Jamun B__ tehind these trees some trees are 153 25.000 N 3.66 35 11 8 Raintree suitable for transplantng. Water 154 25.000 N 3.40 35 14 10 Sisam ogging exists behind these trees 155 25.000 N 3.66 45 14 10 Sisam _ 156 25.000 N 3.93 40 16 8Sisam 157 25.000 N 4.451 45 18 8 Sisam J 158 25.000 N 3.40 35 1 4 1 0 Sisam _ 1591 25.000 N 3.40 35 14 101Sisam 160| 25.000 N 3.66 40 1i4 10 Sisam .. 161 25.000 N 3.40 45 1i4 12|Sisam 162 25 000 N 3.66 40 14 12 Sisam 163 25.000 N 3.93 40 14 12 Sisam _ 164 25.000 N 3.141 35 13 15 Jamun _ 165 25.000 N 3.66 35 14 10Sisam 166 25.000 N 4.19 45 18 210 Sisam I 167 25.000 N 3.40 35 14 15 Sisam .. 168 25.000 N 3.66 40 1i5 15 Sisam 169 25.000 N 3.14 45 131 15 Sisam |1701 25 000 N 3 66| 45 131 15Sisam _ | 171 25.000 N 3.40| 45 14 153Sisam r 172 25.000 N 4.451 50 20 15 Sisam 173 25.000 N 4.19 35 1 8 15|Sisam 174 25.000 N 3.14 40 13 15Sisam 175 25 000 N 3.14 40 13 15|Sisam 176 25.000 N 3.93 45 16 15 Sisam 177 25.000 N 4.19 45 16 10 Sisam I178| 25.000 N 3.40 45 14 15 Sisam | 179| 257000 N 4.19 401 8 15|Sisam 180| 25.000 N 4.45 50 19 10 Sisam 181 25.000 N 3.40 35 14 10 Jamun 182 25 000 N 3.14 35 14 10 Jamun 183 25 O0 N 3.40 35 14 10|Jamun _ 184 25.000 N 4.45 45 20 12 Sisam 185 25 000 N 3.66 45 16 12 Sisam 186| 25.000 N 3.14 45 14 12 Sisam 1&.1 250200 N 4.191 45 17 12 Sisam | t88j 25 000 N 4,451 50 20 12 Sisam 189 25.000 | N 3.40 301 18j 15 Ficus Umbar | 190 25.000 N 4.97 50 24 8 Sisam 191 25.000 N 6.54 35 281 8Mango 192 25.000 N 3.141 35 13 1 eSisam 193 25 000 N 4.19 45 18 1 eSisam 194 25.000 N 4.19 60 18 15 Sisam 195 26000 N 4.19 50 18 15 Sisam 196 26.000 N 3.66 50 16 15 Sisam 197 26.000 N 4.19 50 18 10 Sisam 198 26.000 N 4.71 50 20 10 Sisam 199 26.000 N 3.66 50 16 1 Sisam 200 26.000 N 3.93 50 16 15 Sisam 201 26.000 N 6.02 50 28 5 Sisan 202 26.000 N 3.40 50 14 10 Sisam 203 26.000 N 3.14 45 13 15 Sisam 204 26 000 N 3.14 55 13 15 Sisam 205 26.000 N 3.14 50 13 15 Sisam 206 26.000 N 3.401 45 13 15 Sisam 207 26.000 N 3.40 55 13 15 Sisam 208 26.000 N 3.40 45 13 15 Sisam 209 26.000 N 3.66 55 15 15 Sisam 210 26.000 N 3.66 55 15 15 Sisam 211 26.000 N 4.19 50 18 15 Sisam 212 26.000 N 4.45 55 18 15 Sisam 213 26.000 N 3.40 45 14 10 Sisam 214 26.000 N 3.40 45 14 10 Sisam 215 26.000 N 3.40 45 14 10 Sisam 216 26.000 N 3.93 50 18 15 Sisam 217 26.000 N 3.14 45 13 8 Sisam 218 26.000 N 4.19 50 18 10 Sisam 219 26.000 N 3.93 50 18 10 Sisam 220 26.000 N 3.66 50 15 10 Sisam I 221 26.000 N 3.93 50 18 10 Sisam a 222 26.000 N 3.66 50 16 10Sisa _ 223 26.000 N 3.66 _50 16 loSisam __ 224 26.000 N 3.40 55 16 10 Sisam 225 26.000 N 3.14 50 13 1 0Sisam 226 26.000 N 4.97 50 23 10|Sisam _ 227 26.000 N 3.40 40 13 l0Sisam 1 228 26.000 N 6.02 50 27 10 Sisam 229 26.000 N 4.71 50 23 10 Sisam 230 26.000 N 3.66 55 16 10 Sisam j 231 26.000 N 3.14 45 13 10 Sisam 232 26.000 N 3.401 40 13 10 Sisam _ 233 26.000 N 3.14 45 13 10 Sisam 234 26.000 N 4.45 45 20 10 Sisam | 235 26.000 N 3.40 40 15 15 Sisam 236 26.000 N 3.93 40 15 15 Sisam _ 237 26.000 N 3.66 45 16 18 Sisam 238 26.000 N 3.40 401 141 15 Sisam 239 26.000 N 3.93 55 18| 10 Sisam _ 240 26.000 N 3.14 40 14 1t5 Sisam | 241 26.000 N 3.93 45 18 15 Sisam 242 26.000 N 3.14 40 14 15 Sisam 243 26.000 N 3.40 45 14 15 Sisam 244 26.000 N 3.40 45 14 12 Sisam 245 26.000 N 3.93 50 18 8 Sisam 246 26. 000 N 4.19 45 18 8 Sisam 247 26.000 N 3.66 45 16| 8 Sisam 248 26.000 N 4.19 40 20 10 Sisam 249 26000 N 4 19 40 20 10 Sisam I Near Canal 250 27 000 N 5.23 45 24 8 Mango 251 27.000 N 6.02 45 25 8lMango 1 25 27.000 N 4.97 50j 221 8 Sisam 253 27.000 N 4.19 45 18 8Sisam I 254 27.000 | N 4.19 45 18 6Sisam 2551 27.000 N 4.71 50 22 8 Sisam I 2561 27 000 N 4.97 401 22 8 Raintree 2571 27 000 N 4.71 45 22 8 Sisam 258 27 000 N 3.14 401 14 8 Sisam 259 27 000 N 3.14 45 14 8Sisam 260 27 000 N 5.23 45 18 . 8 Raintree. 261 27 000 N 4 19 50 1 10 Sisam 262 27.000 N 3.40 45 1 4 1 CSisam 263 27 000 N 3.66 45 15 12 Sisam 264 27.000 N 3.66 45 15 12 Sisam 265 27 000 N 3.66 45 15' 12 Sisam 266 27.000 N 3.14 40 141 12 Sisam 267 27 000 N 3.40 40 14 15 Sisam 268 27 000 N 3.14 40 14 15 Sisam 269 27.000 N 3.66 40 15 12 Sisam 270 27.000 N 4.19 45 18 10 Sisam 271 27.000 N 3.40 45 15 1 Sisam 272 27.000 N 3.14 40 13 10 Sisam 273 27.000 N 3.40 40 15 10 Sisam 274 27 000 N 3.66 40 15 10 Sisam 275 27.000 N 3.66 45 15 10 Sisam 276 27.000 N 5.23' 50 24 8 Sisam 277 27.000 N 4.19 50 18 15 Sisam 278 27.000 N 3.40 40 10 15 Gulmohor 279 27.000 N 9.42 45 40 8 Pipal 280 27.000 N 3.93 45 18 10 Sisam 281 27.000 N 3.93 45 12 C Gulmohor 282 34.550 N 4.19 40 18 12 Sisam 283 34.000 N 366 40 16 12 Sisam 284 34.000 N 3.40 40 14 12 Sisam 285 34.000 N 3.40 40 14 10 Sisam 286 34.000 N 3.14 40 13 15 Sisam 287 34.000 N 3.14 45 13 15 Sisam 288 34.000 N 3.93 45 18 12 Sisam 289 34.)00 N 4.19 45 18 1 Sisam 290 34.000 N 3.93 45 18 12 Sisam 291 34.000 N 3.40 45 15 12 Sisam 292 34.000 N 3.93 40 18 12 Sisam 293 34.000 N 3.14 40 15 1 Sisam 294 34.000 N 3.40 40 15 12 Sisam 295 34.000 N 3.93 50 18 12 Sisam _________________ 296 34.000 N 3.40 40 14 12 Sisam 297 34.000 N 5.76 35 26 12 Sisam 298 34.000 N 3.14 40 13 12 Sisam 299 34.000 N 3.93 45 17 12 Sisam 300 34 000 N 3.14 45 13 12 Sisam 301 34.000 N 3.93 45 18 12 Sisam 302 34.000 N 3.40 45 15' 12 Sisam 303 34.000 N 3.14 40 14 12 Sisam 304 34.000 N 3.14 35 14 1 Sisa!fn 305 34.000 N 3.40 40 14 15 Sisam 306 34.000 N 3.40 45 14 15 Sisam 307 51.000 N 7.07 40 32 8 Ariun 308 51.000 N 5.50 45 24 8 Arjun 309 51.000 N 3.93 35 1 8 Neem 310 51.000 N 3.66E 35 16 C Arjun 311 51.000 N 7.07 30 32 Arun 312 51.000 N 5.50 35 24 8 Neem 313 51.000 N 7.33 35 32 e Arjun 314 51.000 N 8.11 35 36 6 Arun 31 51.000 N 8.37 40 38 6 Emli 316 51.000 N 8.11 40 38 rC Emb_ 317 51 iG00 N 6.54 40 28 5 Sisam 318 51 000 N 3.14 40 13 10 Sisam 319 51.000 N 3.40 30 15 lC Jamun 320 51.000 N 3.14 40 141 1S iisam 321 51.000 N 3 14 40 14 0lCSisam 322 51.000 N 4.19 30 20 1 =Sisam 323 51.000 N 3.14 35 14 1f Sisam 324 51.000 N 3.14 35 14 15 Sisam 325 51 000 N 3.14 35 14 10 Sisam 226 51 000 N 3.14 35 14 10 Sisam 327 51 000 N 3.14 30 14 5 Sisam 325 51.000 N 3.40 40 14 15 Sisam 329 51.000 N 3.40 40 14 10 Sisam 330 51.000 N 3.40 40 14 10 Sisam 331 51 .000 N 3.14 40 14 10 Sisam 332 51.000 N 3.14 40 14 10 Sisam 333 51.000 N 3.40 35 14 15 Sisam 334 51.000 N 3.14 35 14 1COSisam 335 51.000 N 3.14 40 14 15 Sisam 336 51.000 N 3.141 35 14 15 Sisam 337 51.000 N 5.50' 40 18 20 Raintree Hotel Kaimur 338 51.000 N 3.14 35 14 10 Sisam 339 51.000 N 3.14 1 34 14 1' Sisam 340 51.000 N 3.141 35 14 15 Sisam 341 51.000 N 3.401 35 15 10 t un 342 51.000 N 3.401 35 14 15 Sisam .__ 343 51.000 N 3.40 35 14 1 'Sisam 344 51.000 N 3.14 35 13 20 Ariun 345 51.000 N 3.40 35 13 10 Arjun 346 51.000 N 3,14 35 14 10 Sisam 347 51.000 N 3.93 30 18 1 0 Arjun 348 51.000 N 3.14 30 10 20 Karanj 34c 51.000 N 3.40 35 10 10 Raintree .s__.. 350 51.000 N 5.50 40 24 5 Sisam 351 51.000 N 3.14 40 14 20 Raintree 352 51.000 N 3.40 40 15 20 Raintree I 353 51.000 N 3.40 35 141 20 Sisam 354 51 .000 N 3.141 35 141 20 Sisam . 355 51.000 N 3.14 40 17 20 Ssam 356 51.000 N 3.14 35 141 20 Sisam .- 357 55.000 N 3.40 30 8 20 cassia 358 55.000 N 3.40 40 8 15 cassia .- 359 55.000 N 3.14 40 8 15 cassia 360 55.000 N 3.14 35E 18 cassia __ 361 55.000 N 3.66 35e 1S ____ ._ ._ 362 55.000 N 4.71 30 12 1 'cassia 363 55.000 N 3.40 35 15 20 Sisam 364 55.000 N 3,14 35 14 20 Sisam 365 55.000 N 3.40 35 151 20 Sisam 366 55.000 N 3.14 30 8 20 cassia 367 55.000 N 3.14 30 8 E fcassia 368 55.000 N 3.14 35 10 15 Raintree 369 55.000 N 3.14 35 14 20 Sisam 370 55.000 N 3.66 40 16 20 Sisam 371 55.000 N 3.40 35 15 20 Sisam 372 55.000 N 3.14 35 15 20 Sisam 373 55.000 N 3.14 45 14 20 Sisam 374 55.000 N 3.14 40 14 20 Sisam 375 55.000 N 3.14 35 14 20 Sisam 376 55.000 N 3.40 40 14 20 Sisam 377 55.000 N 3.14 30 14 20 Sisam 378 55.000 N 3.40 35 14 20 Sisam 379 55.000 N 3.14 25 14 20 Arjun .. 380 55000 N 3.14 35 14 1 Ar'un 381 55 000 N_ 471 35 24 15 Arjun _ __ __ .-_. _- 382 56.000 N 3.14 4 c 1 Aun 383 60.000 N 6.28 30 2t 15 Ar2un 3841 60.000 I N 4.45 45 1g _ 15 Arjun I I 3851 60.000 N 6,54 45 28 20 Arjun 3861 60.000 N 4711 35 14 1 2 KaranI 387 60 000 I N 6.60 40 24 20 Raintree I 386 60000 I N 4.45 35 151 20 Karanj I 389 60.000 N 4.19 35 t5 20 Karanj I 390 60 X00 N 3.66 35 1r 20 Karan . 391 60.000 N 3.14 35 1 0 20 Karen 392 60000 N 3 14 35 10 20 Karan 393 60 000 N 3.14 35 10 20 Karni Environmental Management Plan - Package IV A Grand Trunk Road Improvement Project Appendix 3 Wells and Hand pumps ideritified for enhancement S. No. Community Location/ Side of Road Distance from Category for Resources Chainage North/South CW (m) Enhancement Well 5.050 South 20.25 B 2 'Well 6.900 South 15.24 B 3 Well 12.100 North 7.00 A 4 Hand Pump 19.700 North 31.00 1 5 Well 19.800 North 6.00 A 6 Well 22.200 North 29.50 C 7 Well 22.700 North 12.80 B 8 Well 23.200 North 14.35 B 9 Well 23.500 North 5.00 A 10 Hand Pump 23.550 North 5.00 1 11 Hand Pump 29.900 South 6.00 1 12 Well 31.850 North 17.50 B 13 Well 23.300 North 26.51 C 14 Well 24.400 South 23.92 C 15 Well 26.750 North 38.78 C 16 Well 27.000 North 15.24 B 17 Well 27.400 North 18.25 C 18 Hand Pump 28.050 North 5.00 19 Well 28.200 South 13.71 B 20 Well 29.100 North 11.88 B 21 Well 29.500 South 13.10 B 22 Well 32.100 North 24.35 C 23 Well 33.300 North 25.29 C 24 Well 32.400 North 11.88 B 25 Well 33.050 South 24.38 C 26 Well 36.900 South 27.00 C 27 Hand Pump 38.000 North 12.19 2 28 Well 42.000 South 24.00 C 29 Well 47.000 North 12.00 B 30 Well 48.800 South 19.81 B 31 Well 56.000 North 6.09 A Note: Type -1: Hand pumps to be reicated Type - A Well to be relocated Type - 2 Hand pump in the RoW Type - B Well with in RoW Type - 3 Hand pump on the edge of the ditch Type - C Well on the edge of the ditch Appendix 4 Cultural properties to be relocated S no Chainage Type Side Distance from Remarks ________ _____________ road Em) 1 317.00 Shrine near Rasuipur North 15.0 Relocation 2 22.1 1W(VRM) Shrine North 1.0 Relocation 3 22.400 Hanuman Shrine South 3.0 Relocation 4 30.900 Temple South 1.0 Relocation 5 43.400 Shrine North 4.0 Relocation 6 43.500 Hanuman Shrine North 4.0 Relocation 7 46.500 (along Kali Temple On proposed Nil Relocation ________ bypass) OnprposedNlRlsto 8 48.200 Buddha Statue Both sides 10.0 Relocation 9 j 61 100 Daitrababa Temple South Nil Relocation Appendix 5 List of borrow areas S. No. Type Location Dist From CW Side Of Road 1 Brick/Kiln Low Area 49.000 55.0 South 2 High Barren Land 17.000 15.0 South 3 High Land 25.050 500.0 South 4 Brick/Kiln Low Area 63.500 200.0 South 5 High Land 64.500 1.5 North 72==77 tp a 4ssendi C2UC7Y Environmental Management Plan - Package IV A Grand Trunk Road Improvement Project Appendix 6 Recommended Quarry Areas S Chainage RDistance from Side of Place Material type No. ROW (kin) Road 1 117.000 7.0 South Tarachandi Stone 2 . 125.000 3.0 South Karwandia Stone 3 130.000 17.0 North Varanasi Stone 4 130-000 17.0 North Mirzapur Stone 5 140.000 7.0 South Aurangabad Moorum 6 172.000 1.3 South Karwandia Moorum Appendix 7 Water bodies for enhancement S.. Dist. From Side of Location T Size Existing condition/ Design Prepared No. Road (mn) Road m i) x 13 (mn) land uselI remarks _5.0 i South 200x100 Akhori village Temple Detailed design drawing 1 5.0 m South 9.500 VRM bypass 200x100&Pond No. IVA/9.5VRMf2 Temple & Pond Detailed design drawing 2 15.0 m South 25.600 VRM lOOX75 (Maheva) No. lVA/25.6VRM/4 3 12 Om South 28.300 VRM 100x100 Pond Detailed design drawing 3 12 om South~ 230 R OlOPodNo. IVA/28.3VRM/4 4 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~~. Detailed design drawing 4 24 8m North 32.300 75x75 Sahuji ka pokhara No. lVA132.3/7 25.0 m South 41 600 80x80 Baghai pokhra Detailed design drawng 6 10.0 m North 49.700 75x50 Shrine with pond Detailed design drawing I ~~~~~~~No. IVA/49.711 1 Appendix 8 Proposed Truck Parking Lay-byes along the Grand Trunk Road S. No. Location Direction Rernarks Design Prepared 43.000-45.000 Existing service lane Typical Design Drawing no. T-14 Appendix 9 Major and Minor Junctions identified for enhancement S. No. Location Type of Junction Rernarks Design Prepared Major Junctions 1 39.000 Y-Junction Syed Raza Bypass Typical Junction 39.000 Y-Junction Syad ~~~~~design Drawving No. 4 2 41 300 Cross-Junction Syed Raza Intersection Typical Junction design Drawng No. 3 3 45.800 Y-Junction Naubatpur Bypass Typical Junction 3 45.300 Y-Junction Naubatpui Bypass design Drawing No. 4 Typical Junction 4 46M800 Y-Junction Naubatpur Bypass design Drawing No. 4 Typical Junction 5 627.0050 T-Junction Dioethii Bypassdesign Drawing No. 4 6317.000 Y-Junction Didekhili Bypass Typical Junction 6 6300YJnto iehl yasdesign Drawing No. 4 Minor Junctions 3 317.150 T-Junction North Typical Junction 1 317.950 7-Junction Southdesign Drawing no. 5 2 317.350 T-Junction North Typical Junction _______ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~design Drawing No. 5 3 31.5 -ucinSuhTypical Junction 317.550 7-Junction South ~~~~design Drawing No. 5 4 317.950 T-JunctionSouth Typical Junction 317.950 7-Junclion ~~~~~~~design Drawing No. 5 Typical Junction 6 318.450 7-Junction North. design Drawing No. 5 e a Environmental Management Plan - Package IV A Grand Trunk Road Improvement Project S. No. Location Type of Junction Remnarks Design Prepared 7 318.480 T-Junction South Typical Junction ldesign Dravving No. 5 8 318.850 T-Junction South Typical Junction design Drawing No. 5 10 318.850 Crs-J unction Sout/oth design Drawing No. 3 1 0 1.580 Cross-Junction North/South Typical Junction _______c design Drawing No. 3 11 1 4600 Cross-Junction North/South Typical Junction design Drawing No. 3 12 14 .0 t Typical Junction 47 10.B40 Cross-Junction North/South design Drawing No. 3 223 16.090 T-Junction South design Drawing No. 5 13 18.150 T-Junction South Typical Junction design Drawing No. 5 Typical Junction 147 6.540 TrM-Junction Nort/oth design Drawing No.3 21 190.40 C-Junction North Typical Junction design Drawing No. 3 22 18.010 T-Junction North Typical Junction design Drawing No. 5 24 7 27.2WYCros-Junction STypical Junction 23N18 150 T-Juncton South t design Drawing No. 5 25 19.610 T-Junction North Typical Junction design Drawing No. 5 25 292-21 T-Junction North Typical Junction design Drawing No. 5 1;3=C7 Environmental Management Plan - Package IV A Grand Trunk Road Improvement Project Appendix 10 Landscape Plans I PA A..eI" 'Q=7 C'&-W Package 4A TCS Trees No. Shrubs No. Turfing Area (M2) 1 UA-a Tamarindus indica 667 Bouganvillae 2667 ______ Bahunia perpuria 2667 Total 2667 Acacia auriculiformis 1333 Total 4667 1 UA-b Tamarindus indica 292 Thavetia nerifolia 1167 Acacia auriculiformis 583 Total 1167 Total 875 1UA-c Tamarindus indica 233 Thavetia nerifolia 933 Acacia auriculiformis 933 Total 933 Cassia nodosa 467 _ _ Total 16331 1 RA-a Tamarindus indica 833 Bouganvillae 3333 Bahunia perpuria 3333 Total 3333 _ Cassia nodosa 1667 . _ . Tecoma stans 167 Total 6000 IRA-b Azadirachta indica 108 Bouganvillae 867 Total 108 Total 867 1RA-c Tamarindus indica 200 Bouganvillae 800 Cassia nodosa 800 Total BOO Gravilea Robusta 800 . Total 1800 1 RA-d Tamarindus indica 867 Bouganvillae 3467 - ______ Bahunia perpuria 34671Total 3467 Cassia nodosa 1733 Total 6087 1 RA-e Tamarindus indica 108 Bouganvillae 867 Total 108 Total 867 .1 RA-f Syzynium cumini 88 Bouganvillae 700 Cassia nodosa 350 Total 700 Acacia auriculiformis 3501 Total 788 1RAg Syzynium cumini 317 Bouganvillae 1267 .______ Cassia nodosa 1267 Total 1267 _ Acacia auriculiformis 12671 Total 2850 IRA-h Tamarindus indica 275 Bouganvillae 2200 Cassia nodosa 1100 Total 2200 Bahunia perpuna 1100 Acacia auriculiformis 1100 Total 3575 1RA- I Tamarindus indica 3350 Bouganvillae 4467 Cassia nodosa 2233 Total 4467 Acacia auriculiformis 2233 Total 7817 Package 4A TCS Trees No. Shrubs No. Turfing Area (M2) 1 RB- a Total 0 0 780 TRB- b Syzynium cumini 217 0 1560 Cassia nodosa 433 . __. Bahunia perpuria 433 Acacia auriculiformis 433 1 . _ Total 10831 1 RB- c Syzynium cumini 183 0 1320 Cassia nodosa 367 _ Acacia auriculiformis 367 Total 917 . 1 UC-a Syzynium cumini 50 Bouganvillae 200 Cassia nodosa 100 Total 200 Total 150 1 UC-b Syzyniur), cumini 283 Bouganvillae 1133 Acacia auriculiformis 1133 Total 1133 Total 1417 BP120-b1 Syzynium cumini 50 0 720 Cassia nodcsa 200 , - ,Acacia auriculiformis 200 3ahunia perpuria 200 Total 650 _ BP120-b2 Syzynium cumini 554 0 7980 Cassia nodosa 2217 Acacia auriculiformis 2217 Bahunia perpuria 2217 . iTotal 7204 . BP500 Syzynium cumini 2825 Bouganvillae 11300 iTotal 2825 Total 11300 _ 5Total Acacia auriculiformis 12150 Bouganvillae 33267 12360 Azadirachta indica 108 Thavetia nerifdolia 2100 _ Bahunia perpuna 13417 Total 35367 Cassia nodosa 12933 _ Gravillea Robusta 800 *Syzynium cumini 4567 _ Tamarindus indica 6825 Tecoma stans 167 Total 50533 0-05. 'a. sO. IN.. 0-le SECTION: BP 500 r r ---- --- -0--- -~I___ BOUGANVILLAE -.-U -5- -F L < ___ ____. _ -- --F - --… - -3M C/C i _n r ~r- - -i*- __ _____ - - -0 … ____ _ -__ -- I I I I . I , --1- I- -I- - -------0-0 … ---- --I-- I I I ~ ~ ~ ~ I _____ ~~~SYZYNIUM --1- W -t S o v , - ~~~~~~~CUMINII E.- _ r- -r - … r-r- --r-- _ . ~ -- I- -H t~ -.-0 --____- ___ _ __ - -F-j-- © / - ---t- I-00t- -tL E ~ ~ ~ I I I I I n~~~~~~~~~~~~~- - -t - f- -_ -_ -_ - - L _ --t- -I- -4- … - 0-0…_ __ -- -- --- I 1 I t I -.-J. L 4- - J. ~- -. … --- -0-0 … ---- --14 r- --- -*--- -… 00: ---- -… - -… …-- -- -… ---- -------- … PLAN: BP 500 .-1 _ _- -- 0- - .- PKG:NV-A,TCS: EIP500,CH-1,4-12.15.19.3-2312(VRN)22.7-28.9 LEFT SIDE WIOENING UR6AN SECTION ROAD LANDSCAPE SECTION: 0-32 Averoqe POW ovoiloble =60m At ch: t19.57,5-19.825, cn extro raw of shrub is to be plranted 0 3rn C/C Spctce for plontrttion - 0.5m on left o.nC North side for noise mitigation 18mo lh --4-L 4-KR -fizPc -L -1t -L0… ----d - mr ~~~~INDEPENDENT ENVIRONMENTAL REVIEW |,s|§ ce _ACACIA AURICULIFORMIS - cx -- - - --- - - ----- - - - 8 S*0 - 3M C/C_ --- -4 >'4 - - - - -- - - --_ __ _ _- - 00 _ __ _____ 4_ C e - BOUGANVILLAE j - _ _ ©_ _ ni __ _ ~~~~~ _~~~~~~ ;rs + E 9 4 3M C/C { t, -0--- .-8t PLAN (a) of 1 UA PKG tet S ts ,e end 2.5. 51 0. e.isiq fte e .. _ Lta Aiiodi Bot AMk | I | V_ffS II_0o .tere Swe. ..t'd woe :S e. erAsbNl. o, do1.ld _I_-_ \ IesDon. o e*is .itle ,. -tsb- e ot s n 6sId_ LANDSCAPE PLAN FOR PACKAGE: 4a, TCS-IUA-a (Urban) Landscape Section: 0-32 Design Chainage for TCS:317-318.9, 27.B-29, 29.3-30, 30.4-30.6, 57.8-58 Length (m): 4000 Average ROW available:64m Space for Plantation: 1.75mn Left 16.25m Right NSih Beyond Spacing No. of No. of Turfed Nrh Daylight species (( m dlc) trees shrubs area (m2) L ine__ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Tamanndus 1 st row indica 12 333 South Beyond D ylight Line . Tamarindus 1st row ind us 12 333 indica ____ 2nd row Bahunia 3 1333 .. .perpuna 3rd row Acacia 3 1333 3 aunculiformis Bahunia 4th row pewuria 3 1333 Median (6m) Median . _ 1st row Bouganvillae 3 1333 2nd row ouganviliae 3 1333 Total Section . __ . Total Tamarindus 667 ._ . indica Total Bahtnia 2667 ferpuna Total Acacia 13 Total____ _ auriculiformis 1333 Total Trees 4667 ___________ Total Bouganvillae 2667 Total Srubs 267 8.30m '. 550m14.75 112725rrL||iJ.25n 0 5C 5.0m l.OOrn 2.50m 1.0m 15,5m 1.Or 1.0rm SECTION (b) of: 1 JA E r 7T gc a > T - _ r YTHAVETIA NERIFOLIA / - ©~~~~~~~~3M C/C Et ~t--x --t--- ^ ---h- -- 3 / -… --t-- so ----L-_- -__ - - - ---rx i- ! s .TAMARINDAS INDICA _12M C/C e~~~ ----t---- -Qo ----tI---- - - -. t--i- ee ---- p-.- -; __ _ - --- -- ---r-- ee ----r --- -- --- ___._ - -~~ 00 ---T--- 3~-t-'~ -~~ -.s .=: T xo ----t--- - = -_ ACACIA -_- .- __-.. ._ ---____ _ __ - _ >v ___j _ 7 _ AURICULIFORMIS __ _ - _ _____ _ - ---T--- 3 __--L__ ._ © _3M C/C .- -- -- ------ - -- ----i--- -- - -. - - ~ ~~- -'---- G - -- - - --0 -. - - ---t- -00- -e __ _._. - _ _ ------ - - -- - F- --i¢-e---- PLAN (b) of: 1 UA PKG:IV-A, TCS IUA, CH-30-30.4, 32.1-32.8. URBAN SECTION 32.1-328. 48.15-48.8 RIGHT SIDE WIDENING Average ROW aovoiable =8Om Spoce for pIcintotion =8.3m on left ROAD LANOSCAPE SECTION: 32-42 5m on right usv7 -. IGRAND ITRUNK R(AD PAPRiIUWT PRO.MCT HVIIIM Wf fkd JNOEPENOENT ENmRONIdIENTAL REVIEW Aw I 1 _ _________s I .. Y1 ____________I____ ED r i | I) tlo tee is to II pio-e.d .4hi. 2.5!o ofo a. -,q ||*. | | | SLiA J 4 PW bUh. * P | 21 -*0 i-.,s *Mo .. -iO n otbo. ... t.i .. o LANDSCAPE PLAN FOR PACKAGE: 4a, TCS-IUA-b (Urban) Landscape Seotion: 0-32 Design Chainage for TCS: 30-30.4, 32.1-32.8, 48.15-48.8 Length (m): 1750 Average ROW available:60m Space for Plantation: 8.3m Left 5m Right Beyond Spacing No. of No. of Turfed North Daylight Species (@ m c/c trees shrubs area (m2) ______ _____ L ine __ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ I _ __ 1st row Tamaindus 12 146 Acacia 2nd row auriculiformis South Beyond D ight Line _ Tamanndus _ 1st row indica 12 146 Median (5mJ Median . . Thavetia2 st row nenfolia 3 583 T haveiia 2nd row nerfolia 3 583 Total Section _ _ Total Timadindus 292 _ ___. ___indica Total Acacia 583 Toal auricuhiformis58 Total Trees = 87S Total Thavetia 1167 Total_______ _ nerifolia Shrubs . . 1167 Total Shrubs 1_______1167 li 7,5m (I,,1 5.50m 1 3.752 I 725 5,00m I 7.25rn 1 I50QITIf 7 50m 2 t.0m 2.0 in .com 1.OO0jsm 1.00m 1 00,n SECTION (c) of: I UA E ------,X -1 4 ffi i + THAVETIA NERIFOLIA -t- __ -O0A ----i---- C___ _ -7--t-- O __ _C _/C _. __ > ----- - ~ t 4t.r-- F F _ _ TAMARINDAS INDICA $O$ ----i--- 4 -~~~r~ - @21M C/C _ ~ _ -- -q __-- 0_ ___i___ -> _t __ - _CASSIA NODOSA -- -- 4 -0k01 -:t ! 33M C/C -- - - ACACIA -0 0--- - PLAN (c) of: I UA _ _ _0URBAN SECTION PKG:iV-A. TCS: 1UA. CH-29-29-3. 31-32.1 CONCENTRIC WIDENING Averaqe ROW CvcilOble =62m ROAD LANDSCAPE SECTION: 0-32 Spoce for plantation = 7.5m on eccn side amm MU PJW 0MOVEMET PRM I IhI, ~vmsAhIyOf kii. tRAWDtV4M ND tWFWp W (t Itl II XhOlt z NDEPENOENT ECMVRONMENTAL REV?EW Wm OO 0fD_4_ F l t- ntrO XP00C -414 25o 0|tt.1. || A. di. Amt PVLLkL 21 A - 0(. i- | - 0 0 -i tr sooct . I esOsttj*WjO>Oweolhe*|esoei{ 11o !- LANDSCAPE PLAN FOR PACKAGE: 4a, TCS-1UA-c [Urban) Landscape Section: 0-32 Design Chainage for TCS:29-29.3, 31-32-1 Length (m): 1400 Average ROW available:62m Space for Plantation: 7.5m Both Sides - - - Beyond Spacing No. of No. of Turfed North Daylight Species (@m cdc) trees shrubs area (m2) LUine __ _ _ _ _ _ 1st row Tamarindus 12 117 2nd row Cassia nodosa 3 467 South Beyond D ylight Line 1st row Tamarindus 12 117 indica 2nd row Acacia 3 467 auriculifofrmis .rd row TAcacia 3rd row auriculiformis Median (5m3 Median 1st row Thavetia 467 1 tnerifoila __ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ 2nd row neTfalia 467 Total Section Total Tamarindus 233 _________ ~~indica I__ _ Acacia . Total auriculiformis Total Cassia nodosa 467 Total _ _ _TreeS_ 1633 Total Thavetia 933 _________ I ShUb nerifolia 933 Total Shrubs _______933 . 50 14 omM soL 5sOm .| 5 7.2 "'m o 725,, .0 72O,m ,7 .50 1. m 0.5m mOOm lOOm 1.00. Righi of Way SECTION (a) of: 1 UC ----0 ------- - _ SYZYNIUM A_ ___1________wF______ '~~~' 4- -- -- -- - - -0---UM I - - I 12n. C/C t- _____ _____-------- - - O -------- --- - _ _-1 ______ _ _____-_-_- - - - … ….- - C - _-.- - t~ -- I- -… - - - - - - ___00-… … - - - - @3M- -C/ - 1Q - ---- - - -G '0… … - - -: 1 - - 1 --t t -4 -- ------------------ 04 --------- --- __ I7 - - 00 - -I --- -- -~~ -~- - -- --------- - ---- - - - 0 --- .- --- ~~, 1 ~~---------- 0------ . I -.----.----- ee---- '- CASANDS -I- - -------- --------- - ------------06---- 3M C/C -…-- - -- - - --- 0 10…-- -- - --_ I_ I . - -L…~~~~~--- - ---- ---…----- . - -~~- -i--- -- -------- - --oo--- -' - PKG:IV-A. Tcs: IUC, CH-44-9-45.2 LEFT SIDE WIDENINC URBANeag SETONvoolb 6r ROAD LANDSAPE SECTIO: *2-49 | Spoce for plontolion = 4rn on left GRMIRUK I AIWEOfPRJC s - . - - -- OUGENENVENL ELONMENTAL REVIEW O OE COW 5t | 1 Nob I) w v is to be DI.-I'd -41,w 2.5m d eo cwistknq ,-. ||M An M SOL As PAo LKouh 71G055-rliG I 2) A- - -d Ad' - t -00 - -- I t |0 I | - -J V>#e -I -. -4 Gl*. De " _. It" sPoce is *"AdW. M"Sace fr plOhttior = 4i n ldf LANDSCAPE PLAN FOR PACKAGE: 4a, TCS-IUC-a (Urban) Landscape Section: 42-49 Design Chainage for TCS:44.9-452 Length (m): 300 Average ROW available:60m Space for Plantation: 4m Left 7m Right Beyond Spacing No. of No. of Turfed North Dayliht Species (@m c/c) trees shrubs area (m2) ____ ___ ___ Line _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 1 St row Syzynium 12 25 cumini South Beyond Daylight Line . st row Syzynium 12 25 1st row ..5cumini 2nd row Cassia nodosa 3 100 _ Median (Sm) Median . 1st row Bouganvillae 3 100 2nd row _ ouganvi ae 3 100 Total Section Total cuSyzyniu so Total Cassia nodosa 100 Total Trees IO1S0 Total Bouganvillae _ - _______ 200 7 __ I Shrubs I__ _ _ _ L200 iTotal Grass _ _ 1 __ - -- - .50 6.5i,, 5.0 . in 7.25r, 5.00Jn 7. 1i 0 6.5m 50 1. O,, 0.5m l OOn, tOOn, l.OOm 1.0 m Richt of Woy SECTION (b) of: 1 UC ---- T - ------ T- --r-- SYZYNIUM CUMINHI - -. --- - -- - - - -- -- - - - -1 2-C/ tEll; ~~~-1- - - -- --- - 0~~- -- -- ----- _ .1- J - - - - -- I- *4 - - ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~~~~~- --- -- - --- - - -4. - 0 - - . -E BOUGANVILLAE __- _ __ _ _ @3 C/C J-0------- --- -- 'I ~~~~1~~~> ~~~ - go~~~~ - ---- - I _ ACACIA -- - - pG - - _ __~~~~~0 AURICULIFORMIS I -- - - - - - -~~~ ©3M C/C PLAN (b) of: 1 UC PKG:CV-A. TCS: IUC. CH-43.2-44.9 CONCENTRIC WIDENING URBAN SECTION ROAD LANDSCAPE SECTION: 42-49 ASoer ae R°pontotion = bl .51 on each side| -Qr1 N ^ HI91yH AMUM Of hIk IES INDEPENENT E RONMENbTA REE 11 a OO Y ' 1) o Ire e 1 bo D e Od .iiu 2.n 01 orw . in, n, n Pi s |1)N. 1,e i t.SuWi AA. Pytil 2.Of.PI.A.d. SO.. U L . . | 2) Mtse,.ae ir .d ob r_o .oe{ b. .p.MWd 1l 1 L _ ^sez 21oi.nt n. nd ooi-t. Of llenn is mm".nn.. 011hem -e. eitr0 sWoCe is cdo00e. or deseted twoii.i,n -' in, W. is . Rbin. ho-srA eWi-if. n!|n LANDSCAPE PLAN FOR PACKAGE: 4a, TCS-1UC-b (Urban) Landscape Section: 42-49 Design Chainage for TCS:43.2-44.9 Length (m): 1700 Average ROW available:60m Space for Plantation: 6.5m Both sides Beyond Spacing No. of No of Turfed North Daylight species m cdc) trees shrubs area (m2) ___ __ __ L ne__ _ ___ _ _ _ Syzynium 1st row cumini 12 142 _________cumini ____ 2nd row auricuciforrnis 3 567 South Beyond Dayl it Line 1st row Syzynium 12 142 cumini _ _ _ __ _ _ _ 2nd row aunculiformis 3 567 Median 15m) Median _ _ _ 1st row BGuganvillae 567 2nd row 3cuganviHae 3 567 Total Section , .. Total Syzynium 283 _____ ____ cumini Total Acacia Total auriculiforTnis 1133 Total Trees 1417 1 ________ ITotal Bouganvillae 1133 L_____ L lShrubs T I r 1133 .Total |GSGrass 1~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ 1.00m 1.0m I 1 1 SECTION (a) of 1 RA -- EL ____ S -- _ I r 7ITKL i , I >11 BOUGANVWLLAE ~K7 --- ----0 --i-- - ) 00 W t X T , 1*. .- I 4 | - r_BAHUNIA PERPURIA } 11111 ___ i T TAMARINDUS NDICA 00 @~~~~~~12M C/C -- *--- ~-----00CSIANDS -00~~~~7 ------ ------ | ~~~~~~~PLAN MC I RA --- - _ _ _ ASANDS | ~~~PKG7(V-A, TCS: IRA, CH-23-27.8, 21.7-21.3 LEF-T SIDE WIDENIM, RURAL SLECTiON i ~~~~ROAD LANDSCAPE SECTION: 0-32 Average RC-IN avcoiloble =56rr,r } } ~~~Al 23.075-23.325 &c 27.275-27.525. Spoce for plantation = 7 m on ielt one IOW of 7ecomal stans(Troll shrub) $~ 3m c/c to be 19m c,,r r ght | t ~~~planted on the North for rnoise nlitigation I I || ~~~~~INLtCNIPENT WOR1ONMENTAL RLE@4tW 1 l | D-7 I 0 O Nslt l _> ) Nso tree es to L. pbmoo .4"fti Z vr- of Lif A>lVdos 1S. A ~8 hsk PVL LbdL q - 0b ) 'o , 6-00liS 1*v wra.c nlFl titw*e 1n__ ! ¢>L-- 7 i -- _BOUGANVILLAE ________---- @ --3M C/C IL * - - e-0-~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ -I I- BAHUNIA P.RPURIA _ _ T < t M o , @~3M C/C -.------- -- . - - TAMARINDAS INDICA ~ t e<> W e > .- - @ 1 2M C/C -- - - t - . - -- .CASSIA NODOSA ------- __ _ >_ _ 7 .- 3M C/C -- t 00 -- ----… 00--- - ~~00 1- _________--------J-_-------_ PLAN (d) of: IRA RURAL SECTION PKG:IV-A, TCS IRA, CH-32.8-37.1, 38-38.9 LEFT SIDE WIDENING Averoge ROW available olt | | ROAD ~~~~~LANDSCAPE SECTION: 32-42 9 l,n on right ROAD LADCP E N3 2SpaOce for plantation = tIm. arn left 11~~~~~~~~11 NilofnwdpREc NE|ysiiodI Of 'Sa~ `__-t GRbDTW 1RL 0J ROAP MRNEIME PROJECr r __Mt f d | || INDEPENDENT ENVIRONMENTAL REVIEW I | 100 '~' ~ ¶3 No '* 40 bO ptON.fO...isN.S l 2.& or ..Wi q t* ML U inqAes St Ads . Nt Ud. 2) A 51W OdO i-s, o0a w nle o r of t -e to ,e emr lt *Lr.e .r -h- eto .tro 9.. is o'ioe.. or .Ied .tre. I H- 5 _ A I )tss woce is o. oa boe. nt. eS o4th.iSe pis f . tI LANDSCAPE PLAN FOR PACKAGE: 4a, TCS-IRA-d (Rural) Landscape Section: 32-42 Design Chainage for TCS:32.8-37.1, 38-38.9 Length (m): 5200 Average ROW available:56m Space for Plantation: lm Left 19m Right - f~~~Tamanndus ISt row lindica 12 433 South Beyond Da)ylight Line 1st row Tamarndus 12 433 2nd row Bahunia 3 1733 3rd row Cassia nodosa 3 1733 3rd row Bahunia 3 1733 ____ ___ _ _ ___ ___ perpu na _ _ _ _ Median (5m) Median _ 1st row Bouganvillae 3 1733 12nd row Bouganvillae 3 1733 Total Section i _ Total I ai, manndus 867 indica Total Bahunia 3467 perpuna Total Cassia nodosa 1733 Total Trees 6067 Total Bouganvillae 3467 Total Shrubs 3467 0.,lX 06, 'Sl n - o l ,n. .1 . 00 SECTION (e) of: IRA - -----0 0 ----- 7 ----- . . BOUGANVILLAE -L 00 - -- -_ __ @3M C/C - --------0-0 ---- _ _ _______ ._______ . - TAMARINDAS INDICA _ . ____ ___-- -00---- --- _12M C/C - --- -* -----00----- - - *-* --~- - e------ _ -.- -0 - - ------ -~~~~00 ------- --------- - 0 -- --- * -- - - 00 --- -- -- -- * *- -- ------ -- - PLAN (e) of: IRA PKG:IV-A, TCS. IRA. CH-21-7-23 R1GHT SIOE WIDENING RURAL SECTION Averagie ROW avoiluble =42m ROAD LANDSCAPE SECTION: 0-32 Space for plaintation = 3rn on left U900-N.-0H0- .. -* f-df 1-00 0 0 t~- ;*t-b. --J.A t 2----- 00--t~qL odst odhAaN 2 .- .. -e 1. Hl t E00 - -., p-- *- .b- . .0 0-h. ~ _-00 - -. --he n. md s~~~RA LNSCAPE SOECT ENON032Aerage ROvW _-ilbl =42m; @@~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~pc f'r pl_taio = 3m onlf O0" O~ _ ws-) Nlo I'. .s to to clo.Od .thh 2 5' ol a .tq0o. FIb Lea Mma; thgl A. ;ls 4vt Lteod.c mtonss~~~~~~05 000 .. r tro *pOlj0 h 0o00Ot1, 0' Weodhe 1.0 _ I _ _L le11 tDOo. h o.iIttO. 000000 olh.rwot oe *xiteJ. d. _ . LANDSCAPE PLAN FOR PACKAGE: 4a, TCS-IRA-e(Rural) Landscape Section: 0-32 Design Chainage for TCS:21.7-23 Length (m): 1300 Average ROW available:42m Space for Plantation: 3m Left Beyond Spacing No. of No. of Turfed North Daylight Line Specie (@ c) trees shrubs area (m2) Tamanndus 1st row indica 12 108 South Beyond Daylight Line 1 st row Median (5m) Median _ _ _ 1st row Bouganvillae 3 433 2nd row Bouganvillae 3 433 Total Section Tamarndus 108 Total indica__ _ _ __ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Total Trees 108 To_____ X Total Bouganv|ae Shrubs 867 TOtal Shrubs 1__ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 867 _ _ _ _ 4OFN 0n| 7.25 1T1~ 7 ,Lt 1 .65m 1551!2 SECTION (f) of: 1 RA E' _r BOUGANVI LLAE Eq -------- _______ @_3M C/C --- - - 0-0---- _ _ _ --- --- ~ -- -- ---- -- --} r -- - - - _____. t- SYZYNIUM CUMINII ____________ -t - -0 }t- @ 12M C/C - ---- --* - ----… - -0 -- ------- ------. ------ ---I __ L _ CASSIA NODOSA __ ----__-- - AURICULIFORMIS __~------ _* __-___________---39> -- O3m C/C -~~~~~00 -------- - - 00 ---------I----- A---C-A -_ _00 - __ ________7T t- AURCUU__~ -- - ---- - _- It -- --- --- J00DL------ PLAN (f) of:II 1RA PKG:IV-A, TCS: IRA, CFI-41.7-42.75 LEFT StDE wlOENING RUJRAL SE 'ION j ~~~RO,ND LANDSCAPE SECTION: 32-42 Average ROW av toilble -1 50m o ih 1'EMM- pi-i IDWNW H0-i- "-a K- I | ||1 INDEPENOENT ENVtRONMENSAL REViEw |-7 l tAtI a c-smmo.. itk '2.5- .1--At U M ' SoOAs lt LJ -n21 - 0 - tree, . lo he o_e lrASSlV~~~C 11 wher ewe e.t,o srPas ih cwilete. or deeletd hfwheee 1-1l_* s |- ,PLAN (| of :- 1 PAth.wi- wciid_ LANDSCAPE PLAN FOR PACKAGE: 4a, TCS-1 RA-f (Rural) Landscape Section: 32-42 Design Chainage for TCS:41.7-42.75 Length (m): 1050 Average ROW available:50m Space for Plantation: 11.65 Right North Dayliht Species Sping No. of No. of Turfed Not aLinht Scis (m c/c) trees shrubs area (m2) South Beyond Dayl ght Line Syzynium 12 88 I1st row ccumini 12 __ 2nd row Cassia nodosa 3 350 Acacaa 3rd row auriculiformis 350 Median (Smi Median _ 1st row Bouganviltae 3 _ _ 350 12nd row Bouganvil ae 3 350 Total Section _ _ Total Syzynium 88 cumini Total Cassia nodosa 350 _ Total Acaca 3a Tatal |auriculiformis 350 Toa Trees __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 788 _ _ _ Total Bouganvillae j j 700 Total Shrubs |1 700 IF--s 1.~~~~~~401.l- 5Q 1 .01,I3n 4.C2ooCL r7,5m I 5.OCm 725m, L1 IS|It t11.3Cr, 1 so1 10 R;ght of W0y SECTION (g) of: 1 RA - - - - - - -- --- - - - - ------ - - ---- -- - -- - - / - BOUGANVILLAE - r r- -,- - @3M C/C -- -- -------- -LN-- (q of:-1-RA ROAD - ANDSCAPf SEITION: 49-65 Avera9ef R°WSYZYNIUM CUMINII - --~~~ -II.- - CO------@12M C/C - - ~~~~~~CASSIA NODOSA ---- - O- ----- ACACIA - - I-- - - 00 - -> - ~~AURICULIFORMIS - ©~~~~~~3M C/C - ----- -G- - { m h ~ ~~~------- - - PLAN (g) of : 1 RA PKG;IVA, TCS IRA, CH-63.1-65.0 CONCENTR C WIDENING RURAL SECTION ROAD LANDSCAPE SECTiON: 49 65 Average ROW avo~iabIe =60Om Space for plontation = 11.3M on eachsd ullef- "O I i Nai AJ LdIeftOf Ifld )Sora/o"MICAL QRND IRUI ROAD APROVAET PROECT unI II ,-US *E | INOEPENDENT ENVM17ONmENTAL REvEW Ii 0_ 10 0 45 I I) N. te i o Ibe pbl.rrt.d itlhe 2.5r m o. ' LirlinS 1os8ulh Ad Pe Ut U. A 2) A -t.ee .r.- er-d -ter to.s of tree I be .o ed IN A, e C.IW15 s|re .sI,o .pot. i. ibble. u dl.td "r II _ _ l | l~~~~~~~~~eJs ,po MonQt Quauart e d Yedy Qurerb Half Yeady L ~~~~~Enhane nta6on do_f C21 Water Bodies Mmn"y FrMighty M uarley* Quarerly Yeady Quarb1 Hof Yearly Enhanemrnt of Road C22 jundion. Mrxbel ForiNghly bYt Querly Quaedyy Y Quter!y HFlf Yearly Enhan cenent/Mtigation of Bus C23 slops Mon" FortnighVy Monthy Ouartedy Quarax Yearly Q Hal Yearly Reporting for Road Side C24 Plmton krMonthi FortnighlfY MIv Ouly Qrrtety YeaE Ouey Ho Y Survi Reporting of Road C25 Side LadsCapng Mont Morhly Ourly ouaQwle Qurmtrtl Yeady Quarbdy Half Yearly Survival Reporting fr C26 TranspnWtd Trees Mry Montly Ouartedye dyQaruartely Yeany ouaY Half Yearly RedeweopTment of 8orrow C27 Areas Mont* Monthly Quajry Quartedly Quarterly HaH Yearfv Quartes HaH Yearly C28 Redeveopmrent of Qurries Monthly M y O dy Quarkly Quarterly Half Yearly Qusrl HaHf Yeary Re27 raionof Conatiructia C29 Sites Monttly Monily" Quarlerly Quarelry Quarterly Yeady Qurly Half Yearly Construction §S"ge C30 Disposa od Constructon D Wbri weedy Qay Monthly Quartly uary Yearly 2urty Hal Yearly Target Sheet for Pollution 01 Monitoring One u One bme One Tirm Survival Reporting of 02 Translaned Trues ouarerle Qurrterly Yead Ouarterly Half Yearly Survival Reporting for Road _ 03 Side Lndsape C_usetoud us Quaeeerly Quartedy Yeady QOutSbRy Han Yeag s..on S Fe 4 IPoidion llonilrxis Mronitoring Plan Seasonaly Yeary Veady IQutd * 1~~~~~~Nf: Supnaviin Cortsuls* woLdd use the same formsat rof the conadcor to SC forRe GRAND TRUNK ROAD IMPROVEMENT PROIECT EMP REPORTING Pre-Construction Stage Reporting by PIU to CNHAI 0 Contractor-- Supervision Consultant- Report dtd- Package- PCI: TARGET SHEET FOR EMP ACTIONS REPORTING (Reporting by PIU to NHAi (Central)) Pm-Construction Stage: Quarterdy Reportf Date Month Year Targets for Activity S.No Pre-Construction Responsible Time Schedule (to be Activity Agency Physical Financial completed by dd/mmlyy) Unit lacs Site Clearance I Tree Transplantation nos 2 Tree Felling _ nos 3 Utility Relocation = m _ 4 Community Resources - Relocation nos (Signed) Project Director Tree Transplantnatbon Plan containing. Annexur 1- List of Trees to be transplanted including-large, side of road distance from CW of each tree to be transplanted and location at which it is proposed to be transplanted. Annexur 2- List of Trees to be felled induding chainage package, side of road and distance from CW of each tree to be felled. Annexur 3-Utility Relocation Plan containing List of all Ufilities to be relocated induding chainage, package, side of road, existing distance from CW and proposed relocation site details. Annexur 4-Location specific, package wise list of all community resources to be relocated including cultural properffes, wells, handpumps, bus stops. I PC2: REPORTING FOR EMAP TARGETI i(Reporting by PIU to NHAI (Central) ) Pro-Construction Stage: Quartely Report: Date _Month Year P hsical Target Financial Target Completion Target S.No ActJvity Responsible Total Target Target % of task Total Budget Target Date of Completion Reason for Agency Total arget Achieved completed (lacs) Spent % used Date if task completed Delay If any 1 Tree Transplantation nos . 2 Tree Felling nos _____ ___ 3 Utility Relocation m 4 Community Resourcesno 4Relocationno . (Signed) Project Director GRAND TRUNK ROAD IMPROVEMENT PROJECT EMP REPORTING Pre-Construction Stage Reporting by Contractor to SC Contractor-- Report dtd- Package- r ~~~PG3: REPORTING FOR TREEF TRAiNSPLA NTATIONI (Reporting by Contractor to SC) Pre-Construction Stage: Monthly Report -Date_Month-Year_ Chainage Tree Side of Distance CW Date of Chainage of Side of S.No (Km) No Road (N/S) (m) transplantation Transplanted site Road (NWS) Certified that the above information is correct and all relevant information as required in attached Project Engineer Transplantation (Contractor)' (Supervision Consultant) CU LTU RALVOFtTY KELOILATNIO (Reporting by Contractor to SC) Pre4ConafmctUo Ste Monthly Report at. Monh_Year_ | S.No Chainage Propert Packa Daft of Location Side(NIS) LandLse Area Date of a na. P g Relocation 1Km) Sd(MSLnd (mnxml Reastablshmnent Certified that the furnihed information is correct and all relevant infomation as required is atlached Project Engineer (Contractor)I (Suervsio Consu a I I ~PC5: RELOCATION OF BUS STOPSI |(Reporting by Contractor to SC) |Pre-Construction Stage: Monthly Report - S.No Chainage Side (NIS) dd/lon m Certified that the fumished information is correct information as required is attached Project Engineer (Supervision Consultant) (Contractor) PC6: RELOCATION OF UTILITY & COMMUNITY RESOURCES (Reporting by Contractor to SC) |Pre-Construction Stage: Quartely Report: Date_-Month Year Physical Task Com pletion Schedule S.No Activity Responsible Unit C id i Completed in % of task Target Date of Completion, Reason for Agency o a Previous Quarter current completed Date i task completed Delay If any Agency Toal Previos Quarter Quarter ts Relocatlon of Community resources 1 Wells nos 2 Tubewells/Handpump Jal Nigam nos 3 Cultural Properties nos 4 Bus Stops nos - Certifiedthat the above information is correct Project Engineer (Supervision Consultant) (Contractor) *1 01 GRAND TRUNK ROAD IMPROVEMENT PROIECT EMP REPORTING Construction Stage Reporting by PIU to CNHAI Conrracor--I ss u- 0.1 ir v it ss oln (-o- r. S L *~ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ _ _ = = = = = * eLnf x . p q i H\e g ~~ ~~~~~~~~~~ otci~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ +- ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ 4~~~~~~~~~~~~~ Cl: TARGET SHEET FOR EMP ACTIONS I(Reporting by PIU to NHAI (Central) ) |Construction Stage: Date _Montf_ Year Responsible ares for Activity S.No ConstructionActivity Agency Physical me Schedule (to be completed by Agency Physical ~~~ddVmmlyy) Unit 2 Ternporary Acquisition of nos sites I Lands for Diversion , 3 Temporary Acquisition of nos Borrow Areas ____ ____ 4 Identification of Quarries nos 5 Set up of Constructon camp nos 6 Set up of StockYard _ ros Total No of Site specific enhancements _n_o_s_____ 8 Total no of Typical nos Enhancements 9 Pollution monitoing total 10 Landscaping works Separate sheet for 1 a p sandcape tems jContmactor IC2: TARGET SHEET FOR EMP ENHANCEMENT IMMGATION ACTIONS (Reporting by PIU TO NHAI(Central) ConstructionStage: Report-Date Illonth Year ITarget to be prepared by PIU before Consbuction period AlR Annexures to be appended voth format ImplementingTartts for Activen t S.NoS Construction ContrActoenr Physkal Financi TgDate Unit 1 Cultural Ptperties Contractor nos 2 Water Bodies Contractor nos 3 Road Juncdions Contractor nos 6 Bua topr Contractor Gos Tck Laybys _ _ Contractor nos 1 Access control ates Contractor nos Ramped Access to Cnrco 1 embankmermt Contractor nos Stopped Access to Contractor 1C Embankment nios 11 Sedimentation Chamber Contractor nos 12 Chain link fencing Contractor nos _ 3 Cascade and Gabion S_u_w_ Contractor nos Barrier tD prevent Garbage ConrctDor 24 dumSing Anos 25 Hand oumd T rpe 1 Contractor nos 12 Hand Pump Type 2 Contractor nos 17 Hand Pump Type3 Contractor nos 13 Noise Baftier Type 1 Contractor nos 19 Noise Barrier Type 2 Contractor no 20 Oil iptercypW Contractor nos 21 Seating AroLnd bee I Conbractor rios 22 Seatin Around tree 2 Conbactor nos 23 Seating Around Ire 3 C;ontrctor nos 24 Seating Around tree 4Crtaor nos 23 Seating Around bee 5 Contractor nos 23 Seating Around tree 6 Contractor nos 27 Seating Aroun fee 7 Contractor nos 28 Seatina Around bree 8 Contractor nos 29 Well shaft touchhng ditch Contractor nos 30 iWell Shaft within embankment Contractor nos 31 Well shaft within RoW Contractor nos 32 Canopy _Contractor o 33 Washino Plafformn Contractoi o 34 Shrine IContractoi o Annexure 1 Location specific list of all cultural properties to be enhanced Annexure 2. Location specific list of all Waterbodies to be enhanced l Annexure 3. Location specific list of all Road Junctions to be enhanced Annexure 4. Location specific list of all Bus Stops to be enhanced Annexure 5. Location specific list of aUl Truck Laybys to be enhanced Annexure 6. Location specific list of afl accesss control gates. Annexure 7. Location specific list of all Ramped accesses to Embankment. Annexure 8. Location specific list of all Stepped accesses to Embankment. Annexure 9. Location specific list of all Sedimentaton Chambers. Annexure 10. Location specific list of all Chain link fences. Annexure 11. Location specific list of all Waterbodies to be enhanced Annexure 12. Location specific list of all Waterbodies to be enhanced Annexure 13. Location specific list of all Waterbodies to be enhanced Annexure 14. Location specific list of al Waterbodies to be enhanced Annexure 15. Location specific list of all Waterbodies to be enhanced Annexure 16. Location specific list of all Waterbodies to be enhanced Annexure 17. Location specific list of al Waterbodies to be enhanced Annexure 18. Location specific list of al Waterbodies to be enhanced Annexure 19. Location specific list of all Waterbodies to be enhanced Annexure 20. Location specific list of all Waterbodies to be enhanced Annexure 21. Location specific list of all Waterbodies to be enhanced Annexure 22. Location specific list of all Waterbodies to be enhanced Annexure 23. Location specific list of all Waterbodies to be enhanced Annexure 24. Location specific list of all Waterbodies to be enhanced Annexure 25. Location specific list of all Waterbodies to be enhanced nexure 26. Location specific list of all Waterbodies to be enhanced Annexure 27. Location specific ist of aN Waterbodies to be enhanced Annexure 28. Location specific list of all Waterbodies to be enhanced Annexure 29. Location specific rist of all Waterbodies to be enhanced Annexure 30. Location specific list of all Waterbodies to be enhanced exure 31. Location specific list of all Waterbodies to be enhanced nexure 32. Location specific list of all Waterbodies to be enhanced Annexure 33. Location specific list of all Waterbodies to be enhanced re 34. Locaion specific list of afl Waterbodies to be enhanced C3: TARGET SHEET FOR TREE TRANSPLANTATION (Reporting by PIU NHAI Centre) IConstruction Stage: Report -Date Month Year Location at which Targets for Activity S. trees to be Financial Target Date No. transplanted Physical Total@Cost TargetmDate Km-Km Unit nos /tree Certified that the furished information is correct Project Engineer Contractor (Supervision Consultant) C4: TARGET SHEET FOR POLLUTION MONITORING (Reporting by PIU To NHAi(Central) Construction Stage: Report -Date___Month Year Target to be prepared by PIU before Construction period All Annexures to be appended wfth format _First Year of Constructon- Second Year of Constuction- S.No Monitorino to be complete by- Monoto to be com by- Locations for Rainy lWinter Summer Rainy ]Winter Summer Monioring Season Season Season Season ISeason Season Air Pollution Monitor ng -c 4 _ _: _ Nolse PolluUon Monitoring _I-1 T TTI _ Water Pollution To Soil Pollution MonltorIng ___I a ___ bX c::-Iff 7 _ IC5: REPORTING FOR EMAP ACTIONS TARG - -S (Reporting by PIU to NHAI (Central)) Constrction Stage: Quartely RePort: Date Month Year Ph yscal Target Financial Target _ Completion Target S.No AcUvty Responsible Target Target % of task Total Budget % u Target Date of Completlon Reason for Agency Total nwe Achieved compleed (lcs) Spent Date If task completed Delay If any Unit Enhancements and Miiations 5 Temporary Acquisiton of sites / Lands for Diversion nos 6 Temporary Acquisiton of nos Borrow Areas ns_ _ _ _ _ _ -_ _ _ _ _ _ 7 Selecdon of Quarries nos _ . .____ _ 8 Set up of Constuton camp not 9 Set Ur of StockYard nos (Sogned)irecto IProJect DirectorI GRAND TRUNK ROAD IMPROVEMENT PROJECT EMP REPORTING Construction Stage Reporting by Contractor to Sc 4- * Contractor-- Report dtd- Package- C6: TEMPORARY ACQUISITION OF LAND (Reporting by Contractor to SC) Constuction Stage: Quartly Report. Dat Month Year (Se Layout of all locatons to be attached with format) - ~~~~~Target Date for Date Of Locatlon(C Present Isize Existing Trees Dlst from DIstance from Rmrsb S.No item Establishment Esabi[shment H I) LanduseI (mxm) greater than Nearest Nearest water RemIfarkny 8N Borrow Areas __|_)_|_|_(_)30 cm, girth Settlement j Source SCsIfany I Borrow Areas 3A2 _ _ BA2 w _ . I I I _. -- . 2 Workers Camos_ _ __ _ __ _ _ __ __ _ _ -WC2 3 Sbte for BatchingPlant _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 4 Site for HotMix Plant HMP2 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 5 StockYard__ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ ___ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Certified that the fumished information is correct and ai rlevant Info Ra=n as required Is attached Project Engineer Contractor (Supervision Consultant) C7: BORROW AREAS IDENTIFICATION (Reporting by Contractor to SC) Construction Stage Report -Dat__Month_Year Site Layout of Borrow Area and Proposed Borrow Area ReDevelopment Plan to be attached with format Fonnat to be submitted before target date as (decided by PD) for establishing Quarries Borrow Area no. BA Location of Borrow Area (Km)_ _ Package S.No Item Unit Detalls Remarks by SC Date of Borow Area becoming operational ddlmm/yy Current Landuse No of settlements within 500m of Borrow Area os Total Capacity cum No of Trees with girth n more than 0.3 cms Length of Haul Road km Width of Haul road m Type of Haul Road metaUdirt No of settements wifthin _ 200m of Haul Road nos Size of Borrow Area sqkm Area of Borrow Area km x km __ Quantity Available cum Dist of Nearest Water T/Prsent Source ~~~ylPresent UselOwnershiD) Quantity of top soil ___removed cum Detail of storage of topsoil Certified that the furmished information is correct and all relevant information as required is attached Project Engineer (Contractor) (Supervision Consultant) C8: STOCKYARD IDENTIFICATION (Rqffrig by mactor to EC) Construction siag: Quarw,y RPpoortat iMo Yer______ (Sit Layof StockYard to be atcd wit ftonat Format to be submittd before target data (decided by PD) for stockyard to becoam operatonal StockYard no.SY- 'Locatlon of StockYard (Kin Ppckage- S.No Ibm Unit Deftlhs Romnka by SC 1 D etal of stokard dated Sy beowing _ opertonal ddlmmltyy a Present Laanduse b Size of stock Yard sqbn c Aea ofStock Yard knmxkm d No of setlements within 50Gn of stockYard a Lerxath of HaWRoad kcm ________ f No of setlemensthin w 0mni of stockYard __-_ g DiOanoa him Nearest WaterSouroe yV n h No. of wh gi more ftn 0.3. ____ _ 2 DEtals of Toweoll Stecdnh a Q of top sl stadcked aml __ _ b Detals of ToPSM" Sbcn SW&" Cateorv Details _ a Cent_ .m. b lAa _ar_ (Com_es) cu.m. U c okn No. of dnrmsn d lDbssl_ I e Sand [=f Nwaft 7 _ * .. wat * WKm 3 Detls of Vehices a iNo of Tankers o nes b ino ofTn noT _ _ _ 4 IDat of EquIpt__ __ a S Plant nos . b Pant nos dc WeM= Planfta no _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ D _ - f wor . .__ _ a Total No o ibouf s nos b Total no of Mal Work,m noa c No of MalUWds below 18 of aa nos d Total No of Female W-okers nos f Noof dfen_ 6 Detgl of WNl e a Fwncrn aromd StockYard YiN b AvalablSt of secuity guard 24 hrs a day YIN c Details of First Aid Facity Certfied that the fumished inodrmation Is corect and aN relevant Iformatin as required is attached Projec Engineer (Contictor) (Supervision Consultant) ng aor SC Construction Stage Report -Date__Month_Year Site Layout of Quarry and Proposed Quany ReDevelopment Plan to be attached with format Copy of Lkence to be attached with format Fonrat to be submitted before target date quarries as (decided by the PD) for establishing Quarry no.Q- Location of Quarfy (Km) Package S.No Item Unit Details Remarks by SC Location Ch __ License no License Valid till Date _ Saze of Quarry mxrn _ __==___. Area of Quarry km x kmr Quantity Availbe cum Total Capacity cu.m No of Setlemnents within 500m ___ of Quarry nos ____X Widt of Haul road m ___ __. ____ Type of Haul Road metalled/dirt Length of Haut Road X_ _ _ _ _____|_ No of Settlements wifthin 500mN of Haul Road Name Distance from Nearest Water Type/Distance __Source Type/Distance WhelhrCRO-PMloatedYes/No Certified that the fumished information is correct and all relevant information as required is attached Project Engineer Contractor (Supervision Consultant) CIO: SETING UP OF WORKERS CAMP Condnuction Sta Report Date _Mont YaM___sr _ (Ste Layout of Consttion camp and woing drawing of dweling unfs with alifed fadlitis to be attached with format) Format to be submitted before target date (decided by PP) of estabblhing canmp as Camp no.WC Location of Canp (km____ Package- SAio Item Unit Details Remurks by SC.f amy 1 Detal of bencamp a size of Camp mxm b A.ea of Camp sa_m c Distance from Nearest Settlement Type,sizebcapaci d Distance from Nearest Water Source ty/Pesent UsWwe/Oshp Date of camp belowing operational ddmnvlyy PreserntLan use N otl no ofm whle Wirs > 0_3m._ 2 Dstbc of toooll atadding a -Quantily oJf top soi removed sq.m Describme b Dotal of storage of topsoN skxf = =_ _ _ _ ~~~~~~~~~~arrangemerd fl3 |Ddsib of wokfrc a Toa No _ ofLburi os _ ;b ITottA fo of Male Workems nos c No of Maleb Vod below8veas of ae nos ___ ____ ; d aTotl No of Female Workers rs __ e No o Foalewohbei bebkw I yeas of ae nos f No of dhkdren _<_< _ rio 4 DatIs -- dwoln unfit a INoof dfrJwbut _ no b Mlninmur Stz of Dwelng nw_ c iNO Ofopenks Der dwmi _ ws d IMhinrn size of openbw nmn= e MWalls _oGWKn" fr Ro - _ h DrWng Waer Tank _sod ____ i CApaciy of Drnkhi water Tank cum J Size of Drinking Water Tank _ _ _ _ _ _ k Total rno -o WC r ose___ I l No of Wcs for femae 00ker nos _ __ _ m Minirum Sizs of WC mnam __ n Total No of Bathrooms for female workers nos o Sze9 of septic tank for WCIBaths mxmxm P CapadtY of Water Tank for WCs/ Bathrooms and general puqose *a I Fencing around camp Y/N 6 Details of facuffle's a Avaaabilly of security guard 24 tws a day YeslNo b Detain of First Aid Facilry YesiNo c Availabt of Day Care Centre YesNo Cer0ified that the tmmtished informaton is correct the qualty of work Is as per god practce and all relevant iomaoon as requied is attached Project Engineer (Supervison Consultant) (Contractor) C11: POLLUTION MONITORING (Reporting by Cor to SC) Constuctlon Stg.: Monthly Report Oats_Month Year (Locafons at which monitoring to be conducted as per EUP) - I I Conpletion Target S.No Chainage Details of Durtion of nstruments e ata of Reason for Delay Chalnage Location Monitorng Tsd arget Completion Ifan |.No D Ite task conpleted any Air Monitoring 2 4_ Water Mon nitwng Soi Monitoring . 1 2i = .___ ___ 5 _ Certilied that the Polluton Monhoeing has been condce at all th locatons specified in the EMP and as per thie directions of thie SC Proti-Engineer Conbactor (SUPerviOn Consltant) C12: HYGIENE REPORTING AT CONSTRUCTION CAMP (Reporting by Contractor to SC) Construction Stage: Monthly Report -Date Month_Year S,No item Unit Quantity Remarks 2 Total No of WCs ___ 3 No of WCs Functioning 4 No of Bathrooms functioning 5 Water Tank cleaned Yes/No 6 First Aid Facilities Available 7 Emergency Vehicle available & functioning 8 Camp visit by Doctor/month no of times 9 Accident occurred, if any Deatails to be given 10 Measures taken be given 11 Security available 24 hrs daly Yes/No 12 Watelogging lf any In Camp Yes/No __ ___ 13 If yes,measures taken Certified that the furnished information is correct and aH relevant information as required is attached Project Engineer Contractor (Supervision Consultant) C13: WATER REQUIRED FOR CONSTRUCTION (Reporting by Contractor to SC) Construction Stage: Monthly Report -Date Month Year__ Frequency and Quantity of Sprinkling of Water on Haul Road to be decided by SC after Inspection of Condition of Haul Road S.No Source(Name) , Water Drawn Remarks I ~~~mcmlday I Rivers 2 Wells 3 Tubewells 4 Other source/tankers .. . !___ Total Water Used _ ICertified that the avove information is correct Project Engineer Contractor I IC14: DUST SUPPRESSION AT STOCKYARD (Reporting by Contractor to SC) Constucton Stae: Monthly Report -Dt._Month Year Frequency and Quantity of Spuinkhng of Water on Haul Road to be decided by SC aftr Inspecon of Condrion of Haul Road Format (Reporting Format No - ) for StockYard prepared durlng Pre-Constructon stae to be submitted during such monliy reporting STOCKYARD Date CODE 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 9 _ 10 11 12 13 14 15 1n 17 18 19120 21 22 2 24 25 271 V28 29 30 SY Frequenc, of Sprinkling of water on _____Haul roed (l,edy Quantity d Water Sprnkled(Utres) Quantty of Water Sprinkled eround Sy Frequency of Sprinkling of water on SY______ Haul road (tlmes/dav) Quenty of Water Spnnkled(litres) Quantity of Water Sprinkled around Sy Frequency of Sprlinking of water on SY______ Haul road (tire/day) Quantity of Water Sprinkled(litres) Quantiy of Water Sprinkled around s__ _ _ _ _ *ite SY nFrequency of Sprndling of water on Haul road (Ued t_meulda ________ Quantity of Water Sprlnaed(ltres) Ouany ofi Water prirnled around _ Frequency of Spinlding of water on SY____ Heul rMOd tlrneefday) ______ uantity of Wate Spnkled(litres)L Ouantity or Water Sprnkled around ~. Frequency of Sprinkding of wate on Sy_____ Haul roaid ttlmeedayt Quantity of Wer Spinkled(ltree) Quantity of Water Sprinkded around Sy Frequency of Sprinkling of water orn ______Haul road (timee/day) Quantity of Water Sprmnklad(Iltree) Quantity of Watar Sprnked around C16: DUST SUPPRESSION AT BORROW AREA SITES| (Report by Contractor to SC) Cons uctln Stag: Monthly Report -Date Month Year Frequoncy and Quantty of Sprinkling of Water on Haul Road to be decided by SC after Inspection of Condition of Haul Road Format (Reporting Format No - ) for each Borrow Area prepared during Pr-Constrution stage to be submitted during each montly reporting Borrow Da Aroa CodoeItom_ 4 1 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 18 16 1718119120121 22 23 242526 27 2829 30 BAI Frequency of Spinkling of war on _____Haul road (tlmesdmy) Frequency of Sprinkling of water at Borrow Sits (times/day) Total Quatity of Wate Sprinkled(__tres) am Frequency of Sprinkling of water on ____Haul road (tinee/dey) Frequency f Sprinkling of water at Borrow Sit ( lday) Total Quantity of Wate _ Spuinlded(lite)_ __ _ _ _ _ __ ___ _____ a Frequency of Sprinkling of watr on Haul road (tMeedeyl Frequency of Sprinkling of wat at '3ro ia(tirmesiday) Toal Qwuaty of Waer_ Sprlnkled(Iitre)- - - - - - - - - - - - - - --- ---- -- ---- - Coertfed that the above mentioned works have been compled as specifid by the Project Enginr and PIU [Project Eng9nr Contractor IC16: DUST SUPPRESSION AT CRUSHER SITES (Reportirn by Contrador to SC) Constructlon Stage: Monthly Report -Dat Monft Year Frequency of Sprinkling of Water on Haul Road to be decided by SC after Inspecton of Conditon of Haul Road Format for Quarry prepared during Pre-Construction stage for Crushers to be attached wilth the fbrmat Date Cnsher Imern123 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 1 18 17 18 19120 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 2230 C Frequency of Spnnkirm of water on Haul road (tmeslday) Quantity of Water Sprinkled(litre.) Quantity of water Sprinkled on_ __ _Convevor Belt aon Quantity ofWer Sprinkied around Quantity of Water Sprinkled around Crusher Sito Ham __ __nX C Frequency of Sprinkling of water on Haul road (timesMay) _ _ _ - _ Quantity of Water Spfrikled(itres) Quantifty Sprinkled on Conveyor Belt Quantity of Water Sprinked around site _… C Frequency o Sprinlding of water on .___ Haul road(tLdey) -…____ Quantty of Wabr Sprinkled(litres) Quantity of watr Sprinkled on Conveyor elt …_ _ - _ _ - _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Quantity of Wter Sprinkled arund Cruhir Site if any -… C FrequmncyofSprinlingofwateron _ Haul road (tmesklay)-…- Quartiy of WateSprinkled(lItres) - - - - - - - - - - - --- ----- - --- Quantity of waer Sprinkled on Conveyo Be__ Quantiy of Wate Sprinkled around ____ C Skeifeany- - - - - - - -- -- -- - -- - ---- C18: ROAD SAFETY AT DETOUR ON TEMPORARY DIVERSION One time reporting on co_mencement of constuction hI tie Cons ti zone Sketch of Consruction Zone showg all sub zes and locatin of signs etc to be attached wth format (Reporting by Contractor to SC) Format on Aogtisibon of Temporary diversi to be attached with formnat Constmcifon Stage: Monthly Report -Date Month Year DIVERSION NO- LOCATION (km I S.No temG Unit Compliance R_m_rks 1 Detaib of Construction Zone a Length of Constucdion Zone in km b Distance between this and next Construction Zone in km Length of Transtion Sub Zone(should be min 50 fro a speed c of 50 km/hr) in km Length of Work Sub zone in urban strch (should d be<2 kmi) in km e Length of Work Sub zone in nr stretch (5-10 km) in km _ Distance between two work sub zones _ North side South side 2 Slgages I Construcon Zones a Sign g Men at Work I km ahead of Transition sut zone YIN b _ 2 e1 Sig slayng Dkwion I kin puwte YIN c Sign al* 'Road Closed athdr provkded YIN d CoSmptsay Tum R iht sLe pmvided Y/N e _Detour sogn plcd YIN Shalp Deaorio placed aloe at enrd of adtance wa Ynig sub f izone oY/N IStinaion srouz Sub o W * 9 sgng 1 Ae Rl[htiL pwAed YRSI h DeliCetif ied t hroa sfty ec transitioIN SWnqe In wa*m Zorne c niHazned Marker pad where raling for CD sbucture onC. i diversion stltb an Banicade on ~We side of of wo k sub zone IY1N In T rne on sub rm- _ ;i for Iria"o of end of Wok zone 120mn frorn endi of_ k termination sub zorne IYIN Cerbie that the road safety meqasures have been adopted as spedfied and as per fth di ecfio of the SC Proect EngineerCobcr (SuperSton Consiantw) C17: ROAD SAFETY FOR PARTIAL CLOSURE OF TWO LANE CARRIAGEWAY One me reporting on commencement of cosnuctlon in fi Conseucon zone Sketch of Consrcion Zone shoing all sub zones and loabon of signs etc to be atched wilh fmat (Reporting by Contractor to SC) Fomiat on Acusiton of Temporary diesions to be ataed wih format Cotctlon Sage: Mont y Report Dte _Mon_ Year____ DIVERSION NO- LOCATIN (c S.I Kem Unit Compliance Remarks I Deais of Constictiion Zone a Length of Cons:trction Zone in km _ b Dlsianoe between this and nexd Consction Zone in km Length of Transfiton Sub Zone(should be min 50 fro a clspeedof50km/ni in km Length of Work Sub zone in urban sbetch (shol d be<2 km) in km e Length of WorkSubzoneem rura stretch (5-10 km in km I Distance between two work sub zones = L~ __ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _______ki 2 et sesgBes b C_n Zunes _~ ~~~Of Soth id _Sioe inAdtw g-igsubl zone Sign saying 'Men at Wo I km ahead of Traniion n a mmne YIN b Supplementary sign "Dversion 1 kff" provided Y_ N _ Sign for -Road Naffowing Y/N = . t wCompulsay Turn RigLefr sign provided YIN _ Sign for Cbsure of Cauiagew alon wih Ieep RightLefr at point from where vehice Is ex_pec" tD Wmange for dversion YMN _Sign fr "Diversion to toe Wm carriagewar between above sign "nd median gap YIN Sign for -Sharp Diversion of ROub" with ompuary-um rightTum ltr provided where gap in median opening _slatt and tralli is dieted to rd canb9 Y/N Sign for "Two way tralfic with plate wiati distnce to which two way traffic is alOwed paced at midian to left Of _rnovingaff YIN _ Deneators paced starfting forn Carriageway dosed sign alng the centreline of Cw e Debxsr sion rzodYN _Sh Devion sgn P atend o advanoe wa YIN __g f sub zone YMI ___ _S/mge hI Transitn Sub Wo e* zore Siyaoe saying Keep Right&Lfe"rpvded YIN h Delineatoaed akon lnt of transition YIN _%g SIn wonk sub Zone _ Hazard Marker placed where railing for CD structure on I diersion starts YIN Barricade on eer side of of work sub zone YIN Slnaga in Term/on sub zone Sin for Indication of end of work zone 1 20m from end d k lermination sub zone YIN Certfied that the road safety MnISSIes have been adopted as spedfied and as per the direions of the SC Projet Engineer Conractor (Stytsio Consuntnt] C19: SUMMARY MITIGATIONS/ ENHANCEMENTS (Monthly Reporting by Contractor to SC ) Constructlon Stage: Monthly Report -Date_Month Year Physical Target Financial Target Completion Target S. Item Tagt%o ak TtlDate Of No. Target Achiged c optas Total Budget Spent % used Target Date Completion If Reason for Delay If _____________________________ ___A_h_ev_d complete ___lacs _ __ __ _ task complDeted any 1 Cultural Properties Unit 2 Water Bodies nos 3 Road JuncUons m 6 Bus Stops nos ___ 7 Truck Laybys 8 Access control gates nos 9 Ramped Access to embankment nos Stepped Access to Embankment nos 10_ 11 Sedimentation Chamber nos 12 Chain link fendng nos : 13 Cascade and Gablon Structure nos . Barrier to prevent Garbage dumping nos 14 15 Handpump Type 1 nos 1e Hand Pump Type 2 nos - 17 Hand Pump Type3 nos ._. Noie Barrier Type 1 nos 19 Noise Barrier Type 2 nos . 20 Oil interoeptor nos 21 SeaUng Around tree 1 nos _ _ 22 Seatins Around tree 2 nos 23 SeaUng Around tree 3 nos _ 24 SeaUng Around trme 4 nos 25 Seaang Around tree 5 nos 28 SeaUng Around tree 6 nos 27 SeaUng Around tree 7 nos _ __ 28 Seatng Around tree 8 nos . 29 Well shaft touching dKch nos _ 30 Well shaft within embankment nos . 31 Well shaft within RoW nos 32 Canopy nos. . 33 Washing Platform nos ____ ._ __ ___ ____ ____ 34 ShrIne nos _ _ _ _ _ 3eted as specified and as per prevalent good constrouton practices. Project Engineer Contractor (Supervision Consultant) |C20: ENHANCEMENT/ MITIGATION OF CULTURAL PROPERTIESj (Reporting by Contractor to SC) |Construction Stage: Monthly Report -Date_Month_Yearl Side(N/S) and Completion Target S. No. Location(Ch) Distance from CW Eae(in) Target Date ask cofmpleted Reason for Delay if any Certified that the mitigation/enhancement works have been completed as specified and as per prevalent good constrcution' practices. Project Engineer Contractor (Supervision Consultant) C21: ENHANCEMENTIMITIGATION OF WATER BODIES (Reporting by Contractor to PIU after Certificaion by SC) Corstruction Stage: Monthly Report -Date__Month Year Completion Target S. Location/ Side(NIS) and No. Chainage Dist from CW(m) Target Date Date of Completion Reason for Ta_get Date it task completed Delay if any 2 _3 4 15 6 _ _ _; 2 Consultant) | 3 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 1 1 __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 12_ __ 13 _ _ _ _ _ __ Project EngineerI I Supervision Consultant) C22: ENHANCEMENT OF ROAD JUNCTION (Reporting by Contractor to SC) Construction Stage: Monthly Report -Date_Month Year S. No. Location/ ________ Completion Target S. No. Chalnage Target Date of Completion Reason for Delay If Date If task completed any C23: ENHANCEMENTIMITIGATION OF BUS STOPS (Reporting by Contractor to SC) Construction Stage: Monthly Report -Date Month Year Location/ Side(NIS) and Completion Target S. No. Chainage Dist from . CW(m) Target Date Date of Completion Reason for Delay if any Certified that the miiainehneetworks have been completed as specifiedi and as per prevalent good constrcubton practices. Project Engineer Conftrctor (Supervision Consultant) C24; REPORTING FOR ROADSIDE PLANTATION All landscape works to be as per Landscape Plan (Reporting by Contractor to SC) ConstructLon Stage: Monthly ReportC-DaterMonthrYear S. No. Section Trees along roadside Traffic on Shrubs in Noise S. No. Secion) footpath median bariser (Km-Km) 1st row 2nd row 3rd row 4th row barrier -- C26: SURVIVAL REPORTING FOR TREE TRANSPLANTATION (Reporting by Contractor to SC) Construction Stage: Monthly Report -Date Month Year___ Location Transplanted trees at which S. No. Total Trees Total % Survival Km-Km Planted Surviving nos nos % Certified that the Project Engineer Contractor (Supervision Consultant) C27: REDEVELOPMENT OF BORROW AREAS (Reporting by Contractor to SC) Construction Stage: Monthly Report -Date_Month Year_ Reporting by Contractor to PIU in Operation Period Drawing for Redevelopment to be attached for each Borrow Area Description of Redevelopment,if Quarry Code any/Confirmatation to existing S.No No Redevelopment Plan Remarks by SC Certified that the furished information is correct Project Engineer Contractor (Supervision Consultant) |C28: REDEVELOPMENT OF QUARRIES (Reporting by Contractor to SC) _Construction Stage: Monthly Report -Date Month.Year Reporting by Contractor to PIU in Operation Period Drawing for Redevelopment to be attached in case Quarrying has been done at site which did not have redevelopment Plan Description of Redevelopment,if Quarry Code anytConfirmatation to existing S.No No Redevelopment Plan Remarks by SC ICertified that the funshed information is correct Project Engineer Contractor (Supervision Consultant) IC29: RESTORATION OF OF CONSTRUCTION SITES (Reporting by Contractor to SC) Construction Stage: Monthly Report 4Date month Year Reporting by Contractor to PIU in Operation Period Si. Item Location(k Unit Volume of Topsoil Remarks by SC No. itmM) (cu .m) Restored (cu.m) ReakbyS a Restoring top soil at diversions a d .. 2 Restoring of topsoil at Workers Camp a c d= _ Restoring of topsoil at Construction yard 3 and disposal of spoil a c d CerUtied that the mitigation/enhancement works have been completed as specified and as per prevalent good construction practices. Contractor Project Engineer BRAND TRUNK ROAD IMPROVEMENT PROIECT EMP REPORTING Operation Stage Reporting by PIU to CNHAI Contractor- Report dtd- Package- IC30: DISPOSAL OF CONSTRUCTION DEBRIS (Reporting by Contractor to Se,) Construction Stage: Monthiy Report -Date Month Year Reporting by C:ontractor to PIU in Operation Penod Drawing for Redevelopmnent to be attached for each Borrow Area Location of Disposal Volume of Spoil S.No Site{km) Dumped(cum) Remarks by SC Crtified that the Project Engineer ContractorI (Supervision Consultant) 101: TARGET SHEET FOR POLLUTION MONITORING Re oftng by PIU To NHAI(Cental) Operation Stage: Repoft -Date___Month_ Year Target to be prepared by PIU before Construction period All Annexures to be appended with formnat _First Year of Constncfion- Second Year of Constrmetion- S.No Monitong to be coaplete bay- Monitoring to be complte by- Locations for Rainy fter ISummer iRainy iinter Summer Monitoring Season ISeason Season Season _Season Season Air Pollution Monitoring a _ d _ e Nose Pollution Monitoring . a __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ ___ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ b d. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ . _ _ _ _ __ Water Pollution Monitoring b c' d a _ ___ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Soil Pollution Monitonngn a __-_____L_ I_ _I________ 1__ I____ - I a b I l| T,1) . SU':IVIV','_ tL RE>(;C lll"Xt ON ' E t1l it31X4wf\i,"? --.R lE':,; i '?D( .R i.(P4. FI I l':P'Thf;-AFJ c RGTF: FI D>AClE LAND'C: P NG G ,.~~~~~~~r T ---Aw'!Ut0l) IadR;a Jsi)+-; Jfz e S; Shrbs in IMedliran Turf ng on Niediian ! hring on Embankment 13 ~~~~-- -_.- . ----~ Tot -- -_--- _Al _ I -~~~~~~~ ulal f ~~~~~~~~~~~~Total Tota1 T Tota w". I b s aAra tiurf'A Ared .area ';urrivtl *;~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 1 r . NrlK rT fs S l5"!';. if! >t, ' ]W hi< ri a { T fd s :Jsi,rvival tl; { fed(sq Pknh~~~~~~~~~ ISlvvn -i... . ....... .. . . .. ... ~. .. ...... i.. .. -. ..... ._ _ ;m . --d _- _ _ _ - -}-.--_--- .__._____--.AA- ---------- ----- ---- -- -i- ------- ------ .__. ... ......_ _ - ................................. - _A __.___--_________ -.____.__--------- -- _.___.__...___------................ __,. __ ....:.,. _ .._ _._......_t.l._ .......-_-A*. ..........._ .-------------------------- ........................_____.A ____… 0' 4 . _ ..-- ---,--.--_------_-------.l-- - -.--.------_.------.---._L--------,--------- -----._--.------.---.-----.....--..---__. ....--.. _- i,ti '1itf,t t-lsi,v .l1-!fta------- ------- - -' .K- e ,,~~~~~~~~~ - -.---"-- *~~~~~,F II{ :^;,1EXC :c. GRAND TRUNK ROAD IMPROVEMENT PROJECT EMP REPORTING Operation Stage Reporting by Contractor to PIU Contractor-- Report dtd- Package- 04: POLLUTION MONITORING (Reporting by Contractor to PIU) Operation Stage: Report -Date_MonthtYear (Locations at which monitoring to be conducted as per EMP) Completion Target Details of Duration of Instruments Date of S.No Chainage L . .s. Target Completion Reason for Date if task Delay if any ________ _________ ________ __________ [ __com pleted Air Monitoring 1 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 1 _ _ _ 2 f 3 4 Water Monitoring 1 I 2 3 - ~ ~-4- _ _ ___ ._____ Soil MAonitovring Noise Monitoring F ' 1 _ _1__ I_ I_ I_ __ 3 i 1 ___ 4 . _ _ _ _ __ I Cert tied that the Pollution Monitoring n~as been conducted at ail the locations specified in the EMP {Contractor a (a IF T- I r--;1Z (--5 1 - ^E Lea Associates South Asia Pvt. Ltd. Lea Associates New Delhi 0J7j;7 TO VARANASF = = ,- TO SASARAM KEY PLAN -- ______________ - PROPOSED FLOWERING SHRUBS LANTANA PROPOSED MEDIAN __ -1m C/C SITTING KIOSK AS PER DETAIL T-31 TREES AS PER ROAD 6000 LANDSCAPE SECTION 1400 - . PROPOSED LINEAR PARKING 700 III2 0 ~~~~~~~~~AREA PROPOSED FLOWERINGL SHRUBS ERANTHEMUM RED L -BRICK PAVING AS PER Oh,T, C/C ADETAIL T-18,TYPE-4 L NO -~~~~~~~~~~TREE SITTING AS PER ......... LLLL L ~~~~~~~~~~~TYPICAL DETAIL T-27 TREE SITTING AS PER LLLLLL DETAIL T-21.TYPE-7 Z Z j L_L L x v ; . ;. . Baw ~~~10000 L 1000: PAVING AS PER DETAIL PROPOSED SHADE TREES // T- 1 8,TYPPE-2 AZADIRACHTA INDICA O710m C/C < 8 TEMPLE COMPOUND J / 8TE PBRICK EDGING PROPOSED TALL SHRUBS, CASSIA BIFLORA @2m C/C SCALE: 0 10 20 30 40 On NOTES DRAWING DAO,m4, DRAWN: Y. RrDl PROJECT GRANDTRUNKROADIMPROVEMENTPROJECT National Highways Authority Of India 1) FOLLOW WRITEN DIMENTIONS ONLY CORRIDOR: IV-A CHECKED: saneor INDEPENDENT EAVIRONMENTA REVEW 2) ALL DIMENSIONS IN MM CHAINAGE: 317.45 DESIGNED: S5rnr TnE Lca Assocates South Asia Pvt. Ltd. 3) ANY CHANGESUTORE CAD T SE APPROVES DESIGN FOR ENHANCEMENT OF TEMPLE MAE N T OIBE4APROVE eY THE SUPERVISION CONSULTANT SCALE: 1' .60 CHECKED: D~ili '-OJ0,E2R5 TO VARANASI To SASARAM -- PROPOSED SHOLDER EDGE TURFED AREA WITH FLOWRING SHRUBS FLOWERING KEES GULMOHAR, LATANPA SPECIES 01m C/C __ SALIX & AMALTAS 010m C/C \ ~~~~~~~EXISTING CULVERT PROVIDED WITH OIL & FILTER TRAP KEY PLAN ACCESS AS PER DETAIL T-3 EXISTING TREES PAVING AS PER DETAIL T-27,TYPE-2- RADlUS - I A ,-' < ~~~~~~~~~~~PBIo70ED_STEP GHAT _____ STRUCTURES ______ - (J~~~~~~~~~~~~P ROPOSED SHADE TREES -< -t - - _ -POND- - - _ _ AZADARICHATA INDICA & PAVING AS PER DETAIL T-27.TYPE-2 < 7 (((;3 \ | _ _ _ _ _ - f 43 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~PR COPOSE D PROPOSED SHADE TREES AZADINACHTA INDICA PER TYPICAL & TJAMARINDUS INDICA 01DM C/C TO BE ALTERNATED EALT3 EXISTING TEMPLE COMPLEX EXISTING TREES - (; fi 2((cl_X-_( -GREEN TURFING TREE SITTING AS PER DETAIL T-18,TYPE-6 - 'CD\ =___ ( _ BRICK PAVED PATHWAY AS PER DETAIL- _ .- _ A T-27,TYPE-4 EXISTING BRICK KILN SCREEING TREED ACADA SCALE: S 15 20 30 V0 SUnI NTES DRAWING: IVA/.SVRMi2 DRAWN: Y. Rfl PROJECT GRAND TRUNK ROAD IMPROVEMENT PROJECT National HighwaysAuthorityOf India 1) FOLLOW WRITEN DIMENTIONS ONLY CORRIDOR IV-A CHECKED: SG aie INDEPENDENT ENVIRONMENTAL REVIEW = 1IIR. 2) AL IMENSIONS IN MV T CHAINAGE: RD DESIANED: 6sm _ TESIGESIGNFORHEHANCEMNTOOFPOND ea Aaoclates South Asia Pvt. Ltd. 3) ANY CHANGES TO, SE MADC TO SE APPROVED ADES.GNED' FAn 50W Lu ST THE SYPERVSION CONSJLTANT SCALE: 1:255 CHEcKED: DIRtm jhq . TO VARANASI TO SASARAM PROPOSED INDIRECT ACCESS AS PER TYPICAL DETAIL T-1 PROPOSED PARKING AREA S.CULV TO VAPANASI TO SASARAM -, T 7 _~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ ------- - ----r---- ----------------------- --.cf PLANTER AS PER 30 5 Q 0 -| DETAIL T-15 KEY PLAN PAVING AS PER DETAIL 1 \ - T27, TYPE 2 .00 -HRUBSPEOPOSED FLOWERING TREES *-27, TYPE 2 tX; N ST_______ DEBONIX(M REGION DGEM C/C EXISTING ORCHARD _______ ~~~~~~~~EXISTING TEMPLE TURFED LAWN SITTING AS PER DETAIL T-12 PROPOSED DWARF FLOWERING SHRUBS OF SECIE IXORA AND HIBISCUS EXISTING TEMPLE - 7 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~I.O@1M C/C TO BE ALTERNATED EXISECTION ATEMPLOE 1:2 - - - - - - --= - -- PAVING AS PER DETAIL - -- T-27 TYPE 4 EXISTING MAZAR )O 7 7 L - - - - - - - -- ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~EXISTING POND STONE PITCHING EDGE L 77------7-7 PROTECTION AT SLOPE 1;:2 AS PER TYPICAL DETAIL77------ BRICK PAVED PATHWAY - - - - - - - - - - O.BOUN PROPOSED PLANTATION /~ IACGNIFERA IN DICA010M C/C PROPOSED HEAVY l 2) ALL DIMENS ONS IN MM 206LasoitsSuh .sI IAL TO3 BE) ALTERNATED PLANTIAI AESSONOFORVENHANCEMENTEOF TEMPLEsPLOND OA__d 3)OANY CHAWCES TOVB5 BADE 31 BLAAPP Y.ED . S n,eOo TTL GADTUKRAEMRVEETPOETNbnlHghasAtoiyO ni By THE SUPERVISION CONSULTANT SCALE: 1ESIGNCFOCKEN:ANCEMENT OF TEMPLE5&PON BRICK PITCHING FOR SLOPE PROTECOON AT 1:2 SLOPE TO VARANASI TO SASAPAM4 THICK PLANTATION GULMOHAR, SALIX AND NEEM TREES 0 6M C/C - - 0X;-;- - -;; - - - < KEY PLAN -- - _-- - _- - - - - - - - ---w " '' ;__I/ ,/ EXIST NG KUCCHA ROAD --/' LEADING TO ALINAGAR - - -POND _ _ < O s0 TURFED AREA <~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~5 ° 0_ 45000__ FLOWERING SHRUBS PROPOSED PARKING ROAD LANDSCAPE (IXORE SP 0 2M C/C) BATHING GHAT PLANTERS AS PER DETAIL SECTION TO CONTINUE UNDERGROUND DRAIN RAILING TO BE PROVIDED TO FALL INTO POND, AS PER DETAIL T - 28 PROVIDED UIITH OIL TRAP ITREE SITTING AS PER TYPICAL DETAIL T - 18, TY'PE 2 \\ NOTES DRAWING: | VA,28.3VRW4 DRAWN Y. Rap, PROJECT GRAND TRUNK ROAO IMPROVEMENT PROJECT National Highways Authority OT India ^ 1)FOLLOW WRTEN DIMENTIONS ONLY CORRIDOR: IV-A CEKD 5mer |INDEPENDENT ENVRONMENTAL REvIEw M-Elt,1H B Sh 3) AN HNE 0 NE MAADE TO NE APPROVED ESOE:SelLett Associates SoUth AsiaPt.Ltd. 2) ALL DMENS ONS N MM CIIAINAGE 28.3 DE5I3NED: .mSen,-~r TIT DESIGN FOR ENHANCEMENT OF MAZAR A-=. Nu A P Lr NY ThE SUPERVISION CONSULTANT SCALE: 1:250 CHECKED: DipFI 85 .022Sh8820 EXTENDED BLACK TOP _________°__ PROPOSED PARKING AREA - -Z \ _______ PROPOSED PLANTATION NEEM & ______= \KEY PLAN GULMOHAR TO BE ALTERNATED TREES @1Cm C/C PLANTER AS PER DETAIL T-15 WITH MARIGOLD SHRUBS OIM C/C FLOWERING SHRUBS BRICK PAVING AS PER DETAIL LANTANA SPECIES NG 5m C/C EXISTING MOSQUE T-27 TYPE-4 __________TREE SITTING AS PER DETAIL TREE SITTING AS PER DETAIL T-21 TYPE-7 T- 1 8,TYPE-2 - EXISTING DARGAH COMPOUND EXISTING STRUCTURE SCALE: . 0 ' NOTES DRAWING IVAJ23 7/5 DRAWN Y. R I4 PROJECT GRAND TRUNK ROAD IMPROVEMENT PROJECT Nalional Highways Authorfiy Of India l) FOLLOW WRITEN DIMENTIONS ONLY PACKAGE: IVA CHECKED: NDEPENDENT ENVIRONMENTAL REMEW M.lw 2) ALL DiMENSIONS IN MM CHA NAGE: 23.7 DESIGNED 50m Tr DESIGNF ENHANCEMENTOFDARGAH Lee Associates South Asia Pvt. Ltd. 3) ANY CHANGES TO BE MADE TO BE APPROVED FOR 1:650 CEED:TITL DjPFI, _ NY THE SJPERV:SION EONSJLTAN1 ~~SCALE 11050 CHECKED: DipallPl4.40D0. 820 TOI VARANASI TOSASARAM KEY PLAN PROPOSED) AMALTAS _____ TREES 010m C/C ----_ ALL. AROLUND THE POND) BVATHING GHMT PAVED PATHWAY T - 27. TYPE 2 ]~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~POOE BRCK PITHING EXISTllNG S H OPS- - g E SHIN GRASS TURnNG W PROPOSED PARKING _____________________________________ FPROPOSED EDGE SCALE: OF SHOULDER U 10 20 30 40 FLOWERING SHRUBS - - EXISTING ROAD NOTES DRAWING: IVA125.SE6 DRAWN- Y. R.I. PROJECT GRAND TRUNK ROAD IMPROVEMENT PROJECT National Highways Authority OfIndia 1) FOLLOW WRTEN DIMENTIONS ONLY CORRIDOR IV-A CHECKED: Samewr INDEPENDENT ENVRONMENTAL REVEW Bnh EY2 THE ) ALI D 510 E CMA E TO BE APPROVED CH A IIL 25 B DESIGNEDNSamnl-I DESIGN FORENHANCEMENTOFSPOND INss Mtes South Asla Pvt. Lld. 2) ANY CHAINGSTON BE MBD TOB PRVDCHAJNAGE: 25.8 DESIGNED: Nm. TITh ORO PN Lea Associates South Asia Pvt. Ltd. B)AY THE SUPERVITONS AET EAPOE DESIGN FRENHANCEMENT OF POND n,- IHORS Y BY TOESUPENISIONCONSULTANT S.CALE: 1:260 CHERCKED: DiSR N0...ATOS.1010 SITTING KIOSK AS PLANTATION FOR NOISE PER DETAIL T-31 i BARRIER PLANTATION __I FROM RAILWAY LINE. EXISTING RAILWAY LINE KEY PLAN 0 QD NEObV'2~A& I E;~L PROPOSEDM PLANTATIONOF PLANTER ASN O B PERN SCREENING AND SHADE TREES, AZAD.RACHTA INDICA 010M C/C 00(:~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~" ~~~~~~~~ALTERNATED WITH TALL SHRUB, 00061 C) ~ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~CASSIA BIFLORA 0 IGM C/C PROPOSED PLANTATION OF T - FLOWERING TREES DEBONPS REGIA AN SALIX @1GM,ISC C 0C IN THE OUTER TWO ROWS 0 (DO_- 0 PROPOSED PLANTATION --POKHARA ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~JAMBOLANA 01DM C/C EXISTING STRUCTURE 0 SITTING KIOSK AS PER DETAIL 7-31 PROPOSED PARKING -BRICK PA\ANG AS PER DETAIL T -27 TYPE-4 PLANTER AS PER DETAIL T - 15 NDERECT ACCESS AS ~~TREE SITTING AS PER PER DETAIL T - 1DEALT2,YP7 FLOWERING SHRUBS ___PAVING AS PERA L LANTNA AND HIBISCUJS DETAIL T-27,TYPE-2 0 lo 20 So l0 10 SPECIES 01.5M C/C __________ NOTES DRAWING; 1VA/32,317 DRAWVN: Y. R.WO PROJECT GRAND TRN ODIPOEETPOETNational Highways AtoiyOf India 1) FOLLOA WRNTEN DIMENTIONS ONLY CORRIDOR: V.A CHECKED: so-,~e INDEPENDENT ENVRDNMENTAL REVi/W . 2) ALL DIMENSIONS IN MM 3) ANY CHABNOES TO BE MADE TO BE APPROVED CHAINAGE: 32.3 DESIGNED: S.-ee TITLE Lea Associates South Asia Pvt. Ltd. I ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~DESIGN FOR ENHANCEMENT OF POND .,. -C. BY THE SUPERVISION CONSLLTANT SCALE: 1.300 CHECKED: DipaIi N..0-1406 0 GRASS TURFING RAILING AS PER DETAIL T - 28 KEY PLAN 0 o I H N I , +-- 2000J0 T __ _ __ _ __ __ _ _ _ _T_ _ 18800 BRICK PAVING AS PER =TREE SIlTING AS PER BRICK PAVING AS PER ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~DETAIL T-18 TYPE DETAIL T-27,TYPE PLANTER WITH MARIGOLD C PROPOSED TREES OF SPECIE: SHRUBS ©1m C/C AS CDTEBUS 5 / PER TYPICAL DETAIL ________ ~~~~~~~~~~~0 )PROPOSED TAMARIND & NEEM STEPPED BATHING GHATS _ TREES OlOm C/C TO BE ALTERNATED PROPOSED TAMARIND & NEEM EXISTING PLANTATION TREES TO BE WiG C/CEXSIGPNTIO ALTERNATED BRICK PITCHING SLOPE - PROTECTION AT 1:2 SLOPE AS PER TYPICAL DETAIL @ I _ - - - -- -/ yZ EXISTING PROPOSED PAVING BRIDGE AS PER DETAIL T-27,TYPE-3 MAZAR KARAMNASA RIVER PROPOSED IE___________ PARKING RPED LLLLL LLL -- PRDPDSED~~~~~~~~~RPOE LLL LLLLL S AREA | _ TURFING _LL- LLLL LLLLLLLA C ____ ~~~~L~LLLLL LLL.LL SHADE TREES KEY PLAN .1L LLLLL7LLL~__LLLL*L L____ AZADIRACHTA IN DICA I _10.4 [ uL & TAMARINDUS INDICA LLLILL LLLLLLLL ~~~ 1DM C/C LDEL T ,;L.°| EXISTING MAZAR PAVING APER DETAIL T-27, LLLLL~ _AILLLL TYPE-2 i l X ; Ltt_ FLOWER BED 'LLLLL LL LLLLL LLLLLLLL 1 o ERANTHEMUM SPECIES ±LL VX L L LLLLLLtLL © 1.5m C/C I ~~~~~~L~LLLLLL L LLLLLL LLLL LL_ LL 0 [ X ttitttl m ittthtt > (t FLOWERING SHRUBS ____: _% HIBISCUS SPECIES PROPOSED PLANTATION CF GULMOHAR & ARJUN W1Om C/C ALONG ul PROPOSED - BRIDGE < IRDI KARAMNASA RIVER BANK -~~~~~~~~F I ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~SCALE: 7 U W 2~~~~~ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~0 30 40 5Dm NOTES DAWING: IVA/NBP/9 DRAWN: Y. Reu PROJECT GRAND TRUNK ROADIMPROVEMENT PROJECT National Highways Authority Of India 1) FOLLOW WRTEN DIMENTONS ONLY CORRIDOR: IV-A CHECKED: S.- INDEPENDENT ENVIRONMENTAL REVIEW I NNh 2) ALL DIMELNSONS IN MMCHJAENatp,BDEIND S , TILLeAsoitsouhsaPv.td 3) ANY CHANGES TO BE MADE TO BE APPROVED D DESIGN FOR ENHANCEMENT OF MAZAR A-iN S A lPv. Ud . £ BT THE SLJPER'ASION CONSULTANT SCALE: 1:300 CHECKED: Dip&l UJ- 0 KEY PLAN FLOWERING SHRUBS LANTANA SP' 01.5mC/C 3500 PLANTERS AS/DETAIL T-15 - PROPOSED CARRIAGE WAY EDGE' PROPOSED PARKING AREA W t < - _ 0 201 000 + . 14000 _ t~C\\(<1400 t EOPO5ED FL w;R G C C : TEMP E ;~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ A 5AL OlDmC/C ,i ffi , ABRICK PAVING AS/ DETAIL T-27/TYPE-4 ROAD LANDSCAPE TML SECTIONTO CONTINUE. GRASS TURFING PROPOSED FLOWERING -- - - TREES DBONIX REGIA PRO SESATN AND SALIX 01DrmC/C132D- PSE SATN AS PER TYP CAL DETAIL T-15 EXISTING WELL-- _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ TREE SITTING AS PER L-- -- _ _TEMPLE -_ L PROPOSED SHADE TREES DETAIL T-20,7YPE-6 AZADIRACHITA INDICA MAGNIFERA SCALE: . 15 20 30 40 50, NOTES - DRAWING: 1VA4B/¶0| D . YRah PROJECT GRAND TRUNK ROAD IMPROVEMENT PROJECT Naional HighwaysAuthorityOfndis- 1) FDLLOW WRITEN DIMENTIONS ONLY CORRIDOR V.A CHECKED: San". INDEPENCENT ENVIRONMENTAL REVIEW Namer, 2 N) CLANSTO SE ME TANSE DSGD Sa"EL Lea Associates South Asia Pvt. Ltd. 2) ANY SPEN IOB IN MC A CCINAGE 4 5AP DESIEDO SD - DESIGN FOR ENHANCEMENT OF TEMPLE _. ,F L FW NY THE SUPER?VI5SON CONSULTANT SCALE 1:700 CHECKED: DipoIl s2- I -11 EXISTING TREE WITH KEY PLAN_l PLATFORM TEMPLE T FLOWER BED PROPOSED PARKING MOUNTED TURFING PATH WAY 2GOM WIDE PROPOSED PARKING EXISTING TEMPLE ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ EISIN SCALE NOTES: DRAWING | VA149.7/11 DRAW Y. RaJu | PROJECT GRAND TRN ODIPOEETPOETNational Highways AtoiyOf lndia 1) FOLLOW WRITEN~ DIMENTIONoS 0NLY CORFRIDOR |IV-A CHECKED: 51mte INDEPENDENT ENVIRONMENTAL REVIEW x 1r. -- - - - - - - ---~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~& 1h 1O5 3) ANY CHANGES 10 NE MADE TO NE APPROVED DESIGNG FO ENANEMN OF PONDE RJ T Lea Associates South Asia Pvt Ltd NY THE SUPERVSION CONSULTANT SCL 13r CECE lar EIG O NHNEET FPN rNs I--SN "' SCAlE 1 350 CHECKED Dipli 1111100.1111000 A AS PER LENGTH OF COMPOUND W LL L LLLLL o PAVIG L L PER l NGTH CF COMPOUND WALL LLA PC.C., (M2O) CEMENT [LES COPING1IN 50MM ,8ICK_ _A _HIC _ WALLLL L L I < t>LtLLLLLLL \ < L1iLLLLLL LL =~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~DTI AT *BSCL 110>g Ur25AL - SECTION A-A | J 258 ; 1 l ;/ 2985 1) F LLOW RMEN IYEN ICN ONLYi a H D I RUSHKES GRtAND TRUNK ROAD IM PRtOVEM ENT PRO JECT N - -1 Au i rt O n 3) SS SEaI C Z S IFArT EDD NY NAPDA F e 1 ESIaNED~ RHJIEIKESN iTnLE DETAJI FOR PREVENTION OF DIRECT ACCESS ON HIGHWAY Les AssocIates Souijr A dia Pvt. Lto. SUPSgviSIOt4 CONSLLTANT APVED: CDOPAG I v r ~~~~~~~~~~~~~[P-e=rn rnErrEr~ M r A N}4N n _TY I A~JPJAC TE v~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ ... : :.Cc. .'' l ' L nw~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~fE T: AC AS At UY 2 ) A L L C I M E N E L O N S 5 4 M M U P L E S E o f l U W i s a S T A T E D _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __lo o m _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ M R M M _ __K P .C .C . .) u F PMOD RSHKBNIDPENETM MOMNA EIWNfd-hS d d ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~B .~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ . ._ .... ......... l 3) BITE SPECIFTC rANGEIF ANY* TO BE MACE uY AROVAL CF IIAL::XS I =R I 4 TI-LE RA-PED-ACCESS TO EM.ANKME.T .-. a "~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ -~~ .... E ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ A VAI' tC.Q2O C iT T A EmA TE 1, AEIM H P.C.C. II R M, 75 TH0 LAD u P.C.C. M.E) p PIP l VAR~~ ~ ~ ~~~~IF li 1 l nt S 11g , ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~o P.- = ; A A . : ::::::::::: :::::::::::::::: 1 ............~................................. -- - - - - - - - - ................................. ... -- -- - -- -- - ------------.-D- ................................., ............. ............. . .. .. . . ...................., . . . . . .... ,'.,,,, . ....i ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~. . . . . . . . . . . . ....,....,..- ': -- -- '''-'' :- ': -::-' :: " -''' '' -'1' 'I ''''': ''''' i'' -'t : - -- -.--..'.-.''''-'' ---'-''''''' --' -'--' .- :-::::::::: :-:: :::::::::w:m: ::: .:::::: ::I.....::::::::::::::::::::::::-:.:::..:::::: : ...........------: - ..... PI nm':In SABEi NOTES: ~~~~~~~~~~DmnEng NM T-3 DRAVy*N4 H MUMSHGH PROJECT Na6g al ig-IItwys AuOtholY Of India GRAND TRUNK ROAD IMPROVEMENT PROJECT 1) FOU.OW WRMEN DIMENSIONS Ot&y ~~~~~CHECKE[k HFU*IEH NDPNDN ENVRONMENTAL REVIEW II. .- i 2l ALL DIJASCNS im mm4 uPtES aThERwUE STATED SCALE: 1:10 DE55Efr HRiJS*KESH lES PEOAC S TOfEBAM ENTLos Assodsbs South Asia Pvt. Ltd. ' 3)~ SrSPECiFIC CHAGES IF ANY, TO BE MADE ONLYCON APPROdAL OF STPE CEST MAKETA.N S",.mow-W. THE ENGINEER APPROVED DIPAUI PYU*FilbI MANHOLE (1.2 M. X 0.6M. WING WALL 12MM THICK PLASTER DITCH LINE DITCH LIN RLJNGS (MS SECTION 4,~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~> ~OPENING FOR DITCH RLRJGS (MS SECTION ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~' ~WATER C0.6m~. z 0.6m.) 4WID x 45mm) 0.45m. WITH 16MM 0 IRON WIDE 0 _.3M. /C BARS CAST IRON PIPES ON CAST IRON PIPES ON EITHER OF THE SIDE EITHER OF THE SIDE TOWARDS POND TOWARDS POND (O.9M.DIA.) . _ (0.9M.DIA.) REINFORCEMENT AS FOOTING TANK. I2MM0 MAIN REINFORCEMENT,.8 MM SECTION X-X CAST IRON PIPES ON ELEVATION REINFORCEMENT EITHER OF THE SIDE TOWARDS POND X-n (O.9M.DIA.) 6MM DIA. 0150MM 17 = _ _ _ C I ~~~~~~~M. X 0.6m.) DI*STRIBUTION z r I I i A WING WALL I REINFORCEMENT - ;. .,F -. .112MTIK IIIIf(TREATED AS ONE . .MM THICK WAY SLABC) ,PLASTERING |:3 MORTAR OPENING FORDIC WATER (0.61. X 0.6m.) 16mm 0 IRON L ~~~~~~REINFORECEMENT BARS ~~~~~~~~~~~~(TRZEATED AS ONE SCALE: TOP SLAB REINFORCEMENT * NOTES: 1 FOLLOWWRiTrEN DIMENSSONLY D-u N. TRAWN HRUSHIKESH CECT P Natlonal Highways AutrIky Of India 2) ALL DIMENSIONS IN MU UNLESS OTERIMSE STATED | HR*IK GRAND TRUNK ROAD IMPROVEMENTPROJECT 3) EIHER OF THE PIPES HAS T EUSED DEPENCINGUO4 CHEC WBHIIESH UO INDEPENDENT ENIRONMENTAL REVIEW_ _ TM WM CONDMON SCALE:E ONLYON AESIGNEL HRSKS Tnt SEDIMENTAnoN CHME LaSPZ South Asia Pyt. Ltd. 3) MME SPECIFIC CHANGES IF ANY, TO BE MAE ONLY ON NTML bv OF THE ENGINEER APPROVED: D|PAL lOGO lOT 00 PVE -zDC _ X R~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~NER BANK PROFLE SHOLDE , E g \ R~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~iptrAL) 1t NATURAL 'FALL IUNE OF THE LAND. '~ (3IN NE DETERMINES SPACING ,,o a L- B CASCADE LT WEI WALL TOI E COANSTRUCTED WTHIN PROFLE OR HIVER BSIC AND BAE OF WEIR If REQUIRED SDES AND INVERT- WALL TO BE 1000 BELOW RIVER BED LEVEL OF DITCH TO BE PROTECTED WITH X R P.C. BLOCKCS LAIDON BERER BED 1. REFER TO DETAIL A' ON MISCELLANEUS DETAIL YD OR 2-1 1 _ _L - SLOPE PROTECTION- MACCAFERRI CAEION DEOTE 14CR DR OR EQUIVALE ~~~~~~~~~~SIMILAR APPROVED CASCADE (STANDARD) LONGITUDINAL SECTION ICAiON BOX LAID ON LEVEDUED AND COMPACTED ETAiL- GRDU~JD DRA NAGE CHANNEL ROAD. UNPAVE UE xI 700 3M ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~SHOULOER MACA1RRI GANIOR OR EOUrVAIENT LI 39 j 7 j MO gi R D UNfVED | 3X1XROAD rEOTFILE 1HNERI GB1 SIMI/LA APPROVED , n sf KEEP OR EQUNA UMEST CBIOM(M.G.) L__ ___ ___ __ LELLED AND COMPACTED 0.1 2.1.1 IF REQUIRED SIDES AND INVERET GEDMUE 140N 0 MACCATERFR DABIN OR ECMIVALENT OF DrrCH TO BE PROTECTED WTrH SIUWR APPROVED P.C LOCKS WLD OR GEOTETLnUE DETAIL-i1 REFER TO OI LSCELiBANEDUS DETAJL CASCADE CROSS SECTION -SLOPE PROTEDDORCACA O t GWON ~BOX LAUD ON ABE CDMPACTED GROUND r OETAIL-2 GABIQ IXN1N SD -WG| IC WALL GAE10N I aGO 1m IN TO CKANNEL _-lHDWAHRAGMS RIVER BANK PRORLE GUIDERAL NOTE- IIY~~~~~~~~~TPICAL) LAST WEIR WALL TO BE cDoNSTRUCTED (CS) (no) A~WTTAIN PROFILE OR RIVER BANR AND > - | BASE OF WEIR WALL TO BE 1000 BELO MVER BED LEEVEON BE n 1111 (WWG:; ~~~~~~~~~WATER EXISTING ED ~ GEOTEXTILE MIRAFI 14No OR SIMILAR APPROVED AT BACK _14N OR OF CASCADE AND RING WALL GABIONS (CDMt (WWO) ° SIMILAR APPROVED L\|R E N~~REO MATRESS| |- CASCADE GABION WROT DAPHOAGMS kA GABION BOX LAD ON LEVELLED AND COMPACTD TYPICAL CROSS SECTION DETAIL THROUGH OROUNS STEPPED GABION "CASCADE FOR DITCH ENDING DETAIL-4 DETAILS OF GABION BASKET RETAINING WALLS NOTEBS:IORS . T. DRAWN: I HRUSHIKFSH PROJECT GRAND TRUNK ROAD IMPROVEMPROJ`PROJECT N a9on Highways Autiorfty Of India 1) FoLEOwvAWrrTNDINENSIONS OLY C |CECKED: HRUSHIKESH BICEPENDENT ENVtRONMESTAL F£VIEW |4 Zw e.iawU. 2) ALL ORkENsWONS IN MM WALit NCTmnW ~ oeie HIBEIRH Tl~ scn N AIN~Lesdt South Asia Pyt. Ltd. 3) SMT! SPEIFIC CHAWNOS IF ANY, TO BE MADE OLY ON APPROVAL OF De|GNSREI|HRrJSKEtH |TllM CASCAAN GADONSTRNCSTRUCTURE iAsa 5jpcRv1504 CONSULTANT APPROV DPALI I | lE_ _ 2500 ANGLE SECTION o ~~~~~~(50OX 0X 4) ELEVAT ION 3 1 400 tt[ SECTION A-A ICHAIN ' A _ - ~~~LINK B 18MM THICK E CHAN _______________18M THICK PLASTER IN :6 ~~LNK ER IN 1: CEMENT MCRAR- LCEMENT B ANGLE SECTIMORfA o z P.C.C M20 ~~~~~~~SCALE: 400 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~~~~50M20M M 0M 0M SECTION B-B CHIN_ 21 W R W m W W~B~aMy A LIEQCNtt LE0fFrEAl _RUS~ GRA ND E EN OEEMNT OOANG E SR ECTIO _ 3) SITE SEC I FICCHAN GEEIFANr,711 SEortO1AtlN a PP Lt E UPON S U L T M 2 D0 W A LS C A L E :w womm ~mmoum fr-. lo - RAILING 1YPE 1 7SX 75X 6 MM M.S. ANGLEo SECTION D _UMPER 75MM THICK P.C.C. (M20) BED ACTING AS = A O.P.C. P _ j * | 25MM 0TNC DI. GRAIN 7 - - - - PIPE ATIM C/C75 THROUGH OUT THEBA RIR- LENGTH SOOMM 2COMM OMU SCO4M 1CCCMM GARAGE DUkPING~~~~~~~~~~~~GABAG 500 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ " MM THC 7PRW 19HKS POEC aOT lgwy ufowo nl BRICK< WALL IN 1:6 CEMENTr MORTAR ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~1390 CEMENT LTLES .§ I M EXISTING SCENARIO 75MM THtCK< P.C.C. (M20) RAMMED BRICK B3AT G.L. ~~~~~~ ~ ~~~~~~~RAIUNG PLANTER SHUTTER CAN NOT OPEN_----- 6 7 5 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~D U M P E R IO0MM THICK P.C.C. (M20)--- BARRIER ___________________ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~FOOT PATH SCALE DEAL FBRIRPROPOSED NUTGATTON TO PREVENT 500MM 200MM OMM 500MM 1000MM GARAGE DU1MPIING NOTES: UM NM T-7 DRAW'. HRJBHIKESH ~PRCJ.ECT 1) FOLLOW WWrTEN4DIMeNSON ONLY GRAND TRUNK ROAD IMPROVEMENT PROJECT NatloofHIgtiways Au&hofty Of India 2) ALL DMENSICNIS N MMd UNLESS OTHERWISE SrrATED WInI INDEPENDENT ENVi1RONIMENTAL REE N- olo 3) SIT! SPECIFIC CHANGES IF ANY. TO BE MADE ONLY ON APPROVAL. OF SCL :IDESIGNED. HRSHM T APE T RVNTGRAe UPN O IHAES South Asia PvL Ltd. THE ENGINEER BAFEtTOP Er urn DMIGONHG A SD v APPOVE: DAL IIK qE- -f -I~~~~~~~. -.I g 1 1~~~~~~ 111 III I g _ _ o~nah,Dzn fOOdnonoz -=t I~~~~~~~~~~~~~. ...... i 1 1... 0 ... ......... .on r no ... . no. don X0d0nndaO ann . a n n o n Oda noannonan 000 r I a.000 annnadoan ann~~ - RU Q w A A B PLAN PPLAN HGHWAY | ApV ~~~~~~ ~~HIGHWAY SLURRY SECTION A-A SECTION B-B TYPE 3: TUBEWELL ON TYPE 2: TUBEWELL SCALE EDGE OF THE DITCH WITHIN ROW NOTES D~~~~~~~~~~~wbIr,le NT4 DRWN HRUSHIKESH PRCJECT G D UKPNaUoaaj HIghways Auttodty OT Indba 1) FOLLOW WUtTENDlSIONS ONLY ~HRUSHIKESH .EMeNTPPOJECTAYSLURR BABANKMENT EMBANKMENT ~ ~~~~~~ DR IN APRONENIONETA EVE 2) ALL. D4MENSIONS N FW UIESS DTH!RWNE STATED 3) EElE SPECIFIC CIIAI4GET F ANY, TO BE T EE CLY ON PPROVAL OF HlYPE 213 La A E THS ENLL IEN E RAPROVD DIPAU I E. A DEC 2 POLY CARBONATE SHEETS 25mm THICK* 2 --400- 1 \-\ s - -a 24no - IRON FLAS R EQua WIDE, ! \1\ E)STING WALL EISTING WALL B 775 a l UN75 > TS 7 75 ISMC 75 ISLE 75 75 C -W is,,-",- E, MC P-k M G 1- 2~~~~~~ ~~~4tC '- Ann An] I- 240 A-)Z 4gn ~~}s415 SMJC -1 M. 5 IMC5 , t8l,t: 7S ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~IShtC 7S L 5 ISMlt 75 TYPE-1: NOISE BARRIER OVER EXISTING WALL TYPE-2: TYPICAL MODULE OF NOISE BARRIER NOTES: 5ENe-T-IO DRAWN: RAJESH PROJEcT GRAND TRUNK ROAD IMPROVEMENT PROJECT N t, sBa- HighwaysAutotyOf Idia 1) FOLLOW WRTH EN DIMENSIONS CONY C K |tlSAT1 INDEPENDENT ENMRONMENTAL REMEW IA*fit% 2) ALL DIMENSIONS IN MM UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED Adt- iS A __ _ 3) SITEMSECIFI CHANGES IFAtY, M E MADEy SCALE: N.T.S DNNED Aa Oe NOISEBARRIERS:TYPE So2mAsiaPvtLd ThE ENGINEER APPROVEEP |Dtl8ATSat S T1_M l PLAN ._7 SIDE ELEVATION . ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~311 1St) l,7n TYPICAL CROSS SECTION AT A-A ' ~~~~~~~~PLAN 2) I'LL 01MAENIONSIN UNLEY OgMSESTITAT| | |WUESH | GRTRUNK ROAD IMPRoVEMENTr PRQJECT |`)JOoAJ HIghWYS AuthorIty (f india T) a nEr C aE8pEC M CIL' IFA NY TO DELAAD LONLYC NA" MALOF C H EK I DO.ATM1 INDEPEMDENT EN R(ONMENTAL REM VE \V i, 1- 1 3) 8~STEEL IcUAw4EEI NDMATW INEEAINSALB &LNTDI CL. .. EG 4)O SIECJ LeaEW~7 NBVTO ~j '~~u SAE . Assocates South Asia Pvt Ltd. PIS"ION eAPPROED: DAi iH CONCEPTUAL DESIGN OF STRUCTURAL NOISE BARRER L AZ S- Asl FI. Ph _.64 _ . . A - 50SOMM TICK F.C.C. (120) 1161HEm 6 KEATCEMENT SLURRY PLMAS01CEE T ER)01 IN 1:8 MORTAR P...(M20) 8* P.C.0. F0UNDATI1N M20 C~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ I SECTION A-A SECT ON B-B 0SOMM THICK BICK 8 THICK c04ENr PI6sr 50MM 080)1 P.C.C. (820) IN 1:3 CEMENT IN 1:6 R ATCMENT 1 ThICK C 25 THICK HICK --- I- PLAN PLAN TYPE I TYPE 2 SCALE 500MM 200MM OMM 500MM Nh Ts.* -12 iRAWN: HIK PROJECT Ndonia Highways Autt Of India 1) FOLLOW WRnTEN 0II&NUONS ONLYCHQ* GRAND TRUNK ROAD IMPROVEMENT PROJECT 0,8A 2) ALL DIMENSOS IN MM UNLESS OTHESE STATEDC F INOEPENDENT ENVIRONPMENTAL RE EW 8h.Ba.nw. a) SarraESCIFCCHEBFANY,T4BEMADEONLYONAPWRVMALOF SCPAE 10 D fl ItUSHIKEs'h tflQ 3NGARRANGEMENT Leaodptaa , a THE ENGPffEERAPP _P. _IP__ NOTES: Or-111-Dl NO: T-13 DRAWN: HRUSHIIKEH pRC=JECT - Naftonal Highways AudIorlty Of Indla GRAND TRUNK ROAD IMPROVEMENT PROJECT 1) FOLLOW WRMITEN DENSIONS ONLY CHED U8HIKESH INDEP?NDENT ENVIRONMENTAL REVIEW _ a 23 AL DOWENSIONS I MM LEALESS OTHEWISE STATED SCALE NT TO SCALE DNNED IERaA L 3) SITE SPECIFIC CHANGES F ANY TO BE MADE ONLY ON APPROVAL OF SDESPED HRUSHIKEBH TIE NOISE BARRIER Lea Assod ate So Asb PvL I THE ENGINEER le., d-M.L __ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~- _ 22_ - ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ J -9 ..I - - I 1I F.s =S a - I I~~- - - - ..- - - - X~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~i I'.ES t rn ~ ~ ~ ~ I I Ii~gI °':M 2~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ _ 500 500 WHERE PLANTER IS ON SOIL AS PERDESIGN WHERE PLANTER IS WYTHIN PAVING X E DESIGA P D I PREFERABLY MULTYPLE OF 500MM PLAN SECTION E SOIL 75v -5 ~ R~~1MR~ POETN~niHihasAuhrt Of TICKdPCi C DDVGN TAUNE ROADH 2 ALL DI NS IN UNLE3 S OTHERWISE STATED SPERDES Ai L NO ST PECIFS G AANGES IF ATYUN RODRE MAPEE NLYPONRAJPROVALOT 1It THE ENGINEER APPROVED :AL Q 1W 1000 SPACER . r- -fi GUARD RAIL BEAM I SECT ION POST . _ . < . r + | | 150175S, 1900 LONG CE9TE)rnLE WI/2G LE WLl ALLL ALLOW T-E WaV- PIGS WHERE AS TO GABION BOX NATURAL. SOIL AECUMALATES IN IRIS SPACE .AE FAEILITATES REGETATION IN TOIE COURSE OF TOME 41~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~10 WAIDIR ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ AZ S0OMM 200MM OMM 500MM IOOMM GABION BOX TYPICAL SECTION FOR WATER BODY NEAR THE HIGHWAY NC11E: _ D.g NW.T-l6 DRAW.4 HNK PRESH JC National Highways AUwft Of India 1) FOLLOW WRTnENI DINENE30NS oCNY HRUSHIKESH GRAND TRUNK ROAD IMPROVEMENT PROJECT 2) ALL DIMIENSIONS IN MM UNLES S OTHERWISE STATEDtNDEPENDENT ENVIRONMENTAL REVIEW 3) SrrE SPECC QWiNGES IF AKY. To aE MADE ONLY ON APPROVAL OF SCAIE: 1:20 ESTRICRE FOR EDOPE HRUHKEH L_ Liie ) at_ South AsAk Pvt Ltd. APPFtVWD OPAUJN~.1 -- r 9 F W S = - O__ - SLOTS 100MM C/C SUPPORTING MES - ANGLE FRAME r A GEOTEXTILE MIRAFI .___Y____ 140 N OR SIMILAR M.' ANGLE APPROVED MAKE- ; F5mm5MM X 3MM)| C14 ~ ~ ELEVATION SECTION A-A GEOTEXTILE FIXED TO L AND T SECTIONS WITH BINDING WIRE GEOTEXTILE MIRAFI F- J 275 27 |140 N OR SIMILAR I--- I M.S. ANGLE APPROVED MAKE (25MM X 25MM X 3MM) GLE (25mm x 25mm x 3mm) ~~~SUPPORTED ON MESH (2M X2MMXM) BINDING WIRE l 625 | THROUGH SLOTS 111 AI b PLAN DETAIL AT A |DN-t :T-17 IDANIHRtUSHIKESH NIoa IPRO5we Auhot Of ind _ NOTES: ION IJ I P GRAND TRUNK ROAD IMPROVEMENT PROJECT t It =,,,,,, 1) FOLLOW WRITEN DIMENSIONS ONLY C HRUSIIKESH INCEPENDEV ND ¶1Oh 2) ALL DIMENSIONS IN MM UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED |SCALE 15 I DESDIG NRUSHES| TSuLE EOTEXTLE EAL 1SOUth Asia Pvt Ltd. 3) SrE SF{5RC CHANDES IFANY. TO BE IADEONLY ON APPROVAL OF =II I OlA A4 THE ENG NEER IApR IDPAU I~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ 8 n ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~PLAN OF SITTING AREA (TYPE 2! PLA OF SITN1REAE(TRPE 1 Z t | [1 1 \ T \ HACK R~~~~~~1 | \\ | // > 7250 460 560± .0 GROON BRICK PAVING ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~~~~BIC AYN |ZMP TICK BRC W GRO99UND t \ SECTION A-A (TYPE 1') T.TLA) Oro.i,,g Nc: T-IR PW HRUSHIKESHI PRCJECT _ nkW7 _ _ t3_ NOTES: GRAND TRUNK ROAD IMPROVEMENT PROJECT 1. Eootom Roenuc 1) FOLLOW WRITTEN DIUENSOGN ONL.Y .CECKED HRUSHIKESH F INDEPENDENT ERNTIRNMENTAL PSVTEW Now DTIN: - 100E5. 2) ALL 2IYENSICNS IN MY UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED SEWLE. DESIGNED HRUSHIKESH TE SEATING ARROUND TFEE-1 A-ds ColPy l " 3) SITE SPET-CFI CHANGES IF ANY, TO EE WAOE ONLY ON APPRO9AL. OF _AAPRVED D=A Pho- w FrInDS, 56229CE - THE ENOWEER PPROVED: OIAU ANon. ROONOR. 502000 66t g80 1 13 0 , 2460 1 1320 <60 + | \ I I00+0.0 140 \ +±000 40 900 +1-150 4~~~~ ~ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~+450+45 1 | L _ _ +450 +1 +SITTING ; ++t ++ 450 A+ l S0 c ENGMENT (OTLA.4 ~~~~2 -104~~~~~~~~~~~~750 -5+-300 *+300 |09 _ _ EARTH FILLING --C REST TM* 50 afthe TM+0.0 ++450 +450 ++. c ++O.C ++450 + +20+oo5° S+0 ) [ ++30 _ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~TFZEE TRUW ++o.c ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~~~~~~4. +_450 +_450 200 \ *4300 ++300 Fmin ++O.o~~~~~~~~4 +0. < ++150 PLAN OF SITTING AREA (TYPE 4) +OO ++000 < >\ / - ~ WSl ThIOhICKEATH FllNG IRII +00 . ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~P.C.C. (M0)75MM THICKe t _ a 3 PLAN OF SITTING AREA (TYPE 3) CRICK PAVING BACK FE TEARTHE FIUN 97 SInGt01O) P.C.C. tMzo0) 75MM THICK{;c . \ 250lMM THI 125MM THICK BRICK WALL BRICK PAVING SECTION B-B (TYPE 4) p.C.C.(MQ) -.- . l 0 ( ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~SCALE SECTION A-A (TYPE 3) N ES |DmwNT-It4 RCDRAWN. I HRUSHSH |PROJEc Nationl Highways Authority Of India NaPES: ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~~~~ Na 7-19 ~~DRVM RUHIMGRAND TRUNK ROAD IMPROVEMENT PROJECT I.bA FOLLOW wwRrrEN DIMENSIONS ONLY CHErKE: HRUSHIKESH _ INDEPENDENT ENVIRONMENTAL REVIEW Nom-l-C 2)ALL DlA1EystDN I N MM UNL941 arHE -WISE sTATED 2 3) ALL DIMENSIONS INaE lW NLESS OThERWIE STATECO |~ ~ 1 D D | HRUSHtKESHN TITLE SEADINGHARROUNDREET2 | LeaAsodsates Souti Asa PVt Ltd. SrrE SPECFC aGES IFY. TO BE MADE ONLY ON APPROVAL OF S A.D Tp TIHE ENGINEER AppRovED- DIPAU HNOUB-IIUBILEi ,F~~~~~~~~~~~~' 300 1700 246 1700 00 3660 I+0.0 o I - - I 7000 . SITTING AI!Eh§AENT 4+150 4+150 7- +750 *+450 EARTH FILLING ARE CK RES6 0~~~~~~~~20 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 4l45 c+45 6-750 Tukof the Tr7TtETL 4-+0. 0 +450 ++450 4 2000 + +450 2300 16001 Earth PLAN OF SITTING AREA (TYPE 6) Sitting Arreng,rent Filling I 4300 4-+150 4+450 ++150 TR"I CF T TES 1 253MM THI~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~BCK; RE i _ 48lKPVN 6460 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~PCC(M)7M HSTOlE F[F0414 PLAN OF SITTING AREA (TYPE 5) IZ6MMAThtlCK RESTCK W A L L 141_ sm a I e 3 63 ga i 0.00 OKOUNO ERICK PAV IN SECTION B-e (TYPE 6) SCALE SECTION A-A (TYPE 5) Dm.mlg No: T 20 DRN HCRNUoalHghayIAthttyOfIni NOTES: G 1sN:Ti RAWND |FfHEHPRE G>TRUNK ROADIMPRO5jrEMENTPROJECT| 1) oFlw WMTTEN DIMENSIONS ONLY CHECKED . RUSHEESN __ __ INOEPENOENT EMRONMENTAL REVIEW 2) ALL ImmENSIONS IN Mm UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED 3CL,DEM. HRUSHEUHI TITLE SEAT1NG ARROUND TREE-3 Lea Aodtes Soulth Asia Pvt Ltd. 3) aT SpECIC CHANDGES IF ANY. TO GE MADE ONLY ON APPRDOVAL O A_ Nmftf t L. O THE ENGINEER APPROVED D:PAI.) 30997 2460 797 300 oX I< f<+ EL0 t o+450 4+15 SP ONING PLbN OF MIENT b(OTLA) +T30 EATh FILLING - CK REST BL B 2000B 4 +40.0 4+450 1C450 +40.0 TREE TRI.R4 4+300 4+150 4~~~~+450 4-I-i Z5M~~~ GoH+ O 3PLAN OF SITTING AREA (TYPE 8) PLAN OF SITTING AREA (TYPE 7) TRuNK OF THE TREE EARTH FILDLiNSINGII"UNIESSOTHERTS G ARRENGMENT (OmTLA) 3) 51E dIPCIFI aWlaS IFhhY, O BEBDE O BACO EPRO ART FIUN DESIGNE HRISIKS PITLE SEAll 75G THIUN T ZaX o l t F.C.C.CM2C7. MT20) STONE 125MM THICK BRIC1 C, 125~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~20001THC BIC WL BRICK PAVING P.C.C.020 .0 P.C.C. I19 .' SECTION 88(TYPE 8) SECTION A-A (TYPE 7) S& NOTES Drm"~i No: T-21 DRV HRSIK PRCJEC- Nadoal8 Highways Authortty Of Indla 1) FOLLOWWRITTENDMENSIONS ONLY ~~~~~GRAND TRUNK ROAD IMPRCVEMENT PROJECT ,.A Ii FOtLQW6WJfl~~~~~~N OSIENSIONS ONLY ~~~~CHECImf HRI4UHSIKESH INEENETBEIOMETLREIWa__- 2) ALL DIIENSIOS IN ID UNLBSS OThiERWISE sTATED MENT.AL ouois NRBBISNEW eaM-NmamdtsSuhAi v.Ld 3) WME SPECIFICCIWAGE IF ANY, TO 1E MADE ONLY ON APPROVAL OF CL'i EIND, F'SIEHT. SEAiNGl ARROUND TREE-4 Lea AsWisSuh saPLLd INE ENGINEER APROED DI'L 14d RI- P.C.C BED (M20) BRICK WALL TO RETAIN -APRON DRAINING INTO DITCH 18MM THICK CEMENT PLASTER CHANGE SECTION 1300 BRICK WORK IN 1:3 CEMENT LF-.z / / // /zZZZ[a- 100MM THICK M20 CONCRETE IL lA \> k - yR.C.C PIPE 900MM DIA. Ij ______L_S_ _-4 , A COPING _ T0230 'I0MM THICK P.C.C. BED <: L I %t - - -- Jy 20/ X X CERA~~~~~~~~~~~~~CENOPIKRNG 3 (11S20) O B- BL - 71000 (0 37" cL_DITC SECTION A- CPI8 wX - J - X BRIC-K WORK IN 1:3SETO B- > I 7. 7, 7 CEMENT MORTAR U,~~~~~L 100MM THICK P-C-C E R.C C PIPE 900MM DIA. BED (M20) SECTION A-A BRICK WORIK I CEMENT MORTAR C PLAN 5 100mm THICK P.C.C R.C.C PIPE 900MM DIA. = (M20> 75MM THICK P.C.C BED (M20)SETO OFBIKW L ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~SECTION X-X BRICK WALL T P.C.C BED (M20) RETAIN CHANGED SECTION NOnES ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~Dn NO: T-22 DRAVWN: HSK9 |RCJFCT INaiDnal8 Highways AulSoKy Of rIdta 2) FOLL_OW WRrrrEN DIIENSTOES ONLY CHECKm HRUaHIMSH wNEpeNeNT ENVRONSENTAL REIEWm 2)ALL OmmsimsINH MM UNLWESS OTHIERWLSE SEATW CL NMS oEsoNE, HRUSIIIU4 TnrtE 10 AssoCI8tS. South Asai Pvt Ltd. 3) SITE SPEBFIC CHANGfE F ANY, TO BE MADE ONLY ON APPROVAL OF WELL SNSAFT TOUCHING THE DrriH As*H SU ASh_ am" U THE ENGNEER APPRavED DIPAU pL-HmD tG -p t edge of ROW _ _ ~~~~~~~~~SLOPE \ 400,m WIDE GRAVEL RAMMED IN EARTH AS A 70mm THICK LAYER _ ~~~~~~~~~~GRAVEL BELT\ \ \ \ GRAVEL DEBRIES A A~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ RECAST R EM.C.CORTSLAO _ D 6.2 1600 700 4800 500 19005MM THICK LAID ON 50MM THICK P.C.C. (M20) 6.2 1600 700 4600 500 2900 ~~~~~~~CEMENT PLASTER IN 1:6 ON RAMMED EARTH 6.2 1600 700 4800 500 2900 APRON 130 AS PER SITE 1150 CONDITIONS BRICK WORK IN 1:3 I .1 SLOP 1:2 MORTAR GL. 1 O M CONDITIONS LINED WITH BRICKS SECTION B-B GUARD RAIL 0 600 0~~~~~~~~~~~~~ DER ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~230 . I , CCPING 260 '300 ~~~RETAINING 023 BRICK PAVING IN 1:3 CEMENT MORTAR o~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~WL SHF WO;°RK0ICPIN AREA 0 5 DEE,LAID ON 50MM THICK P.C.C. (M20) ] DERI dX ACES TO O AME AT 0 WELL 0~~~~~~~~~5 uzSS .-M20 SECTION A-A 230 SCALE 500MM 200MM 0MM 500MM IOOOMM dl L 1 NarES: Dt N.; DNo:T23H | DRAWN: HRUSHIKESH PROJECT Nanal Highways AurttyOfNn ia ti No T-239 p~- HRUI4II~3H ?ROIECT GRAND TRUNK ROAD IMPROV E-MENT PROJECT Of llA-f I) FOLLWw WRMT-EN DOENSIONS ONLY CHECK~ED, HRLMIKEISH INDEPENDENT ENVIRONMENTAL REVIEWBR 2) ALL DIMENSICNS IN AIMUNLESS OTHERWISE STATED SCALE: 120 |DESIGNED HRUSHIIESH Tr" Las HAFat'I South Asia Pv| Ltd. 3) ara SPECIFIC CHMdESB F ANY. TO 1SE MADE ONLY ONAPWELL ~SHAFT WITHIN EMJBANKMENT A=kNodoOdo0d. THlE ENGOSEER ApppROvuW DIPAI.I ow"AIN 1 000 DIA. COVER 2 100 FOR INSPECTION 50 R.C.C. SLAB M-20 a _ _- 150 GRATING BRICK BAFFLE WALL 225 BRICK SLAB 225 x 300 C' ~~~~~~100 CC SLAB Ml-t0 PVC PIPE 2000 LONG O * 4-V IVEROCAL DRAIN WELL cici _ - AGGREGATE C°o -G EOSYTHEnC FILTER FABRIC (2000 BELOW THE BOTTOM .Of THE CATCH PIT) CROSS SECTICN A-A VERTICAL DRAIN WELL FOR DRAINAGE OF SURFACE RUNOFF IN URBAN AREAS ~1500~ 00 BAFFLE WALL- - 00 BAFFLE WALL- _ PLAN VERTICAL DRAIN WELL FOR DRAINAGE OF SURFACE RUNOFF IN URBAN AREAS SCALE lT9Orm N.: T-24 At HRUSHIIKES ROJECT Nalonal Highways Authory Of India NOTES: ORAWN GRAND TRUNK ROAD IMPROVEMENT PROJECT , 1l) FOLLOW WRlTTEN GtlSl<'tK)NS ONLY CHECKED HRUSHIKESH WNEPENDENT ENVlR0NMENTAL R£YEW --- - ---- m.1-i. 2) ALL DIRAENSIONS IN MM UNLESS OTHERWSE SrATEM S 3) SITE SPEIFIC CHANGES IF ANY, TO BE MADE ONLY ON AFPRFAL OF 1:10GINGHPrrTITLEURBANiS AN F O R US. LW&Ltd. THE ENOINEER AppROVED: DIPAU Pb. 5d-11. ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~Ph _ _ . /~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~SD ELEVA1\ FON LEATO I /tt/ \ < \ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~W A 5 H I N G P L A T f O RM a 4240~~~~~~ I 15// \\ < \~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~24140 1214* OC204240 P LA N C f W A SH IN G A R EA SC A L ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~,NOTS: PR 1WNHRSIECT*M*~~~~~ {7I ~INLET PIPE 100OMM~ N ~~~~~~~~~~250 MM THICK BRI RAMMED SRI WALL IN FIRST CLASS 77777 - ~~~~BRICXS IN TA4 CEMENT MORTOR 300 75MM THICK P.C.C. (M20) BED SECIIONA-A - 50 100 50 50 50 AS PER REQUIREMENT RAMMED EARTH SECIION -B-B SLOPE 1:40 1575 2 DRAIN WIrH A SLOPE OF 1:40- FOOTING SLOPE 1:40 BRICK WALL 2, KEY PLAN 13~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~75 LA ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ PA OIF OT BAFFLE WALL I I I I SOOM I2 f00MM OM PIPM1COM _~~~~~~~~~~ 0waf P*: T DMWk MFUgEH PROJECT NaOnI&1 HkBhW8YS AUft Of India 1) FOLLOW WPMIEN DIMENfflOS ONLY CEKD HUKSHGRAND JEN EOTEMONETL-VE _012 lOAD SIDE OrION~NEPNDNTEWONENALREF 2 ALL DRENC1B N MM U8 K OTHERWI E STATED _ PLAN OF O_LINTECE 3) SrTE sEOFIC CHANGES IF ANY. TO BE WADE ONLY ON APPOVAL OF STORAGE AREA FOR OIL AND GREASE LeO -OSouthJI PPvt. Lt THE ENEER App DIPAUJ 0103 500 140 00a0 iso so ISO AO 0c 00 -C E , ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~CORNER T @ CE4IENT TIES IN 1:3 CE4ENT MORTAR 144 I d CLAAS PRC 3 FROG AND FIXED IN 1:4 CEMENT EORrAR 0M11 jfIIARAO GAP LO M MOfAR EAP ti|Q RAMMSED E A C.C. (M20) 1 g!r= F = EXll3eF1w]|l * jjR A M E~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~RMMD EKrIH N 500 r SOOMM 200MM OMM 500MM IOOOMM NOTES: DRAWN; ~~~~ouOI P00T 7HRtIJSH(EBH P~JC NStkaiu Highways Aulhtitty Of rIndia ORAWN ~~~~~~~~~GRAND TRUNK ROAD IMPROVEMENT PROJECT B - 1) FOLL.0WWRITTE4 DIMBSI3N0 ONLY NCHECIOD HIRLISHIISm INDEPENDENT EWJ)1 NMENTAL REv1Bw Nm0t-ll 2) ALL Di l4SINS IN MM LWLESS OTHERWISE oTATED SCALE 1 P0 3) WME pECplC ANCEER IP ANY, TO DE MADE ONLY ON APpROVALOF SCZ E HIIIIOLI TM PAVING La Sa P - THE BENNEER APPR~OVED. DIPALI J.1 TYPE-1 TYPE-3 DETAIL AT B SCALE 1:25 TYPE-2 DETAILAT ASCALE 1:25 Drw%*v W T-M ~~~PROIJECT National Highways Authority OfIndia NOTES: | DXnt T- i | GRAND TRUNK ROAD IMPROVEMENT PROJECT t mn ai 1) FOLLOW WRIrrEN DIMENSIONS ONLY cHKED., _INDEPENDENT ENVIRONMENTAL REVIEW Im. uS 2) ALL DIMENSIONS N M UNEss aTHEWES STATED SCAJLE_ SCALE.o IflISN mu RAILINGuDETAIL THE ENGINEE APPROVED, DUALI 1lh_ a 0 _ _ t ~~~~~~~~ ~ ~ ~~~WORKERS SKLE B CLINIC INSPECT RN OFFICE STORE 6RICKWO II ICEENT _WORKERS FENCING AS PER I CONSTRUCTION PLANTS VEHICLE WASHING PARKING ;E ONE BRICK THICK 3M. HIGH BRICK WALL TO CENTS a \ F ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~MALE WORKERS _ [ WRAESHING { ENTERY .- __ ----- ---__ ----- --_ _ _ - _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ :_,_~~~~~~~~~~~~HA r '' OIL INTERCEPO I UN --- STRAOMWATERWRO RADSOEOFC …-- - -----T L------- ---------- - --------------------I - --- ---- IPIAN ErPONRATER ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~~OLINERE ORAWING TOWARDS ROAD SIDE DErCH NOTES zOLYOrwka Ol-I HRSR SPOET GRAND TRUNK ROAD IMPROVEMENT PROJECT Ntoa ihas ~ l1 1) FOLLOW WIRITEN DIMENSIONS ONLECCEOG: IHRUSHIKESH INOEPENOENTr ENVIRONMENTAL REVIEW - MO1i 2) ALL. DIMENSIONS IN WA UNLESS OTHERWISE STATEDsWaa110ia~ataSuhAi v.Ld 1) SrThSPECIFIC CHAGW IFS FANY. TO BE MADE ONLY ON APPRVAL OF AMN-OWbe - THE eNGIEER ARVE DILIN-Oa INNS DRAIN WITH SLOPE OF 1:1CC A7 BERM AND DRAIN TOWARDS ROAD SIDE DITCH Y A DETAILN AT A DET TSE DETAILL_f A_^_-T DSCAILE A : 7 5 0 KT W AS BLNKU igwy Rams: Th.U*LU NH T-30 OMWN HIHJU4(EUI PROJECT GRAND TF~UNK ROAD IMPROVEMENT PROJECT OlIty Of SPAiE 1) OLLW PJ1EN IMNSOS Gy HEaED:HW5HFM* SLOPE ET NIRNENA RVE 3) ErTE 5PEc~~~~~~~~lC ONATIGES IF M~~~~~~NOMY, TOSS MADDE 0t4TA.33Y0Ct4 OFAPPR HE (OrL J.ASSOF liE DIGIE5R APPRr~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~AM A T ft DIARAPALNi MRUNrSC NHEADM T WICEVI 267 I BRICK WALL UJS 10 MM THICK RCC SLAB 23 lI~A CLASS 6R1 FOCEEN l~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~2 r rPA°°- RTAR 0150M4 C/C TR AS 64 IH8M STIRRUPS 0150MM SE N 40 3omm i 1 8MM THICK. 34 .Ej | ' , ~~~~~~~~~~~~40066 X 40066 - SLFHVAIION . ._ TOLGE I I -N12A MOR PTA 5666.16 A R R A N G E M E NC 1 _ t _ _ _ | _ _ ° ° j I R EN F O R C FM E N T 133T I 'A C LUMN~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~I 5 / COLUBA OF 6170~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~-OLM N T G DSECTON A-A SCALE 1:50 e 106 13F 1TN0 SCALE T~T'WL L TRPLAN OF CANOPY 2) ALL DICNSGS IN 4U UNLESS ORD 1ER STATmO CiEKO IWIBN6fDVRNETLE 3)S I S NIi CON4GSU T N IM Y 10S UA DE ONLY ON APPROVAL OF I SCHR 7 A VE . IPAU TIT. L| 41 da SaDUi AS b PVt. Ltd. 3 X STESCAEA.ING I - _ ,--/-DETAI L 'X LAYOUT OF BUSBAY lm BRICK SOLING DETAILS - X SCALE 1: 10 NOTES: DwaIn NW. T-D32RAWN: HI S POMECT Natihal Highways Autrt Of India N) OTESW: EN ENISONYGRAND TRUNK ROAD IMPROVE-MENT PROJECT 1) FOLLOW WRIEEN DI3fNSIONS ONLY CHECECKED HRUSH-. SH H INEPENDCENT EMRONMENTAL RE9R1EW 2) ALL DIMENSIONS IN MM UNLESS EMSE STATED S = R 3m sWM VwECFo C4ANGES IF ANYe, TO BE MADE ONLY N Appov O SCLE r OESPED: H T _ _ _ Le chadsSoth AsiPvt Ld. SLpERVISION CONSULTANT APPRO _ *DIPAL : o;4a5 ~~0.45 2115 0.2 .3 L FLOOR PLAN 0.-51 0..4 5B |.1 .22 2GL 5 0.2 0.22 .G FRONT ELEVATIO SECTIONM No: CPAWN: l ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~GRAND TRUNK ROAD IMPROVEMENT PROJECT ., _ 1) PFLLWI RTENOM 1 DW6ONCNLY aElD HRID2H _INDEPENOENT ENVIRCONMENTAL REVIEW _ . 2) ALL DIMENSIOS 1r4 MM ULs OHERMSH E r 8TA L"sa L:. e SUPERVBI N TANIILrAhT AED col.IN - i _ ~~~~~~ A 4 NOS,12 - i ~ F | 8r 0150 c/ -r . -120 0150 C/C l ~ ~ ~ ~~~~~~~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~~~~~~ - . .0 . |1 50 c/C *C C C~~~~~10 / L 120 @250 c/c ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~~20020 / PLAN SCTION EE __|____= = < 1 l REINFORCEMENT DETAILS OF RECTANGULAR COLUMN (SCALE I 10) RE(NFORCEMENT DETAILS OFSLA8 (SCALE 1: 20) L.2C/ ofj alto c/c 100 ClSC C/C __ 2NOS IS 80 0200 C/C FLOOR LEVFL + COLUMN ' F L_ ~~~~~700,, ;;--. L LEEL 'C.C.. M2O G.A. DRAWING OF RECTANGULAR COLUMN (SCALE 1 20) (SCALE 1: 20) NOTES: DRAWN: FIRUSHITSH ~~~~~~~~RO~CTNodorti Highways Ausiiotity OfIni NOrES D NC T-34 OR&WN: SWSH~ mGRAND TRUNK ROAD IMPROVEMENT PROJECT U Indi 1) FOLLOWWpYrIS o>E ' ONLY 0ECH¢I 8SH INDEPSNDENT ENVRONMENTAL REVI O 2) ALL DIMENSIONS IN M UNLESS OThERISE STATED SCAL_ Ai Ltd. 3) STfE SPECW1C CHANGER F ANY, TO BE ADIE ONLY ON APR DEALS OFTHE BUSSTOP LUCTURa AADbA sUP SWON CONSULTANT DIPAU t100 L75 t15 G75 100 rr OPEN SPACES FILLEO UP ORY STONE PTCHING - -WITH SOIL ANDO PLANTEDO WITH GRASSOOR tZ t E E - ~~~~~RS REBAR lL-m EA H Af IV A ELM PlREBAR DETAILS S gX 5''2t C~~~~~~~~~~~~~-ROUND E iT 5 ON A- CONCRETE BLOCKS LAD ON 14CN GEOTE)TILE SUPPUES BY 2Z TECH(INOLA) PVT. LMO OH APPROAKS EOUTVAENT ROUGH CBIC STONES OF 25 CM NOMINAL SIZE HANS PITCHED ON THE SLOPES. IK7ERS7OCCES A1LLED UP WITH SPALLS ANDS SOILGRASS PIANTK IN THE HIONSTCES. * PRE CAST CONCRETE BLOCKS FOR SLOPE PROTECT ON FROM EROSION OR RIVER BED SCOUR STONE PITCHING OF SLOPE SURFACE DETAIL A' DETAIL 'B" > TO~~~~~~~~~~~P TIE IN MADE UP WITH M1aCONC. .,q q ~~~~~~~PRE CAsr BLOCKS - FLO GROUND E ExISTING/ OIRECIIZN ci 0 a Cl GOOD OUALrt 00 . NAUTY BRICKS (CLASS 1) HANAZI Z SN THE SLOPE Li 2ZZ < l 20Z l ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~BRICK PITCHING OF SLOPE SURFACE Ml 2ZZ \ 45 CONC. VO1O FUEO WITH W Z. m COURSE GRAVEL SR TOP SOIL FOR PLAITMNG DETAIL 'C" INSTALLATION OF TYPICAL PRE CAST BLOCKS ON SLOPE SURFACE NOTES: Drawkg No: T-M W~~~~~DAWN: r, ROnE CT Natbia) Highways Authority O ni NOTES Drav'Ng No T-35 PROJECT ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~GRAND TRUNK ROAD IMPROVEMENT PROJECT 1.ra.A. OA-ni 1) FOLLoW wRrrrI DIMmENSUN ONLY CHECKEDI HRUS1110423H INDEPENDENT ENSRINONMIENTAL REVIEW I - 2) ALL DimENSIN IN Ud UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED _ w 0 WcALL Nrro TO SCALE Lea Associates ,~ ~ eaSouth Asia Pv. LWd.n 3) Sn SpECIFIC CHANGES IF APNYt TO BE MADDE ONLY ON APPROVAL OF DES MIrEDRWI Iy TIT E SLOPE PROTECTION DETALS LA-a M. LI SUPEBVSION CONSULTANT APPROVE: Np-D 'wos-1aoms ---- .- R . BRICK LAID ON EDGE 2 0 BRICK LAID ON FLAT THIS SPACE, OBTAINED I FROM THE PERTiCULAR * ARRENGMENT WILL FACIUiTATE GROWTH OF VEGETATION ON SLOPE _ KERB STONE ' / <,// GAERION BOX BRICK ARRENGMENT ELEVATION AFTER TWO 101m,m (Brick laid on Flat) COURCES ONE COURCES OF 7Dm, (Brick laid on edge) KERB SLA8 AS PER DETAILS IN PLANTER DRAWING GOOD QUALUTY BRICKS (CLASS 11) HAND LAID ON THE SLOPE. GABION BOX AS PER DETAILS IN GABION STRUCTURE DRAWING aw X ~~~~~~~~~~~~BRICK PITCHING OF SLOPE SURFACE S00MM 200MM OMM 5OOMU 1) POL NWR DNIMENSIONS ONL . z N* T46,}A -IRA N: HUEKEH iRECT GP\N TUNK ROAD IMPROVEMENT PROJECT NatinalAutotyOf India -} ALL -ME S IN -S UNLESS OTHERWISE -T-T - -CHECKED HRUSHIKESH INDEPEND ENT ENViRNMENTAL REViEW . 3) SITE BFECIFIC CHANGEE IF ANY, TO SBE MAfE OFNY ON ADPROVAL OF S C A U _ 0 HzlID RICSNKE PTMCIlSO SLOEa41 Assdae SoUfl Asih Pyt Ltd. 2) All.DIMENSINS-IN - UN -S TN -ES -TE BRIK-PTCHN- N-SOP ThE ENGINEE - -pp-O- - -I-AL- - - - -1- A50 , 450 75, MONOTHICK METAL SHEET 10 MM DIA RIVETS _ K > 53 l W53 BACKGROUND BLUE SITE so MONOTHICK METAL SHEET RETRO REFLECTORISING PAINT NAME DESCRIPTION LETTERING AS PER DESCRIPTION I. R. C. NORMS |DISTANCE l CAST IRON T-ANGLE CAST IRON T-ANGLE ______ 75X75X10 75X75X10 O (EMBEDED WITH CONC.) (EMBEDED WITH CONC.) PRECAST CEMENT 350 ~~~~~~CONCRETE CYLINDRICAL BASE- 450~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ 40t PRECAST CEMENT PRECAST CEMENT PLAN CONCRETE BASE CONCRETE OCTAGONAL BASE _ l _ ~~~GL - .GL ELEVATION SECTION NOTES: D~~~~~~~~~~~~ng ~~~N07 T-37 DRAWN: Y RAJU PROJECT GR1 RN ODIPRVMN RJC ational Highways Authority Of India NOTES:~~~~~~~~~~~~ G.N TRN RODIPOEET RJC .E - 'l 1) FOLLOW WRITTEN DIMENSIONSONLY CE A I I-M |2 ALL DIMENSIONS IN MM UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED SCALE: CEOSIED: MA T IOFNSIGNAGERLea A es- ,VItLd 3) SITE SPECIFIC CHANGES IF ANY. TO BE MADE ONLY ON APPROVAL OF DESIGNED: MANJU TITLE DETAIL OPSIGNAGE Lea Associates South Asia Pvt. LtdO. _ _F - SUPERVISION CONSULTANT APPROVED: | DIPALI | l!222 WIW 0E CN - !P BRICK P TCHING FOR 06Th 1S 2000. E SLOPE PROTECTION LPOND SLOPE GRD000 ND-% - 1 1 :4 -~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ ~~~~~~~PROPOSE, ORNASMENTAL TREE OF SPECF ____________ _________ 600 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~GULROH-AR TREES @10)MG/CSE IO B- PROPOSED ORNASMENTAL TREES OF SPECIE CDNC RA EL CR SDIL FCR FLAN5NC ~~~~SALIX ANDOU/C LMOHAR NLMEES ZOO ITS P00006Th 200,, 000030 ©~~~~~ 1DM C/C io IN NUMBER YP CAL BRICK PITCHING DETAIL X~~~06 7- __ - -_ -- -_; -. -0 - E I - L 0 - -_ - - - - _____Tf:: N E0 EXISTING PLOT BOUN3ARY Æf \ : = - - - - - - - =-= =E=I=T=N- -L-I BOU DA o 6 E g~~~~~~~ - - - - - - - - :_ - - - - - - _ 7 - 7 I SECTION A A PROPOSED TURFNG D O O - - - - - - - _-- - .~~~~~~ 7 7 - 7- - - - - - - - -7 = 7- - - -, -R - - I , . T L ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ = _ L~~~~~~~~SURF-ACE RTOTER-_ _-..I - - -r ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~~ -L -2--4-B---- - PROPOSED TB0RCK - _ _ _ _ _ I~~~~~ . -C * PTCHED EDGE PROTECTION =__X=~-==~ l~~~~~~ --- -- -~- lo = : NI2 SLOPE AS PER _ _--_-__ . _--:---_-_ ; l SECTI ON SEP AT A-A - - - -- S-ALL SORT 7 - - - - - - - _ - 0-EPRED ACCESS-- 7 - - - - - ---- - -_- - 00 POND!SE0X0 -: AZADIRACHTA NDOCA 0 5 10 15 C-'W 51!0m C/C ° S 1 0 - - - - - - - - --- - - - -~Naionl ighay Auhoit NOTES : DPRNoPSED DRAWNB RYAJU KO 7ECT GRANDTRUNKIMPROVEMENT ROADPROJECT ,RatioSeuOf India _ 1) FOLLOW WRITTEN D MENSIONS ONLY CHECKED: MANJU INDEPENDENT ENVIRONMENTAL REVIEW PROTECT 2) ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IR MM UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED __ NLea ASS R- - - -S cats ouh AiaPv td OP SUFERVISIOS CONSULTANT ACAEPREOUSIGE OMIApJLI AS A FlSH POND _ Ls3Asa002 es SuthAsa 05, .~ ~ ~ ~~~~~~~~~DTI SHOW 7- - - - -u2 -5E22Y9 --- -- Zebra crossing L + cm DWARF BOUGAUWiLLA @1.5M C/C VISIBILITY TRIANGLE TYPICAL DETAIL OF ISLAND r- -------- - _ - _ - > r n~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~t = 4 - __ I_ ROW-VARYING l stl $ 1 ' ktH A-'-t~444 ~j-r LI - - TREES TO BE PLANTED AS PER I -~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ ~~~LANDSCAPE DRAWING --r ___ - U t -MEDIAN TO BE LANDSCAPE AS PE - - _- - - -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ---------- --- - -----=-, LAN DSCAPE DRAWINGS ROW-VARYING -- - DWARF BOUGANVILLIA IS PLANTED @Ji5M Note. a be p CIC IN THE VISIBILITY TRIANGLE 2) Nosohefee. teobe shitS1be Ileroedaitlo UlIiDI 2) Nos,mI c r tgM.h.b. b. pl-balth M i 220rn tio 100e do mth d-oed -IgI 3) Spedi ,,d -umbe, e red e hebet be plente I per bndea. d-4ogs 9. 4) The number d m d.e hSW5 eve r be In-eas.d or devusasd -awdiog e sph aP.. 1ebeol In ROW -- _ _ _ … - I00 NOTES D-ea.g No: I op1 | AWII: AW; PROJECT GRAND TRUNK ROAD IMPROVEM PROPROJECT National Highways Authority Of India 1) FOLLOW WRITTEN DIMENS 0NS ONY CORRIDOR NH2 INDEPENDENT ENVRONMENTAL REMEW - i frot 2) ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MM UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED. SCALE I NTS DESIGNED: TITLE JIC1ONPLANTATION Lea Assodates South Asia Pvt. Ltd. 3) SITE SPEDIFC CHANSES F ANY, DO NE MADE SONY ON FARNOVAL A-AdO, N- PAn - OF SUPERVISION OONNILTANT CAD FILE: JUNC-A APPROVJED, RS UCINte eN rOf 110 - ROW-VARYING UPTO 60n, , ROW. VARYING UPTO 60m. TREES TO BE PLANTED AS PER LANDSCAPE DRtAWING _~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ - - - - - - - - - - - __ - - - - - - TREES TO BE PLANTED AS PER hi ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~LANDSCAPE DRAWING s s 8 . , / ' tROW - VARYING UPTO 6SW. LANDSCAPING ON MEDIAN AS PER ' ROW -VARYING UPTO 60B, LA1NDSCAPE DRAWINGS Note: DW~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ARF EOUGANVLLIA Is PLANTED @I.SM Note: ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~VSISILI'Y TRIANGLE CCI 1) No trees shall be planted within the visibility triangle VI C/C IN TiE VISISIGTY TRIANGLE 2)NpmareesD laraashrubs shall be planted witin wt nlu Mot te m dan openingw 3)PSe?cied and number of trees and shrubs to be planted as 3) The number of middle rows are to be irncae pr . decreased auccorng to the space avaiaIam eIn UWL NOTES : DR5N 2 DRAWN: |R RADRUKRAIMRVEENPOJC National Highways Authority Of India 1j FOLLOWWRTTEN DIMENSIONS INLY CHECKED: MINDEPENDENT ENMRONMENIAL REVIEW MhEW 2) ANY CHANGES TOS MADE To BE APPROVED DESIGNED: T1TLE JUNCTION PLANTATION Lea Associates South Asia Pvt. Ltd. 3) ANY CHANGES TO BE MADE TO BE APPROVED A.=. N~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ASW N, ~f, oI,, L I - F- ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~CROSS JUNCTION WITH MEDIAN BREAKN.SR SS. BY THE SUPERVISION CONSULTANT WOVe APPROVED GREA -uzOOS, ' Traffic under pass to be shifted to the junction to facilitate pedestrian crossing - TREE TO BE PLANTED AS PER LANDSCAPE DRAWiNG j ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~~~~~~~I -- -X / -- -_ - - ______ - - - ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ LANDSCAPING OF MEDIAN _ - _ _ -_- - - *- - . AS L ANDSCAPE DRAVVINGS L ROW-VARYING UFTO E6n, NO PLANTATION FOR 10 DM. ONMEDIAN DWARF EOUGANVILLIA I PLANTED G1.SM Ir FROM THE CENTRE OF JUNCTION NOTES: ~~~~~~~~~~~C/C IN THE VISIBIGTY TRIANGLE NOTES: 1) Species to be planted by reffering tyckal landscape Sections 1) No Eefts shall be planted wintin the visibillty tarlngle 2) No smail vees or large shrubs shall be planted wlUn 11O 1OOm of the median opening 3) Species and number of trees and shrubs to be planted as as per landscape drawings. 4) The number of middle rows are tO be cnueesed or decreased according to the space available in ROW. 5) A minimum of Sm distance. NOTES SCALE r DRAWN: PROJECT GRAND TRUNK ROAD IMPROVEMENT PROJECT Nsiionai HighwaysAuthority OfIndia 1) FOLLOW WRITTEL DIMAENSIONS ONLY CORRFDOR NH2 C INDEPENDENT ENVIRONMENTAL REV:EW 2) ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MM UNLESS OTHERW SE STATES DRW. NO. 3 DESIGNED: TInLE PEOION FOR.JUNCTION PLANTAnON Lea Associates South Asia Pvt. Ltd. 3) STE SPECIFIC CHANGES IF ANY, TO NE MADE ONLY ON APPROVAL .A-c. N- FA. 1sCori OF SUPERVISON CONSULTANT CAD FILE: JUNCrC APPROVED: CROSSJuNCTIONwYTH VEHICLEUNEEPASS 11" 14iziW Zebra crossing ±0 Gm Zebra crossing + 0 cm -,~-' T Zebra L PROPOSED NERUM DRAWF SHRUBS + 0 c DETAILA I j <. < L . . --Ps1~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~DTAL ROW - VR~1140 UPTO SOW. TO T0BEE PITO AS PER LONDOCAP \DRAWING 2) No small trees or large shrubs shall be planted < <1C/C IN THE VISIBIGTY TRIANGLE AS SHOWN within I 00m of the medlan opening 3) Species and number of trees and shrubs to be planted as per landscape dawings. 4) The number of middle rows are to be increased or decreased according to the space avallable in ROW srou2 E sTs DRAWN: PROJECT - National Highways Authority Of India NOM . GRAND TRUNK ROAD IMPROVEMENT PROJECT tar A-sot S S - roLw NrNwswos N0-rcz0r " CHECKED: _ WEEoETNRNl,NAIEnw. Newouh10s or SU=WYS0s Iansraraur ama Nr DESIGNED: TITLE JUNCTION PLANATON La ssoates South Asia Pvt. Ltd. W50-5L uNr APPROVED Y- JUNCTION LANDSCAPING Zebra crossing IC 'C\ Proposed shrubs of specie Nerium drawf pink @0.6mc\c TYPICAL DETAIL OF ISLAND ROW - VARYING UPTO tOm. / 7 // ,~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~7{ ~~~~~~~~~~ TREES TO BE PLANTED AS PER / LA / / / / , / NDSCAPE DRAWING PLANTATION IN MEDIAN AS PER '=_----- ---------------_ _ 7 ------------ _________________________ -- LANDSCAPE DRAWINGS I L ;Xt1 | < ~~~~~~~~~ROW -VARYING UPTO60m. Note: I I PROPOSED DWARF SHRUBS 1 ) NO TreeS shall be planted within ThevYisibilitY triangle 22 WITH [IN VIILTHE TROWGL 2) No small bees oir large shrubs shall be planted wibn 20 within I100m of the median opening I | 3) Speiaes and number of trees and shrubs to be planted as per landscape drawing. I 4) The number of mibble rows are to be increased or decTeaesd according to the space avalible in ROW DWARF BOUGANVILLIA IS PLANTED @1.5M C/C IN THE VISIBIGTY TRIANGLE AS SHOWN NOTES ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ |rNr DRAWN: IPROJECT __National Highways Authority Of India 1) FOLLOW wrrrEN OIMENSIONS ONLY D PRCHECKEOE GRAND TRUNK ROAD IMPROVEMENT PROJECT M'.ih--iS= 2) ALL DISIONS ARE IN .. UNLESS OTHERWISE STATEDCE NVIRONMENTAL REVIEW N r __ O) SrrE SpcCIFIC CreNGcS IF A. TO MADE ONLY ON APPROVAL TTE JUNCTION PLANTATION Lea AsoCiates South Asia Pvt. Ltd. OF SUPERUiSION CONSULTANT N- APPROVED TYPICAL T- JUNCTION -OWNg- I'Mg.Pv.Ld P-or-.R822SS5. s22sOa -~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~J Chm. 12200 Hdofid0odWl 2m SlIde of urtmd Sot Pmpomw DMWM *Ib¶ Trus Mitgigatn: obf bulftq fmm RoW 27.7m Ine 20Nam,Ser hum Boundary wall of the buildhg vwill be raised to 5.5 m. Further reductlon of RaImmiDb d o, noise krMs be brought down by proidsing ging of openings faing 8oundWmRo 15.0m o On the Conidor In the ground floor. H d of5ublg 30mH' H4ht ofEimtudoo.nI TrTLE NainlHgwy uhrt NIsE MmGAlON FORGQNGA AAM lEMoRaL HOSPTALAT D No N1 DRAWN: PAJESH GRAND TRUNK ROAD IMPROVEMENT PROJECT N atiorl Highways Authonty OF lndia Kw. 12.200 (SOUTH) DESGNED: RAHULSNGH INDEPENDENT ENVIRONMENTAL REVIEW ,t 1 2) SCAdLE:COHECED,y JIA MA PACKAGE IV A KM 317.000 TO K.M 85.000 Le Asscates South Asia Pvt. Ltd. cI,- 19.7000 aD - 0 10~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~S70X10 l~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~zof SC@dX~~~EMIIi Tme / L / * Mitlgton: P~PSdidbaRd 3DI9Wi In. A bondt wall of heIghtho rMnbd5.5m Issh.lbe atncted around the premise. PdDb double-9lazlng of openings In the walls acing the conidor. Bamlda,y wrm RoW - -u.ec 1 Hd~I of Brild 3nm HelIto ni.lIIEmrt Growid L*1 - .~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~eh, of_ U~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~E~~~~~~~~~Gr NOISE MIlQTION FOR PRRSCHooL HKSTnrIA ( CHANDOu )AT DNoi:NMA42 DRxAW,N PAESH PROJECT GRAND TRUNK ROAD IMPROVEMENT PROJECT Natbnal Highways Autlhorty Of ndia g Kn. 15.700 (NaRTHl DSIGNEDl RAHIUL SNGHI IND EPE NDE NT ENVI RONMENTAL REVIEW N Wf. . I) Ali duu.m' b mm ur_s. OIwws sd NTSACEKDb.xS PACKAGE IV A Kn. 317.000 TO Km. 65.000isI A.o_ ouhAsiavLUd.I.W. 2) Fof the d Nodly N APPROVED o sATH R _ Bdw" TM" MRigaVanN Ch*wv 23200 HdgI of Boulry Wl 2m SIde ofI to EmdIhg Ne. Mitgation: altenwla Ppi ed OdsiE TB =Jbundary wall of the building shall be ralsod to 5.5n and all the openings of blWding *w RdW 33.21a . 2 e-- _bfadng the mad will be double-glazed. Further reducdon in noise level PmpowdwanrdRn D3M OJffl d 2 beyond year 201 5 wll be achifed by sound insut on oFexbd oftr walls of B&Advy wal fmm RoW 23M OubWde 2 d ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~the structure. HJWaiof Bl" 3m Htg of Embnm und Le% _ NOIsE mAnoN FOR SENIR BASIC VDYAAYA. G MSNI AT N DRAWN: RAJESH PROJECT GRAND TRUNK ROAD IMPROVEMENT PROJECT Of India Kr"1.23.20 (sounH) DESIGNED: RAHUL SINGH INDEPENDENT ENVIRONMENTAL REVIEW I.B1 Nobu SCALE: H .SATISH Lea Associates South Asia PvL Lt. 1) AFdm milIn m CHECRED D PACKAGE IV A K.M 317.000 TO KM 65.000 Lea o' A ce 2) Fdu.wttbn da..oilonlUIy AppRovWO- D.SATI814 aweliom N ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~~~~~~m~~~~~h - 02MMM DOTOLZ WIA11!LWW W*R OMWLE GLAtP OF DOO I sma~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ I i,- | i |I . ig . V chk ^ HuIMoBowduyW - sB IZ. of bddhoa Swo sh RotWrBOuXslyWi - I-,MMUlr2YAL 0Syo g TSILA TILLACX ! ! M oA d hom RoW 28.55m _ T L= @ ; f }~~~~~~~~~~~~~- reuc the noisQe. lUOeninls fudngther.Patto dor shdll bem alongtele loao Prpsd r IuIC t . bor Bsides forItne ofis hw ls OOm on eithner side of the structure shall be BOmoIym trnw -o ooXd. 20 1 q* planted to act as noise acreens. Ileighto 4dhla 3m HhiEom o bcr e .dm WOeN . IllOAllON SANSTANm TmLLr - alff4e Dgaim No:behoAsct RAIE5H PuROJECT GRAND TRUNK ROAD MPROVEMENT PROJECT wO India NOISE mAINAY^NSIIASNT^ mZ 0 NRH qh o 1 DE9GNEr . RAkIHuI.1N04 INDEPEENEENTENENVIRONMENTALVIREV=EW _of CHECltED:n.Plno DouSAth A_m alon Ltde on 1) ASpd dbh of bot 0d1_ d NT ATr i PACeoGE IV A n. 317.000 TO Kh. 85.000 - _ o S r' s be 2 d de Nc CHPECKED: D.5ATISH Le sP tsSuhr Asl P_Ld CUMRD~~~ ~~ T- I I F--^ S1 ~~~1 chl 27AC Hu or t 11dWd A- IL11 Udc, _. mi ._.ni 11 d PMPNW DWXM TrE2ds m B.-rdary wall of height 5.5m, shall be consructed around fth premises of .'g~uaRcW ~ the structure. All openings facng the canidor shall be double-glazed to onSaWt ftm Y 26.iim laide _ .5 ^ireduce the noie levels firther. Plantation of width 40m along te RoW on Pmpmdw - 1ld Row both sdes fara distance of 100m on either side of the structure shall be 5arnidu~~ in tull RoW -Oubm 20~-- planted to act as noise screen. Hditw orSdBt am H0tl ofEnSbwkrnt GIold Le'r lITLE DPVt RJS RJCrNational High*way Authortly O nl NOE Mi1GATION AT OREN ENGLUSH cHo0L KAilLA Km 27A0 o(5OlJT) Diw No N4ei DA RAII i GRAND TRUNK ROAD IMPROVEMENT PROJECT Nhainm OfSIndW DESIGNED. RMUL t1GF INDEPENDENT ENVIRONMENTAL REVIEW in & NOW SCVIE ^ CHECM D.)SH_ L Memata AJSO S outh Asia Pvt. Ltd. I) ao_W_ mn _huw Lm Ai S DTiSH PACKAGE iV A Km. 317.000 TO Ki. 65.000 =o- ftbvvw L. Ex OUm "C" WALL -2h.. HIGH ETO h UN2Y WALL TO BE RAJOED TOI 0.00 I Iss I W I i I I X1 4~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~O.~(U li ) G-OOR(2O0O.100U) D OOM SHALLU.DBLE OJ [l I I AlS1UX=L ill' _ - I 1LABBROOSC R ___ ___ I = - U~~~~~~~~~~~~~r-- Chfhp31AOO H6PSWnoamww Z&n | RSTTLM Seafthelmed Noti Ed .TIFrHLSm MWdgaton: Proom ODlIC xTtm Boundary wall cof the SbUctUre W1l be raised to 5.5rn and the openings of the of Wd4 fromRw -12rr1&n_. structum facng the corridar shal be doubgbMzed. Provision of noise barrie p Dbe Of r = nvotMes obstrur on of passage way as well as vantiatZon to the buildlngs & ..dwy W11 ftn PAW ouWdsX adjacent to the oonidor, as the college is locWte in an urban area and hence HWht d Euldin g Ho%lt o Ebd mt 13wuna L-wal_ ___ ~ ~ 1=I j _.__ NasrLno^N rePRvVDsK D J^ywHDu. |r N: RAVWN PAJESH PROJECr GRAND T RUNK ROAD IMPROVEMENT PROJECr Na 9n Highwap Authornty Of India Nao: |SCALe I A CHECKEa D.[SATISH r|Les Assoae South Asia PvL Ltd. 1) AldirRor m I munM l1-_hed NT3 O .AS PACKAGEV A Kmn.317.f000TOKin. e5.000 | _N 1_C 2)Fa1mw1ftvndkWw o* PPROVED D.OAThH N..DWuBoWf HEIGHT OF BOUNDARy WALL TO BE RAISED TO WM EXISTING BOUNDARY WALL OF HEIGWITM 4700.0 1000.0 8 ,~~~~~~~~~OFC ROOM DOO.| o U t ' D(21Xx1) t < z 0 U~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~CAS ROOM i-Xl § z 4700.0 - 4 12000.0- ~~ -~~ 20000 -----~~~~~zoo------- CLASS ROOM ~~~~~~DOORS SHALL BE DOUBLE GLAZED J - 0 O - - WINDOWS SHALL BE DOUBLE GLAZED - ----- . .0 Ch~ 37.SOO HgatOfBodiryWM 3m _ _gation SIdewox mMd South RAIAUPUR V pi hidhg to RoW52 5 m TEx The sdiODi belng aWted dose to raihway line running at Ih3 back of the afbusg vm RoW s25mzfd 2 strJucbre, there Is high noise level, which Is beyond the scope of predicioni 'Mth Pr d of the avalible model. The higher noise level will have to be mndgatad by rabisng Bandwy wal ftm RoW 40.5m O udeS the height of the boundary wall and providing sound Insulation on all sides of the Haightor Bildo - HeNhtoEmbw*mWd GndL b .ld Lg- TITLE DAWN: RAE | PFDJECT G NTRUNK ROAD IMPRo PROJECPROJECT National Highways Authorty Of India NOISE MlmGATON FOR PRPMARYSCHOOL. CHANDoLK. 37SX00 (9OUTrH) DnewMg NM NN14A-7 GRAND1NKE ROAD ENVIRONMENT PREV EW 1 E n AMW DESIGNEO RAIULSINGH INDEPENDENT ENVIRONMENTAL REVIEW N a I)M d u SCALE: | PA| CHECIEEA: D D SATSH | | Lea Assocats South Asia Pvt Ltd. 2) Al d,itulorm In O w NTS N nI PACKAGE IV A Km1.317.000 M KM. 6 S0A N- Fe. 2) Folwilt Oda d lb l N |O APPRoVED | D.SATISH lo~i